Ug & PG Appendix Ba1 - Ba 27 Full Matter

_sV Wz D
28.11.2013, sBVww\
MEETING OF THE
STANDING COMMITTEE ON ACADEMIC AFFAIRS
HELD ON THURSDAY THE 28
t h
NOVEMBER 2013
APPENDI X - BA1 - BA27
CBCS - Colleges
UG / PG Courses UG / PG Courses UG / PG Courses UG / PG Courses UG / PG Courses
\V[\BD >V _wD
]_ko-12
MANONMANI AM SUNDARANAR UNI VERSI TY
TI RUNELVELI -12

MANONMANIAM SUNDARANAR UNIVERSITY, TIRUNELVELI 12

INDEX

S.No SUBJECTS
APPENDIX
NUMBER
PAGE
NUMBER
01.
Tamil Existing Syllabus for those who do not know Tamil
and do not study Tamil as a paper 2012 2013
BA1 1
02.
Revised Scheme of Examinations for I & II Semester in B.A.
History and Tourism, B.A. History (vocational) Tourism and
B.A. Tourism and Hospitality Management (CBCS) 2012
2013
BA2 2
03.
B.Com with Computer Applications Correction in unit V
under III Semester for the paper in Internet Applications
2012 -2013
BA3 5
04.
B.Sc.Mathematics Included the paper Basic Algebra in
IV Semester 2012 2013.
BA4 6
05.
Certificate Course in Medical Laboratory Technician 2012-
2013.
BA5 7
06.
Correction in passing minimum of marks - Certificate course
in Medical Laboratory Technician and Certificate course in
Economics & Statistics - 2012- 2013
BA6 12
07.
B.A Tamil (CBCS) V & VI Semesters Syllabus III
Semester - modification in the paper oh{< {qbl< in Unit IV
& V Scheme of Examinations for I & II Semester and change
of Skill Based Subject from V to IV - 2012 - 2013
BA7 13
08.
B.A. Tamil with Computer Applications- Syllabus IV to VI
Semester 2012 -2013
BA8 41
09
B.Com (Vocational) Computer Applications (CBCS) V & VI
Semesters Syllabus - 2012 2013
BA9 80
10.
B.Com Professional Accounting (CBCS) V & VI Semesters
Syllabus - 2012 2013
BA10 95
11.
B.Com Corporate Secretaryship (CBCS) V & VI Semesters
Syllabus - 2012 - 2013
BA11 109
12. B.C.A (CBCS) V & VI Semester Syllabus - 2012 - 2013 BA12 125
13.
B.Sc. Bio-Informatics (CBCS) V & VI Semesters- Syllabus -
modification in Eligibility norms, Practicals and change of
Skill Based Subject from V to IV - 2012-2013.
BA13 148
14.
B.Sc.Microbiology Revised Scheme of Examinations and
change of Skilled based subject from V to IV 2012 2013.
BA14 167
S.No SUBJECTS
APPENDIX
NUMBER
PAGE
NUMBER
15. M.A. History with Computer Application CBCS For
Colleges Second Year Syllabus for those who joined the
academic year 2012-2013
BA15 173
16. M.A.English & M.A.English with Computer Applicpations
CBCS- For Colleges Corrections made in Third Semester
for those who joined the academic year 2012-2013
BA16 189
17. M.Phil. Zoology for Colleges Effective from the academic
year 2013-2014
BA17 190
18. M.Sc. Nanoscience Modified Syllabus CBCS for
Colleges - 2013-2014
BA18 203
19. M,Sc. Conservation of Marine Environment - CBCS-for
colleges - UGC Innovative Programme - for those who
joined the course from the academic year 2013-2014

BA19
236
20 M.Sc., Chemistry (Specialization in Green Chemistry) -
UGC Innovative Programme - CBCS- for colleges
effective from the academic year 2013-2014
BA20 271
21 M.A.Tamil Revised Syllabus CBCS For Colleges
BA21 310
22 M.C.A. CBCS V & VI Semester syllabus for Colleges
BA22 315
23 M.Phil. Physics Guidelines and format for Project work
Annexure II to VIII for colleges 2013 -2014
BA23 329
24. M.Sc.Software Engineering (5 years Integrated Course) 3
rd

to 5
th
year Syllabus CBCS - for Colleges for those who joined
the academic year 2012-2013
BA24 335
25.

B.A. Economics(CBCS) Change of Skilled Based
Subject from V to IV Semesters 2012-2013
BA25 380
26.
B.Sc Physical Education (CBCS) Revised Scheme of
Examinations and Change of Skilled Based Subject from
V to IV Semester 2012-2013
BA26 381
27.
B.Sc Costume Design and Fashion(CBCS) Change of
Skilled Based Subject from V to IV Semester - 2012 - 2013
BA27 384

1
APPENDIX - BA1

MANONMANIAM SUNDARANAR UNIVERSITY, TIRUNELVELI -12

Syllabus for those who do not know Tamil and who do not study
Tamil as a Paper
For those who joined the course from the Academic Year 2012-2013

klqp< olipqjb nxqbik li{ui<g<Giqb himk<kqm<ml< ;
&e<xil< hVul< ; nxqLgk< klqp< kit< 2 Appendix AS 82
fie<gil< hVul< ; fx<xlqp< gx<xz< kit< 3 Page 61 79

ohiKk<klqp< hbqzik li{ui<g<Giqb sqxh<Hk< klqp< himk<kqm<ml<
&e<xil< hVul< ; sqxh<Hk< klqp< kit< 2 . jhf<klqp< Appendix AS 82
fie<gil< hVul< ; sqxh<Hk <klqp< kit< 3 . uti<klqp< Page 7: 319

2
APPENDIX - BA2
MANONMANIAM SUNDARANAR UNIVERSITY, TIRUNELVELI
Choice Based Credit System (CBCS)
B.A. HISTORY & TOURISM
REVISED SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
with effect from the academic year 2012-13
Sl.
No
Components
Teach
ing
Hours
Exam
Duration
Max. Marks 100
Min.
Marks
Credit
Theory Internal
I. SEMESTER
1.1
Part : I
Tamil / Other Languages
6 3 75 25 40 3
1.2 Part : II English 6 3 75 25 40 3
1.3
Part III-Core Subject
(2 Courses)
Major - I
History of India upto 647A.D
5 3 75 25 40 5
1.4
Major - II
Principles of Tourism
5 3 75 25 40 5
1.5
Allied - I (1 Course)
Political Science / Economics
/ Sociology
6 3 75 25 40 5
1.6
Part :IV (1 Course)
Environmental Studies
2 3 75 25 40 2
Total Course 6 30 23
II. SEMESTER
2.1
Part : I
Tamil/Other Languages
6 3 75 25 40 3
2.2
Part : II
English
6 3 75 25 40 3
2.3
Part : III (2 Courses)
Major - I
History of India from 647
A.D to 1526 A.D
5 3 75 25 40 5
2.4
Major - II
Indian Heritage
5 3 75 25 40 5
2.5
Allied - I (1 course)
Modern Constitution /
Economics / Sociology
6 3 75 25 40 5
2.6
Part : IV (1 Course)
Value based Education
2 3 75 25 40 2
Total (6 courses) 30 23
3

B.A. History (Vocational) Tourism
Sl.
No
Components
Teachi
ng
Hours
Exam
Duratio
n
Max. Marks 100
Min.
Marks
Credit
Theory Internal
I. SEMESTER
1.1
Part : I
6 3 75 25 40 3
1.2 Part : II English 6 3 75 25 40 3
1.3
Major - I
History of India upto 647 A.D
5 3 75 25 40 5
1.4
Major - II
Principles of Tourism
5 3 75 25 40 5
1.5
Computer Application / Indian
Archaeology / Economics
6 3 75 25 40 5
1.6
PART-IV (1 Course)
2 3 75 25 30 2
II. SEMESTER
2.1
Part : I
6 3 75 25 40 3
2.2
Part : II
English
6 3 75 25 40 3
2.3
Part : III -Core Subjects
(2 Courses)
Major - I
History of India from 647 A.D
to 1526 A.D
5 3 75 25 40 5
2.4
Major - II
Indian Heritage
5 3 75 25 40 5
2.5
Computer Application /
Indian Architecture /
Economics
6 3 75 25 40 5
2.6
Part - IV (1 Course)
2 3 75 25 40 2
4

B.A. Tourism & Hospitality Management
Sl.
No
Components
Teachi
ng
Hours
Exam
Duration
Max. Marks 100
Min.
Marks
Credit
Theory Internal
I. SEMESTER
1.1
Part : I
6 3 75 25 40 3
1.2 Part : II English 6 3 75 25 40 3
1.3
(2 Courses)
Major - I
Tourism: Principles and
Practices
5 3 75 25 40 5
1.4
Major - II
Communication Skill
5 3 75 25 40 5
1.5
General Management /
Archaeology / Hotel
Management
6 3 75 25 40 5
1.6
2 3 75 25 35 2
II. SEMESTER
2.1
Part : I
6 3 75 25 40 3
2.2 Part : II English 6 3 75 25 40 3
2.3
Part : III -Core Subjects
(2 Courses)
Major - I
Tourism: Tourism
Organisations
5 3 75 25 40 5
2.4
Major - II
Business Communication
5 3 75 25 40 5
2.5
General Management /
Archaeology / Hotel
Management
6 3 75 25 40 5
2.6
2 3 75 25 40 2
5
APPENDIX - BA3

MANONMANIAM SUNDARANAR UNIVERSITY, TIRUNELVELI - 12

B.Com with Computer Applications
(III Semester) - Under CBCS
Non-Major Electives - MODIFIED SYLLABUS
With effect from the Academic Year 2012-2013
2. INTERNET APPLICATIONS
UNIT I
Data communication - Computer networking basics LAN Teach Data
communication - Computer networking basics - LAN Technology and networking
Topology - WAN Technology and routing - protocols and layering - Networking Devices.
UNIT II
Meaning of internet, Intranet and Extranet Evolution of internet Important
features of Internet Brief description about Web Server, web Browser and (WWW),
Search Engines.
UNIT III
Internet Addressing: Standard Internet Addresses Top Level Domains
Pseudo Internet Address IP Addresses and DNS Mail: SMTP Signatures Mail
Addresses Sending and Receiving mail How mail is stored? Text and Binary data
Understanding the web : Links URLs web page Home Page
UNIT IV
E-Mail-Description of E-Mail address and Message format File Transfer
Protocol World Wide Web- Usenet-Ip-telephony-Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ),
Internet Relay Chat (IRC) and Instant Messaging
UNIT V
Internet Applications: E-Mail-Telnet-Chatting-video conferencing-Newsgroups(Usenet)
TEXT AND REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Sanjay Saxsena, A First Course in Computer, Vikas Publishing House, 2000.
2. Fundamentals of the Internet and World Wide Web by Green law and
Hepp,TMH Publication
6
APPENDIX - BA4


SEMESTER - IV
UG Degree (CBCS) Non-Major Elective (30 hrs)

(1) Mathematical Models (OR)
(Syllabus Already Given)

(2) Basic Algebra

Syllabus for Basic Algebra

Text Book : Algebra Volume II
By T.K. Manicavachagom Pillay, T.Natarajan and K.S. Ganapathy.
(S.Viswanathan Printers and Publishers Pvt. Ltd.,)
Unit I
Rank of a Matrix-System of non-homogeneous linear equations in n unknowns.
(Chapter 2: Section 11, 12, 13 and 14)
Unit II
System of non-homogeneous linear equations
(Chapter 2: Section 16 (only Problems))
Unit III
Eigen Values and Eigen Vectors Cayley Hamilton Theorem (Without Proof)
(Chapter 2: Section 17 (17.1 to 17.5))
Unit IV
Theory of Numbers Prime and Composite Numbers Divisors of a given
number N Problems.
(Chapter 5: Sections 1 to 7)
Unit V
Eulers function (N) Integral part of a real number The highest power of a
prime p contained in n! Problems.
(Chapter 5: Sections 8 to 10)

7

APPENDIX - BA5

CERTIFICATE COURSE IN MEDICAL LABORATORY TECHNICIAN

UNDER CAREER ORIENTED PROGRAMME
(For those who joined the course from the academic year 2012 - 2013)

Medical Laboratory Technician Course also called clinical Lab science is an
allied health profession which is concerned with diagnosis of diseases through the use
of lab test.

Medical Laboratory Technician Course will become an invaluable complementary
resource to the students educational programme that teaches the skills that are
necessary to work efficiently in a laboratory even when they are doing their regular
graduate programme.

Objective:
To train the students to get employment in the diagnostic labs / hospitals / blood
banks / research laboratories / pharmaceutical industries and to run their own clinical
laboratories.

Eligibility :
Certificate course : Any first year B.Sc degree course (Students should have
studied Biology and Chemistry at +2 level).

Basic Qualification for those who handle classes :
M.Sc. in Zoology / Chemistry / Biochemistry / Microbiology /Biotechnology / Lab
Technology / Immunology

Structure of the Programme and Scheme of Examination
Name of the
Paper
No of
Credits
Contact
Hours
Minimum
Marks
Maximum
Marks
Paper I
Haematology
6 90 40 100
Paper II
Clinical Biochemistry,
Clinical Microbiology
and Clinical Pathology
6 90 40 100
Paper III
Practical
8 120 40 100
Total 20 300 300

8

Question Paper pattern

Part A 10 x 1 =10 Marks (Objective Type)
Part B = 25 Marks
Part C = 40 Marks Explanation questions with internal choice.

PAPER I : HAEMATOLOGY

Unit I: Introduction to Medical Laboratory Technology
Basic Principles and Basic Medical Laboratory terminology
Organization of medical lab and medical lab management.
Identification and use of common laboratory glassware and instruments
Cleaning of glassware
Preparation of materials for experiments and sample collection - labeling and
processing of blood and body fluids used in diagnostic techniques
Safety regulations and first aid
Medical laboratory record preparation

Unit II: Haemotology
Human circulatory system - Heart, Blood vessels and constituents of blood
Functions of Plasma RBC, WBC and Platelets
Anticoagulants
Blood collection techniques through vein puncture and finger prick
Blood pressure reading
Haemolysis - Haemolytic agents and prevention of blood borne infections
Types of Anaemia and parasitic diseases

Unit III : Erythrocytes, Leukocytes and Platelets
Erythrocytes: Erythropoiesis, total RBC count, haemoglobin estimation, ESR
estimation, red cell indices, reticulosite count
Leukocyte: - Leukopoiesis, total WBC count, differential leukocyte count,
leukaemia - different types of leukaemia. absolute eosinophil count and abnormal
WBC

9

Thrombocytes (Platelets) : Thrombopoiesis, total platelet count, bleeding time,
clotting time, Prothrombin time,platelet related diseases
Study of blood smear

Unit IV: Blood grouping
Blood grouping and importance of blood grouping
Procedure for ABO blood grouping
Characteristics and reactions of Antigen and Antibodies
Importance and procedure for Rh typing

Unit V: Blood Banking
Mechanism of Blood coagulation
Anticoagulants used in blood banking
Donor selection, blood collection, transportation of blood, storage of blood and
screening of blood
Cross matching - Coomb' s test
Blood transfusion
Haemolytic diseases of new borne

PAPER II : Clinical Biochemistry, Clinical Microbiology and Clinical
Pathology

Unit I : Clinical Biochemistry

Basic Principles of Chemistry ; Reagents - Solutions, types of solution,
Normal solutions, Molar solutions, percent solution, buffer solution, stock and
working solution. Preparation of normal saline pH indicators.

Unit II : Biochemical test profile

Pancreas and liver function tests, direct, indirect-bilirubin, total protein,
albumin, globulin, alkaline phosphatase, acid phosphatase, SGOT, SGPT
and other functional tests
Estimation of Glucose, G.T.T
Amylase and gastric juice analysis

10

UNIT III: Instrumentation

Principles and use of microscope, centrifuge, photoelectric colorimeter,
spectrophotometer, incubator, laminar airflow chamber, autoclave and
autoanalyser.

UNIT IV: Clinical Microbiology

Management of Microbiology lab
Sterilization methods
Types of culture media
Stains - Simple stain, special stain, gram stain, fluorescent stain, flagella
stain, AFB stain, Infection and route of infections
Specimen collection and storage of urine, stool, throat swab, CSF, sputum,
pus and blood

Unit V: Clinical Pathology

Physical and chemical examination of Urine - specific gravity of urine; test for
albumin, Benedicts test, test for bile salts and pigments, Benzidine test,
common parasites found in urine and casts found in urine.
Physical examination of stool - Test for occult blood in stool

PAPER III - PRACTICALS
HAEMATOLOGY, CLINICAL BIOCHEMISTRY, CLINICAL MICROBIOLOGY AND
CLINICAL PATHOLOGY
1. Laboratory management and planning, receiving and recording of
specimens, indexing and maintaining records and reporting
2. Blood grouping and Rh typing
3. Determination of Bleeding time and Clotting Time
4. Blood pressure reading
5. Estimation of Haemoglobin
6. Estimation of RBC count, WBC count
7. Estimation of ESR

11

8. Physical, Chemical and microscopic and microbiological examination of
urine
9. Physical, chemical and microscopic and microbiological examination of
stool
10. Physical, chemical and microscopic and microbiological examination of
sputum.
11. Estimation of Blood sugar, Blood urea, Uric acid, Serum creatinine,
Serum bilurbin, Total proteins, Albumin, Cholesterol, HDL, TGL, SGOT,
SGPT, PTT.
12. Preparation of glasswares for sterilization
13. Preparation of Nutrient media and culture methods
14. Staining techniques - Simple, Gram positive, Gram negative and acid
fast staining.

References
1.Singh, S.P. Practical Manual to Biochemistry, CBS Publisher, New
Delhi.
2.Stryer, L.Biochemistry, WH, Freeman & Company, 5
th
Edition,
SanFrancisco. 3. Skoog, D.A and Leary, J .J . Principles of
Instrumental analysis, 4th Edition, Saunders College Publishing, New
York.
4. Praful B. Godkar - Medical Lab Technology
5. J oIn, D. Bener - Clinical Laboratory methods
6. Ramnik sood - Medical Lab Technology
7. Heinemann, W.H. Practical clinical Biochemistry - Verly
Publications
8. Deb, A.C. Medical Biochemistry
9. Kanai L. Mukherjee - Medical Lab Technology - Vol I - III
10. J ayaraman, J . Laboratory Manual in Biochemistry, Wiley Eastern
Limited.

12

APPENDIX - BA6
CERTIFICATE COURSE

Correction in passing minimum

(For those who joined the course from the academic year 2012-2013)

The correction in passing minimum of marks has been made for the
Certificate courses viz.(i) Certificate course in Medical Laboratory
Technician (ii) Certificate course in Economics & Statistics as 40 instead
of 35, for those who joined the course from the academic year 2012-2013.
13

APPENDIX - BA7

a0m+ma-+a +_,m++ no+o+++a, __6o0ao - :z

a+o - _a - _m+a+-[ __+a n_aa
n_aa _ (Fifth Semester)

Title of the Subject Teaching
hours
per week
Exam
hours
Maximum
marks
Credits
Major Paper VII
++nn+ o+++a
7 3 75 5
Paper VIII
o++-a - ++n, -
7 3 75 5
Major Electives
A: :. _+o
z. n+-o+++a
1. +o+a+o

6

3

75

5
B: :. _m a,o++o
z. _,nn.++o
1. ,__+++o

6

3

75

5
Skilled based Subject
_a 0aan+[ (General)

4

3

75

4

a+o - _a - _m+a+-[ +a n_aa
n_aa (Sixth Semester)

hours per
week
Exam
hours
Maximum
marks
Credits
Major Paper IX
++ o+++a
6 3 75 5
Paper X
o++-a 6n+_a
6 3 75 5
Paper XI
o+++ a,o+
6 3 75 5
Paper XII
o+++_ _m++q
6 3 75 5
Major Elective
_a+ a,o+a n-n+[a
6 3 75 5

14

a+o _a o+++a (TAMIL MAJOR)
__+a n_aa
(V Semester)
_+a VII ++nn+ o+++a

o_ : . (i) +onn_++,a - a,+++-.a (oJ++-++_,
.++o+++_, 6++o++a+++_)
(ii) a-0a+o _, n+++.. ++_,
o+aa ,++ ++_.

o_ z . (i) +a++_+a- _-a+o++J oan+a
(: | n+.o+a)

o_ 1 . (i) 6n_+_ - a+o ,oano
(ii) a6a-n+ mm___ t a[_o
(zv n+.o+a)

o_ | . (i) +an,+a++-a - a_, _++nn.oa _aa
(ii) 6n++,,+-a - __+an 0n+a+J ,,+-a _aa.

o_ . (i) ++n,,+-a - a+_+_n n-m n.oa _aa

(ii) 0_an+a- n+oa+.+n n.oa _aa

15

__man n+.a
Major Paper _+a VIII
o++-a - ++n,, -

0+++a . a+-aJ o++++a a++o++ n.nn+aJ+a ,onn[__+
++.[a +a+aa, mn+aa 6++a__o.

n+m . a+-aJ+a, ++n,, - 0n+m nn.+ 0++.n+[+a
, n.nn+o aaJ_+ 6++aao.

o_ : . nn+o - a_, +, +J, _a, 6_+.

o_ z . 6++a+o - + n+a+a - 6a- n+ +++nn+,
+onn+ a _+nn+ a_.n+.

o_ 1 . 6++aa+ 6++ a 6 6n+_a-++o -
_ma+- __o _a+ - a,.

o_ | . nma_o+- __o - 0aa+- a,

o_ . an+am+- __o - +a+- a,

n+.to

:. ++nn_+o+++++ (n+o +o++)
z. _-+o++,a - _ma+- __o +a+- a, (.n+q
+o++)

16

a_nnnn+.a

n+q A _+o / n+- o+++a /+o+a+o
_+o (Journalism)

0+++a

:. _+o +oa++m _a ++J_ n+ +oa+_a +nn.a
6n_ _++m. m+ o+o _+ao 6_+.J, ++_m+am
aaJ++a n+mn+[a a+qa n+_aa_++m. am0a _+o
n+ +oa m+a++__++m.
z. 0aoa++nnm jn[_a a++_a an+++.[a, a++_a
_+am a__o.
n+m :. ++a++ n__+++a 6_+._a__ o++a 6n_o
z. n__+++ +o 0aoa++n,+++m ___ 6n_o
o_ : _+o _+a - _+o aa++a - _+om +o,a
0+++_a - _+o 0_+_a aaJ++a - _a _+o
a,o+ - _+am 6n+n,+_a - +.a+_a - a[_o +++
++o__o _a _+a - a++a+.++o _+_a n-+a.
o_ z _+am n_n, 6++___+a a++a - _+am +__,a -
n__+++ +__,__m 0_a - _++ao n__+++ +__,a -
n__+++ +..+a noa++ +..+a - n__++ ama.
o_ 1 _+am an, _ - _+a 6_+._a_++m a_+a
- n_q 6++_o - 6++_ ++__+a 6n__+_ a--nn__o -
-.++ _+++o 6++_o - 6++___+a Ja++ an,
+++J n+q a+-+n n+q - +_,n n+q aaJ++nn+q
+++J 6++_ +++J - +++J.
o_ | 6++_ 6++_+m +o,+a - 6++_+m a++a -6++_
_o+a - 6++_ aa.++a - 6++_++aJ 6++_++aJ ++J?
6++_ am +a - am+am n-+a - o++ 6++_
am+a - _+_ 6++_ am+a.

17

o_ _+o 6a+. _o++a - +n,_ _m+ ++a -
_m++q - _+ao aa ann? - _+ao aaan,a -
_++o_ _a _+am a++a a++a - oo _+a -
aa? an n?
n+.to - .++.+.a.n+. __++a - _+o +o,
__ 0_6a+, ::, +mm__ 6__,
__+6+t+ - z z:, +_an,m++ a+a..a.

n++a to - .++.+..n. 6_+- ,++ - _+o + _+a.

n+- o+++a

0+++a a++a 0a6++a_a n+-+am a+++
aa.+am +n,a a++am no+ ++J_
6++_+_a ,+6++aa aa+ 6++_o.
n+.nn__+o _a+++m n+-to+a .a
6naam.
o_ :

_a+_+_+ 6+o_a n+- 0+++a 0n++_a,__ 6_+.J,+a - __a
a+_+a - _a+m a,o+ n+J++ 0a-+ .+a.
o_ z
_a+m ++++o + a,o+ 6++[a+a - +aJ+++a -
+nn+m+J ++oa - +oa am+a - _q+a - 6_+o n_+mJ
o.++a - _0++ n +.mJ am+a - Ja++a - ++[+a -
++m+a - +a++m 6++_+a - oq.a+_a, ++,an,+_a -
_0++ 6++_+a.

18

o_ 1
_ ++0a+ n+_a .a - _o+++0a+ _._ +[ -.
+a+___,a - [ _+-[a, _mm[ ++, 6a+6+m +o (n++a |v __o
:c: _+)
o_ |
,+ __a ,mo - 6n--++,a - 6_+6+m++J J - a++ 6n+mmaaa
- ,n ,++J ++a+nnan.ma - __aoa,,a. n+_a+m +_m+a
,n,mo+.[ (n++a :cz __o :| _+)
o_
++a+nan.m__m 6+n, ++a+ 6.o..+ +m +[ +oo-
6oaaa - ++a+ 6aaaa - o++++ao ++0a+.
(n++a :, : __o :v _+)

n+.to
tom 6n+J _a+m n+_+a
(n+-, a,o+ to)

+++J .++.+. _. _a+_a+m
__oa+ (+q)
++_aJ +o_t+, a,.

n_nn+a n+,_ n_nn+a
:c, aa+m ++o,
_+++,++ +J,6+mm :.
__n_n, +anJ :v

tom 6n+J ._++ a+ ++0a+
+++J
n_nn+a ++o+++a 6aa+[, ++J0+++o.

n+.to +. - _. _+m+ ,+am
+++J+a +_,-_J__
o,a +_,-_+__
__n_n, _o :v:
++o++a[,
0+.n. ++o, ++J0++ao.
,-[ t+ao _a ++++m a.+_ 6_+q 6++ 0+aa
.a6na.
19

n++ato
a_0,o++ao c +.+a
+++J P.M. ,+a+a+a
+.+_a.a N.C.B.H.

+o+a+o

o_ : +o+ aa++a - o++[+ao - n+,___o _a+.o +o+
aaJ++

o_ z +o+am +_+, 6n+_a+_+, aaq+a - +o+a_
_..a[__a 0aan[___a - +o+ a[_+a - +o++
+++a.

o_ 1 +o+n n+- _+aJ+a - +o+am a-++ +_+a -
+o+am a++.+a.

o_ | nmm+.[n noa+n n+-+a - +o+n n+-+a n+ ,aa-
aa,+a - +o+n n+-+a no0a 0n++_a,_+a.

o_ _ao+++__o n+- to+a - n+-+ +.[,+a.

n+.t+a
:. +o+ aaJ+ +
6a. +_,-++a,
a-a+++J n_nn+a,
6+mm :c.

n+Ja to
:. +o+,
0_. _+a,+_,
6.m+ nna0+,ma,
+a+++.

z. +o+,
0n,++++J S.A. _+++a,
n--n n_nn+a,
a, :.

n+Ja t+a
:. o+a +0mm,
+. +nn,a-+a,
z. +m +-. +[+a,
1. n,++-+ +.[,+a,
j.0+. 6+. ++J.
20

a_nnnn+.a
n+q.B. _ma,o++o / _,nn.++o / ,__++o

_m a,o++o
0+++a _a 6a++m 6n_a am6ma a++ao ++nn++
6n_a+_ ++aJ _a _+__+ am ++nn[a .0a.
++a+_ _++, _a o++++a o++a+a++ _
6+o +_ 6++_+a 6++_+a++ a+ 6++-__.
_m+ +- [ 0a_m ++a+_ _+J no oJ+ao
o _+ +m nn+o o+ +a+a_ 0_
0+++__+J. _ +a+ao ___ a+ +ama++ +o
a[_ to+an n_nn__+J. +onn_++,__ __o
__oo ,.m n_nn__++. ,+_t, -,
_6_++ ++ o++++aa n_nn__+J. __++
+nn.+ a+am_,n n a+-aJ+a + 0a-+
a6a+_ a+-aJ+am +.a++_a.

o_ : a+a oJ - am _m0m+J+a - am n+..m+J +o
6n+0++J+a - +ma +_,-+J am __++J ___o
a++a - +_,- ++a_++a - am nn, __n
n_aa - aa++oa aa++.[a a__a - ++_tJ
_n+++a.

o_ z _aa ++__a - +.0++mn++++.a + a-
+J_ +--m ++.++m nom - __aa aaJ__ _mma
- _mm__o ._ _a+ 0+aa __a+a+_a 0o+na
- aa++ _++ - +_an, .+J am +o++-a -
j++_a an++a - ++++n n+.o

o_ 1 6++-__o a++a - a++,a 0+J_ __o +a - n+.a
0+.+_ 6_+.++ __++J a.6n+ 6+o__o -
_a,+o +.__ _+ amm ,--+a 6++0_0m+
_a0 - m, a+a, - ,oaa aaa -
+nn,a-+ 0_++J _mmo+o

o_ | ao o+a ,a am+_ +.__ n++ +m 6++[_ _ a,a
- ++m 6n o _, n.c+a,__o 0+.. n+.a - _+
nn+oJ +0o.a +a+_a - +,aa_ n_a,
_n+aaa .

o_ __a+a[+ ++.++a - ,oaa m,a - ,.n,
o+na - m, _J__+a _aJ +o ++.+a - +o
a+a __+0+++o - a++ a__+ +_+J +_an,a
naa+m +o++-a - __n6n_n,,+-a.

21

to 6n+J am ++__,a
+++J 6n++
_,nn.++o

o_ : _,nn.a 0_+m+ a,o+ +.+ 0a.a oa_
_,a
:. o+ aao
z. _+ aao
1. _a+ aao oann.+ ++oa - 0n+a n.+++oa.
o_ z _,nn.+ +oa _++++_a
_,n n. +a+o jn[a +__++_ _++++a
(ma+a,_a+a) +ao+_a, _,nn.+_a
_,n n. +a+o jn[a n+m+a _a +ma+qa ,++o
++ + +_a .

o_ 1 _,nn. a++a
6n+0n++_n n.+a - +__nn.+a - aaan,n
n.+a - 6++_n n.+a (,+ aa n 6++_
am+am 6++_ 6_+a+ _a n.+a) _a n.+a -
6_+o+++.+n n.+a - +++. [m n.+a - _,nn.+ao
0_++ -Jq.

o_ | _,nn.+ao ++_+m n-
,+. n+ 6++_+a - +. n+ 6++_+a
_,nn.+ao n+.o+am n_ ann_q -
++ann+a+m n_ _,nn.n n+.o+am o+++_
_,a - _,nn._ _-+++a.

o_ a+ma - n nm n._6_+_n ,
_,n n.+ +n+a
j.a.aa. .J.+_,a - a++m - j.n. ++,++m, g_J,
0++n+o+_,-m - 0+,m - n+o ,+J aa._.J
+a+_ 6_am n+o+_J.

n+.t+a
:. _a +ma+am +_
_ +,++-m,
am.+.n. 6_+, 6+mm.

z. +ma+ a,o+a +++_a
n+. +o+ 6++m,
o+a 6aa+..+a, 6+mm.

1. _a +ma+ aaJ_ a,o+,
+++J oo, a-0a+on n,+,a, :|,
_-+++oa ++o, _+++,++ +J, 6+mm.

22

_n,
am+__+ao n__ :-+++m am+++a n+.to+ao _ a.[0a
0+.+nn.0a-[a.

,__+nn_n,a 6aa+[a

0+++a :. _a a_nnn n+.a++ n+_a a+-a_+_
0aoa++n,_ _a__ a+a+++o.

z. + aao __o[ 6+++ a++n,.0++_+_+ ++
0aoa++n, a+_a m _+a 6++_o.

n+m _a +_a a+-a_+_ 0ao a++n,.0++_+_+ ++
0aoa++n, a+_a m _+a 6++_o.

o_ : ,__+ a++a

_+ao 6aa+[ noa+ _+a - _ 6aa+[naJ
,__++_+_a _+_+_a .0+ aa 0an+[
,__++am 6n_++a - _a to 6aa+.[ o
,__++am a++a - n_n, a++a (__ n_n, ___+
n_n, a 6aa+[ 6n+oo+_ +++ n_n, - n++aao
n_n, ++on n_n, 6_+_n,n n_n, +_++nn_n,
++.++n n_n, _n6n_J n_n, _a_a 6a+6n+Jn,a -
+.++ +n,n n_n, + _n,n n_n, +_+_+,J n_n,
+o+..aJ+++m n_n, ao++_ n_n,a aoqn n_n,a,
nna n_n,++_a nm6a+n n_n,a, ,aan n_n,, _++,n
nJan n_n,, a+0_+J+++m ,__+n n_n,++a +,+_+a -
6+++a_++a - aa, to - 6++aan n_n,)

o_ z j.[++an n_n,

j[ 6++6n+_a - j.[++a 6_+_n,n n-a to++_a
(a,n no+o+ ++a - a, ++o +o_t+ a,_
_a+ ++ to+a - ,+mJ +_ _++ +6+_ n,_+a
to o+a - +a+ +.[+am aaa aq +,aa_
a++o to o+a - .++.J..0a. ++a+_+J too+a -
,+mJ a-+ ++nn+a - .++ to o+a - +anJ
mq +q to o+a) a +_a+a - a_nn++a -
+a+ao a++ jn[_o - j.[n n,_+am a++a - _oj[a
a0+[+_a - _a_ - j[+a ,++_o - _o__ _q
6++_o - n+._____a - n+.0an+[+a+ ++..o.

23

o_ 1 n_nn++++J : +++a

n_nn++++J . 6n+_a aa++a - n_nn++++J no ___mJ
,__+ 6aa+.m +m_ _m+a - n_n,+_ n_nn++++J
+.a+_a, +a+_a - ,__++a n_nn___a n.+_a
n_n,a +.._a, +++a ++_6_+o a,o+, _a+.m
++_6_+o, ++++am a++a - _m +++__m _a++
6++on+[+a, ++ a+a, +-n6n+ amm_+o, .n++a
0o+J 0o+J a+ a,m - ao+.,+m+ +a0n+a, 0aJ.n,++aJ
_a +-n6n+ a+nno+.

o_ | +++_a
+++__ _+++n, +++_a++a - +++_ 0++_m +++_
aq+a a--+++a, ,__+ n,++a ,__on,
_+n, a_Jnn++n n.a - _on,n n++a - n_n,+an n++a -
+a, _m_, m, 6n+_a.++a - n.+am
n.+o - n____a - 0++++ to nmm-n,++a.
o_ - ,__+ 6aa+[

n,_ ++n+J__o - n++ a-+a - ____+_+[+a - a+J_m -
0ao. . ,+, o+a0m,m, a+nn, .a+ma n,_+a -
n- n+,-+a 6aa+[naJ 6aa+[0a+J +++a -
,__+_ _+++n, Ja++a - 6aa+[ 6aa+ .[ +a -
6aa+[0a+J +_+++ _n,++a - a_+a_ 6_++
+++_+++m n,_+a - nn_a - +++J 6aa+[naJ nn_a
- n_n,+a - _+ +an n_q +..a - to++ +.. a_n
n,_+a.

n+.to

,__++ +o

.++.J.. a+++_J__,
n+o__+m n_nn+a,
1, ,_6__, 6+_..,
++.n+ 1z cc.
0a_tJ a+a..a.

24

n+Ja to

:. n_n,++o
.++.J.. a+++ _J__,
z. n_n,n n+Ja+a
.++.J.. a+++ _J__
1. ++++o
a+.+. +an_m
_aJ n_nn+a,
6+mm :vc.

_m+a+-[ __+a n_aa
a+_+ am+__+a
Major - Tamil
++nn+ o+++a
0,a . 1 a- a_n6n- .
I. ++++m a.+_ 0_J6_[_ a+.

:. ++_ an nn+m an0n+J ++J?
) ++aoJ ) 0++aoJ ) _aJ +) a+mJ

z. a+_a__+. am _++nn[naJ ++J?
) +--+ ) a+_a ) _aJ +) a+mJ

1. a_+++_mamm +a+m+m+ ++o+o +___aa ++J?
) ++_+ma+o ) ++++-+
) a+_a+o +. +_+0_a

|. _-a+o0++[ +--n 0n+.+_ a_aa ++J?
) +,a_++ ) 0+a++ ) aao +) ++__a__

. +a+m, ++_.+ 0_+a +J_._ -q+m?
) +++_m ) +++.m ) ++m_ +) +.+++,m

. a6a-n+ao mmnna a_ a+ a__++n ,+0_
+++J?
) +.o ) a,a ) _oo+++[ +) _+a,aoJ

. o+oo _a_ __am ++J?
) _+,_m ) ,+am ) o+_am +) n,_m
25

. __+an 0n+a+J a_ o,+ ++J_aJ?
) __tJ ) _+~J ) __a++J +) __+0++a_tJ

v. a+m+ 6++-[ a,n0n++ +a+m +__o 6++-.+m ++J?
) _+aa n ) +,++, ) ao+m +) 0a.m

:c. 0n+J_+_ a_,+ +m ,-_0a+ a_ 6a am ++aJ
++J?
) _++J ) a+J ) n+oJ +) __+aJ

n+q
II. m_ am+++_+_a zc 6+++_+_ a++ao a. __+
(5x5=25 a_n6n-+a)
::. ) ++_++a +--++ a+_++.a .++onn[__+
a___n ,onn[_+.
(oo)
) a-0a+o ++++-++m n+nn- a_____n 0n++++
_ma+ aa+_+?

:z. ) 6n+om +m _-a+o++J oan+a a aJ-++
(oo)
) 0ao n++ o[_ann.. +a++mn0n+m a__+
_+-m o+ a+.
:1. ) 6n_+_ n+ 6++_+a_ __+?
(oo)
) _a+_+m _-om+a aa+?

:|. ) ,+amm __.[ a+a 6+m 0++__ +,, a++a
o++__ o+ aa+++.
(oo)
) _m++m _6_+-m aa+_+.

:. ) a+m+..a +_0_++ o+m aa+_+.
(oo)
) aamm n+onn_a__m +onm aa+++.

26

:. ) +_- aa, 6+oo++ 6+oa, o0o+J 6+aao am+
0++aom ,+nn[a_ ++m +q+a ,+++.
(oo)
) +.oa++, +m oJ++-++_a +__+++.

:. ) 6n_+_ a+o ,oano n aa+_+?
(oo)
) mm___ t a.o n 6a-n+ _oa aa+_+?

:. ) _+-mm+ m_ a_a a++a___+m o+m+
++?
(oo)
) _a+_+m +m aJ-++

:v. ) a_,+m _++++o +0++m ama _+_ a___n
,onn[_+.
(oo)
) __+an 0n+a+J, am+o .6++aann.. _o
aa+++.
zc. ) _+aa n, a+_+_n n-+++ m _ma+ ,+++.
(oo)
) aamm aann_a a+.++_ __+.

a+o _m+a -[ (+a n_aa)
__man n+.a
Major Paper _+a IX ++ o+++a
0+++a : _a a+o a+-a_+_ n+.[a
6_++a ++ ++ o++++a
_+a 6++_o n_aJ o++++
6++a++aa, a+a+oa a__o,
6+a6a+++a _am 6+aa+o
o++++a a Ja___ t-.o.
n+m : _a+m n-n+[, +++++a -J
n+m6n_o
o_ : : _6_++ (__+_ _-n n+.o+a)

n+.o a-+a : z,1, :, z1, z, 1, 1, |c, |z, |, ,c, z,
v,1,|,z,v,v,:cc 6a+__a zc n+.o+a.
27

n+.o a-+a : - (6+_ _-n n+.o+a)
|, ::, :, 1, v:, :|v, :z, :, :1, :v
:c n+.o+a.

n+.o a-+a : __t (a____-) 0ann_,
+aamn_

o_ z : ++_t (_oo__-nn+.o+a)

n+.o a--++ : |, 1|, |, |, :|, zv|, 1:|, 1|, 1|, 1v|
:c n+.o+a

n+.o a--++ : +o_6_++ (n+o++o)
v, :c, ::, z, 1 n+.o+a
n+n+.o - 6+a0aa n+ n+.o+a a.[a
o_ 1 : n_n n_ 1 - a n_ a.[a
,+_t
n+.o a--++ : : __o zc n+.o+a _+
zc n+.o+a a.[a
o_ | : 6n+_,+nn. (z| +a)
o_ : 6[oa+. (: +a)

_+a - X o++-a - 6n+_a

0+++a . :. _aJ o+++n 0++.n+..++o
z. o++++ 0++.n+[ a n-._ _aJ a+++
6+a _o

n+m . ++ o++++a+ + -, _o

o_ : . +n 6n+_a a+ __-+_++ __o, +_,
+n6n+_.+a - +++a, 6n__- n+ aa++a.

o_ z . ++n,-J++ +aam+- +a n+q + nm +-
+a n+q a,_o - _6_+[ o - +,+++o_
+n6n+_a a+_J+_++ 6++o+a.

o_ 1 . 6a.+nn.oa - +a, +,_nn.oa - +a,
a_+nn.oa - +a.
28

o_ | . ++_+nn.oa - +a, 6+++nn.oa - +a,
_nn.oa - +a.

o_ . annn.oa - +a, a++nn.oa - +a

n+.t+a

:. an++n6n+_a
z. ,n6n+_a 6a-n+a+o

_n,

,n6n+_a 6a-n+a+o+o 6a.+ __o a++ +++qaa
_-+a_aa 6++_++a a.[0a n+ a++nn. 0a-[a. am+__+ao
n__ : +++m am+++a (Multiple choice). an++n6n+_a, ,n6n+_a
6a-n+a+o ++ to+ao_ 0+.+nn[a.

_+a XI

o+++ a,o+

0+++a : _am o+++ aa__n ,+ 6++aa _q_o.

o_ : : o+++ a,o+o ,_+ 0++_ _a+ a,o+n
nm,oa - 6_+o++nn+a - ++a n+ 6++_+a ++
o++++a - _ o++++a.

o_ z : ++nn+ o++++a

++oa - +onn_++,a - a-0a+o - ,..+ ++nn+a
- 6n_+_ __o _ ++nn+a -
_a6n_++nn++a - __+ ++nn+a - +an,+a++-a
- 6n++,,+-a - +_,,+-a - aoon+,_a - a6a-n+
- +o+a++ ++nn+a - +__a+ ++nn+a - 0_+_a
aaJ++a - n++o aaJ++n 6n++++a.
29

o_ 1 : n+_ o+++_a _a aaJ++a
++oa - nmm_ ___+_a +o++,_a - 0_a+,a -
__a+++a - a+J+a - 0_+_a aaJ++a -
n++o aaJ++ - 6n++++a - +a-_a _aa -
6na___a _aa - +a_ __a.+a aaJ__ _a -
+o+a+_a _a aaJ++a - +__a_a _a
aaJ++a.

o_ | : +o++++a

++oa - a+6_++ nn. _+_ a+o
n_ 0++a o+ n,- +oan+a -
naa__a - t +_+a - a.o - ,oaJ+a -
n++o aaJ++n 6n++ ++a - ___oJ
n.m__+a - aaao+J n_6m- +__J +a
+__+_ ++__,+a.

o_ : , a++a - + +.+ o+++a - aaoJ++
o++++a - ++_ ,_ma - +.+a - +.[,
0_+a _a.

_n, : n+.too_ a.[a +_ a+J__+++m 0+aa
aa.

n+.to

,_+ 0+++o _a o+++ a,o+
_a--o
am+.+ ,__+ o+a.
a+,+ aa++a.
|, _+mnn __o 6__,
a, z cc:.

30

n+Ja t+a

:. _a+ a,o+a n-n+[a,
0a._. 6+ooa,
a-a+++J n_nn+a,
:,++J 6__, n++_m.

z. _ao+++ a,o+
.++.J. _.a. +++_+ ++6.a 6aa+[,

1. _a o+++ a,o+
.++.+ .++. 6n_a+a &
.++.+ aa. g_a+J
Ja+o+a, | __o++J 6__
+_,-m0+++o, +++0++ao

_+a - XII o+++__m++q

0+++a : o+++_ _m++q n+ nn. an
,+.[_o
n+m : o+++__ _m++q+ +-0-+.._.m
__a o aaJ__o.
o_ : : o+++a _+a - o+++a _ a,+
o+++__m +o,+a - o+++ a+
+o n+ _ +_m+a (+o+o++++
+o a+++++++) _m++q aa++a -
_m++a+amm ___+a - _m++am n+m.
o_ z : _m++q a++a aa++_ nn.[
_ a_nn.[ _ - ,+m _
n+,+.[ _ _q_ a__
n_n,_.

31

o_ 1 : _m++q ___+a +_+a+o
___ a,o++o ___
aa+o ___ ann+o ___
6 ___ a+J+++ ___
++o ___.
o_ | : +a_ +.+a - +ao - ++_ +.[,
++ o+++ a++am an,.
o_ : _m++q ___+an n+mn[__
o+++a++a_ _m++q 6++a_+ +o
n+.to+a

:. o+++++o
- .+. _+m+an_m,
+a +__+_ tn_n,+ ++a,
:|, ..0+. ++o, 6+mm :.

z. _m++q+ +o
- _.+. .,++m,
+ 6+_++ ,+ _qa (n) o.,
|:. n, +.0++ -.a.++o aa0.., 6+mm cc cv.
_n,
_ to+ao_a n+.nn__0++[ 6_+.+,.+ n__+a a.[a

Major Elective Paper

_a+ a,o+a n-n+[a

0+++a : _a+ a,o+a n-n+..a
6++aa _q_o

n+m : _a+ a,o+ n-n+.[n nm,o__m a
o+++__n ,++ a__o.

32

0n+._ 0_Jq+ao a+-aJ+_+_n n+mn[_o

o_ : : a,o++ ++m+_a ++ ++o_a - _a+
a,o++++m nn. _+,+a - _a+__m
++ an, a,o+ ++o_+_ __+
_a+a - +6aa ++++a - _a+m
+o+.[_6_+.J, _a aaJ__ ++a - ++
++o a++am a+a+o (_- an,, oo
a+q, -q, -+om, a+-na, aa++.[,
+o, +oa) ++ ++o ,+J+a (0+,, 0++,
n+-+J)
o_ z : +ann+J, nooaJ, +ann,J ++o+..a - nooa
0n,,+J+a, +,+J+a - nooaJ ++o +o+a -
,++o - o,+.+ _ n+_ +++a.
o_ 1 : 0++J. n++o+ 0++J+am a++ n++o+
0++n0n,,+J+a - 0++J+am a++ 0++J++o
,++o - +__++a, +a+a, +o+a
o_ | : n+-+J ++++J, a,+.+J, n++on n+-++m
a++ - n+-+ ,+J+a - n+-++m a++
a_++, ,+ a,+.+J .+ - aa,++a
++o +__++a, ,++o, +o+a.

o_ : _0,+nn+J ++oa . 0n+J++++++J .+++ ++,J
+0o++ a_+ +0o++ .+
+0o++ .++m aaq+a - a[_on
0n++o _a+__m n_ a[_o+_nnm
_a+a.

33

n+.to

_a+ a,o+ a++_a n-n+[a,
- .++.J 0+.0+. naa,
o+__a+,++++ ama,
_,a-, 6+mm cc ::1.

n+Ja to+a

:. _a+ a,o+a n-n+[a,
0a._. 6+ooa,
a-a+++J n_nn+a,
n++_m, 6+mm.

z. _a+.[ a,o+,
_maJ. n+. +,+m,
na,++J n_nn+a,
6+mm cc :c.

a0m+-a-+a +_,m++ no+o+++a
__6o0ao

a+o _m+a a_.a
a n_aa
_+a - IX
++ o+++a
++oa : 1 a- a_n6n- :

n__ (10x1=10 a_n6n-+a)

I. ++++m a.+_ 0_J6_[_ a+? 10x1=10

1. 0a,o 0ao 0aJ0++. noam ++,o +. n++ ++J?
. +noJ . n,-J . aa++J +. o o+_m+J

z. o_ amn_m 6n+_a
. a+.+++ . _aJ++ . 6_m o +. 0++.

34

1. +a+ 0++o_ _o+o +ann 0n+o ++.+ __a a
. a_a . a+m . a+[ +. ++m

|. __+mm a++ma
. -_+a . n-_+a . a+o +. a_

. a amn_m 6n+_a
. o__o . +__o . 0+..o +. n+J__o

. _oam __a+o __o+aJ+_.m nn.[n 0n+a__ 6n+J?
. n+a o . na o
. 6++aaa +. aonn+[

. n+m+m 0+++_n+_ a_-m+o +a+m a++ a__
nn.nn.[aa?
. 6 . _+_ . a++ +. +a

. 6n+_,+nn.+m +++J ++J?
. +noJ . _.__+a++--++J
. ++,+ +. 6n_+[6++

v. +a+? ,a+? am +++++_++ n_nn+.[ to?
. 6n_an+-+nn. . 6[aoa+.
. aon[+.+a +. ++t

:c. _ a,a+ +.+ a+o+_ _o+o -___aJ ++J?
. 0a.J+a . .+J+a . a0o++J+a +. a,J+a
n__ (5x5=25 a_n6n-+a)
II zc 6+++_+_ a++ao a. __+

::. . _6_++ __+__-n n+.o+ao .a6naa
a_-m+a aa+ _+?
(oo)
. 6+_o n+.o+ao 0_+ +++ a_a aa+_+?

:z. . am a-[ a_ _oa+m 0_+nn++_+_ ++ 6++_+a
aa+?
(oo)
. 6+a0aam _ma+a aa+?

:1. . +a +++ +- - +J_ 0+,om a,__n ,onn[_+?
(oo)
. ++mn0n+ a+o +._ ++,n 6n_a_+ _+J _o++J
n++ a___m aa+_?

35

:|. . 6n+_,+nn.+o ,+mm 6a--n 0n+J 6a+ aa+_?
(oo)
. ++++om 6++.++nnm aa+_?

:. . n+-a+0_a+_ a++ ++ oa+.++? _+ a+.++?
aa+_?
(oo)
. 6[o a+.+o 0++aoJ a+.++o mna.a o+
aa+?
n__ - (8x5=40 a_n6n-+a)
III. cc 6+++_+_ a++ao a. __+

:. . _oam a _oa 6++-[aa m, annnn.._ma.+
amn_+ _6_++ __+__-n n+.o aJ aa+_+
(oo)
. +aam n_ _oa +o+_a 6++_+a aa+_+?

:. . n+o++o+m _oa +o+_a 0_+ + aa+_+?
(oo)
. _oa+_ _oam n+__+o _oa+ 0_+ a__
_ma+a aa+?

:. . +a++++ +-- +J_+ 0+,om 6a+ +nn aa+_+?
(oo)
. 0+,ammJ+am a,__m _m a+ ,+_tm _oa aa+?

:v. . ++++omm a_0_+ano +nn 6n+_,+nn. _oa aa+?
(oo)
. 6n+_,+nn. _oa 0++ +.m aa__n ,onn[_+?

zc. . 6[oa+.+o a_a ,++m _n,,__m ann aa+?
(oo)
. _oa+m a_____a, n+++o ,+mm o+ma
6[oa+. _oa aa+_+?

36

a0m+ma-+a +_,m+J no+o+++a
__6o0ao
B.A. TAMIL.
_m+a n_aa (Third Semester)
CHANGE OF SYLLABUS IN UNIT IV & V

6n--+a

o_ 4 :

6n-+am a+++n n-nn++qa +_+_ ___ oa - +_+_ ___o
a,+ a+++n n+_n+[ ++_+ an, n__ an__
__o+a_a__o a n__+m 6n+_a - +_+a+a+++o - _[an
q+_a n-nn++q+_a - _++ qa n-nn++qa - 6n-+am
_ann_q+a - o+++_a aa+_a - 6n--+_a _aa -
n-n+.[ am_a 6n--m a0m+ oa - n+o+o (_a o+++_a
6n--+_a too n. 25- 37, 71-78).

o_ 5:

6n-+a a_+m am_+a - a.n+o +_m+a (_a o+++_a
6n--+_a too n. 101 105, 132 136. (0_ n___+m
n++a,+ a.[a _ _++nn.[aa).

37

__6o0ao
SCHEME OF EXAMINATIONS

a+o _a - n+.__..a

__o n_aa (First Semester)

Title of the Subject Part
III Tamil Literature
Teaching
Hours per
week
Exam
Hours
Maximum
Marks
Credits
Major 1
_++o o+++a
5 3 75 5
Major 2
m_to - a_
5 3 75 5
Allied Subject Paper I
+.[n,a+o
6 3 75 5
++ +o +oa
2 3 75 2

,-.+a n_aa (Second Semester)

Title of the Subject Part
III Tamil Literature
Teaching
Hours per
week
Exam
Hours
Maximum
Marks
Credits
Major 3
+o+ ++a
5 3 75 5
Major 4
m_to - 6++o
5 3 75 5
Allied Subject Paper II
+.[n,a+o
6 3 75 5
Value Based Education
+_+ a_nn.[+ +oa
2 3 75 2

38

IV SEMESTER
Skilled Based Subject
.+__a oo +-m +++0++n,
.+__a
0+++a
6_+ma+ +n,a aa_a 6n +J_m+ 6+a6a++++_ _m__++
aoo _a6a+. __a .+ 6a+++++ 6++-. a +.o __++
+..+aa, 6nn[_a _+aa a6+m 0a6++-.
_+++aa 6_+ 6++a__o nn+.__m 0+++a++ a+.
+ :
_a .+ 6a+ a,o+ _am 6_+maa +n,a _a -J++
++nn+o .+ 6a++a - .+ 6a+ aa++a - ++ ++oa __o
+0o+J ++oa a, _a .+ 6a+++++_ _mnn..aJ+am
_+++a - an,+am _++ a[_on 0n+,+..+++o+ _o +..
am aa+_+_a - _a .+ 6a++ +.. 0a_a.
+ z
.+ 6a+__.. ,++-+am +_++a - -+a __o _nn+-
a, - .+ 6a++_ .+6a+__.. 0a o+a - _aaaJ++
+++_ 0_+a __o a++ a,.
+ 1
.+6a++ 6++o+++ +ao +-.+nn.. -a+a - .+
6a+_ _..__+ 6++on[__ 0a-+ _ao++a - _ao+a __o
6n+a+++ ++-nn[am a,.
+ |
_+aq .a+++a - +q+a 0a++aan6n_o __o -Jqa
na - .m_ 0_a a,.
+
_a aaJ++_ _..+_a n-+_a - +a __J_ _a_J
__a_ _..a __o 0ann, _a a,.

39

n+.to
. +__a
6n+nn_nn++++J
_maJ. +. ++,++m aa.j.aa.no, n+..
_aaaJ++ ++_+.

6aa+..+aJ
_a+a,
6+mm cc :c.

n+Ja to
:. .+_ __a
+. ,+ao+m+J,
n++ o+a - :|,
n,+++a ++o,
6+mm cc :c.
z. _,+a. 6a++a,
.++.J.+. +__+o+a,
a-a+++J n_nn+a,
n++_m,
6+mm cc :c.

+-m +++ 0++n,
o_ : _a _..++ 6_+.J+a _. .++ 6++a a,+o+m n++
o_ z _a ..n. 6am 6n+_a +-m +++ 0++n,+++m
6am 6n+_a +a .
o_ 1 n++ aaann+m (Pagemaker) ao6am. 6a_ a..
o_ | n++ aaanno 0o q. 6a_ +..a+a - n++_
____ 0ao+a - - 6a_
o_ _ __+a - (Corel Draw) 6am6n+_a - 0++,o ,+
+_a+a n_a++a, n_0aa.

40

_n, 6++_ n++ +..++a a+nn.o 0a-[a.
+a_nn.o zc a_n6n-+a, 6++_ n+++_
a+nn. 6a-[a.
n+.to 6.a+ .+n nna,, ..n,
a+. - 6.+ n..J,
6n+++a , +,a aa+ _,
6+mm .

41

APPENDIX - BA8
a0m+ma-+a +_,m+J no+o+++a, __6o0ao
a+o _a o+++_a +-m n+mn+[a
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
+m++a n_aa (Fourth Semester)

hours
per word
Exam
hours
Maximum
marks
Credits
Part III Major Paper VI
o+++a
6 3 75 5
Allied Subject II
+-m+m _ao+
n+mn+[ - 2
6 3 75 5
Part IV Skill based subject
.+__a
oo +--
+++0++n,
4 3 60 4
Non Major Elective II
a++a 6_+.Jn+o
oo
am_ +a+a
2 3 75
2
Part V Extension Activity
(NCC, NSS,YRC, YWF)
- - -
1

42

__+a n_aa (Fifth Semester)
Title of the subject Teaching
hours per
Exam
hours
Maximum
marks
Credits
Major Paper VII
++nn+ o+++a
7 3 75 5
Paper V III
o++-a ++n, -
7 3 75 5
Major Elective A
m.+6.[a HTML
6a+a n++a I
6++_a
6 3 75 5
B ,__++ +o 6 3 75 5`
skilled based subject
_a 0aan+[
(General)
4 3 75 4

+a n_aa - (Sixth Semester)

hours per
week
Exam
hours
Maximum
marks
Credits
Major Paper IX
++ o+++a
6 3 75 5
Paper X
o++-a 6n+_a
6 3 75 5
Paper XI
o+++ a,o+
6 3 75 5
Paper XII
o+++_ _m++q
6 3 75 5
Major Elective
m.+6.[a HTML 6a+a -
n++a II (6++_a)
6 3 75 5
43

a+o - _a o+++_a +-m n+mn+[a

+m++a n_aa

__man n+.a
_+a - VI
o+++a

o_ : - __+_a
:. _nn+o - 6n+.a, _am++a,
a++a
z. 6n+_.n+o - +a _+o, a _++a, .,
1. ++a_nn+o - oa,m ,__o,
n+q+a, 6n++-[ ,+o
o_ z - :. +o++J +oa, .nn 6n+__o
z. +ma-+++ :-vc n+.o+a
1. _++[+a - 1: |c n+.o+a
o_ 1 - :. mm+ +n - : z n+.o+a
z. m+a +n - 1c 1v n+.o+a
1. jo+_ - 11 |z n+.o+a
o_ | - :. +n_+_oa - n+.o a-+a z,1,,,v,z, |,,,v|
z. ++,+0++a n+.o a-+a - :,z,1,c,|, , v,|,,v
|. n6a+ +_t _++ :|v :
o_ - :. _, - : :c n+.o+a
z. 6++mm 0a_m - zc 1v n+.o+a
1. m6m - z: 1c n+.o+a

+-m+m _ao+n n+mn+[ z
o_ . :

aa.aa.na, n++-. aa.aa. n++-.o +_ a,+o
_a+++o(Creating Presentation) - 0+a__o(Saving) naoo aaa 6++_o (slide
formatting)- naoo+o a++a 6+++ (Editing Slide)- naoo .a+a
6++ _.(Inserting,Copying,Deleting and Rearranging Slides)-, aaa 6++_o(text
formatting)
44

o_ . z

aq 0_,6_[__o(Choosing Layout for Slides)- naoo 6a_+..o(Slide
Designing)- naoo +q..o 6++_o (Animated Slide Presentation) - ..a-
_a+++o(Table Creation) -

o_ . 1

n.+a aa-__o (Inserting Charts) - 0+.6n+o 0+J++(Inserting Sounds) -
+q..o 0+J++ (Inserting Motion Clips) - a,+o ++.+(Showing Presentation)

o_ . |

aa.aa +aa _,q_aa(database) _a+++o - 0+a__o(Saving)
..a-(table) _a+++o ,oa _,qa+(field types) - n_0a[ 0+J++ (Inserting
Records)
o_ .

naa _a+++o(forms for entering and viewing data) amao(Queries)

n+.to+a
:. J .a,+_m , aa-aa aa.aa.na, n++-.
z. +.6+oa_a+,, aa-aa +aa
6++_ n++

:. aa.aa. n++-.o +_ a,+o _a+++o
(Creating Presentation)

z. +a +o_,,+ n aa.aa. n++-.o +_ a,+o
_a+++o(Creating Presentation about your college )

1. naoo +q..o 6++_o (Animated Slide Presentation)

|. 0+.6n+o 0+J++(Inserting Sounds)

. +q..o 0+J++ (Inserting Motion Clips)
45

. _,q_aa(database) aa ..a- (table) _a+++o

. naa _a+++o(form creation)

. amao _a+++o (Queries Creation)

Skilled Based Subject
.+__a oo +-m +++0++n,

.+__a

0+++a
6_+ma+ +n,a aa_a 6n +J_m+ 6+a6a++++_ _m__++ aoo
_a6a+. __a .+ 6a+++++ 6++-. a +.o __++
+..+aa, 6nn[_a _+aa a6+m 0a6++-. _+++aa
6_+ 6++a__o nn+.__m 0+++a++ a+.
+ :
_a .+ 6a+ a,o+ _am 6_+maa +n,a _a -J++
++nn+o .+ 6a++a - .+ 6a+ aa++a - ++ ++oa __o +0o+J
++oa a, _a .+ 6a+++++_ _mnn..aJ+am _+++a - an,+am
_++ a[_on 0n+,+..+++o+ _o +.. am aa+_+_a - _a .+
6a++ +.. 0a_a.
+ z
.+ 6a+__.. ,++-+am +_++a - -+a __o _nn+- a,
- .+ 6a++_ .+6a+__.. 0a o+a - _aaaJ++ +++_
0_+a __o a++ a,.
+ 1
.+6a++ 6++o+++ +ao +-.+nn.. -a+a - .+ 6a+_
_..__+ 6++on[__ 0a-+ _ao++a - _ao+a __o 6n+a+++
++-nn[am a,.
+ |
_+aq .a+++a - +q+a 0a6++aan6n_o __o -Jqa
na - .m_ 0_a a,.

46

+
_a aaJ++_ _..+_a n-+_a - +a __J_ _a_J __a_
_..a __o 0ann, _a a,.
n+.to

. +__a
6n+nn_nn++++J
_maJ. +. ++,++m aa.j.aa.no, n+..
_aaaJ++ ++_+.

6aa+ ..+aJ
_a+a,
6+mm cc :c.

n+Ja to
:. .+_ __a
+. ,+ao+m+J,
n++ o+a - :|,
n,+++a ++o,
6+mm cc :c.
z. _,+a. 6a++a,
.++.J.+. +__+o+a,
a-a+++J n_nn+a,
n++_m,
6+mm cc :c.

+-m +++ 0++n,
o_ : _a _..++ 6_+.J+a _..++ 6++a a,+o+m n++
o_ z _a ..n. 6am 6n+_a +-m +++ 0++n,+++m
6am6n+_a+a.
o_ 1 n++ aaann+m (Pagemaker) ao6am. 6a_ a..
o_ | n++ aaanno 0o q. 6a_ +..a+a - n++_
____ 0ao+a - - 6a_
o_ _ __+a - (Corel Draw) 6am6n+_a - 0++,o ,+
+_a+a n_a++a, n_0aa.
47

_n, 6++_ n++ +..++a a+nn.o 0a-[a.
+a_nn.o zc a_n6n-+a, 6++_ n+++_ a+nn.
0a-[a.
n+.to 6.a+ .+n nna,, ..n,
a+. -6.+ n ..J,
6n+++a, +,a aa+_,
6+mm .

NON MAJOR ELECTIVE
n a+-a_+_ a_nnnn+.a
_+a - II a++a _+ao 6_+.Jn+o

0+++a : - n a+-a_+__ _a6a+ a 0aoa++n,
o_a +oa+a__o.

n+m : - a++a _+ao 6_+.+n+o +o +[n. a_a,0a+J
n+ aa,+an 6n_o.

o_ : - 6_+.Jn+o - aa++a - 6_+.+n+om o++-a -
a++a 6_+.+n+o aa++a - _J+a +__ 6_+.J,
++_m+a - a,, a ++ a 0an+[+a n__++++
+__,a - _-++ _+a.

o_ z - +++ +oa _+_a _a _+am aaJ++
a++a - _m0m__o _+am n_- _+am
6_+a - _+am to+a - +a++ an, +++J n__
a-+nn__ - +_,n n__.

o_ 1 - _++ao a+6m+o 6_+o+++.+ a,o+, a++a
a+6m+o+ _+a - 6_+o+++.+ a,+ a+6m+o,
6_+o+++.+ an, o, a, n,n,+a - 6++++0++a -
_m++J 6_+o+++.++am n,ao - a+6m+o +__,a - n,+++,
n+,_ +_+ _ a++a _ n+,+a - 6_+o+++.++
6++_+a +a, _+a.

o_ | - _++ao _,nn. a,o+ +_+__o jn[_a
_+++a - _a +ma+ _a+m +_ - m+ _a_
_,nn.__m 0n++_ +ma+ n..nnn, _,nn.+ +++a
- +onn.+a, ,+a _,nn. aaJ++a - _,nn._
_-+++a.

48

o_ - _+ao 6_+.+n+oo a+o 6_+o .na -
n+mn[a +_a+a +-n6n+, +.., 0,+a -+a, -+
0_[_aa - a__+ ,+ -+_aa - m.n+0a,m _nn+
_0a0n_J 6++++ 0++a - 6_+oa+ ++
6_+.Jn+oo +-n6n++m n+m+a - a++a 6_+.+, _ao+m
n-+a 6_+.Jn+o ++_m+_a a++a +__a

n+.to+a - z:-a t+-o a++a _+ao 6_+.+n+o,
0n,+++++ ,+. a__+++a,
n++ n_nn+a.

n+Ja to - a++a 6_+.Jn+o
.++.J. aa. g_a+J

_+a - | am_ +a+a

0+++a - :. a+-a_+__ _a nn. +a+an n+
an,-+a o.[_o.
z. _a +a+a a.[+ 6++[+++ao, n+
+a+an n+++ao a+_ t-[_o.

n+m - a+-am _m +a+a n+ an,-+a
._o. n+ +a+n 0n_a amo 6n_o.

o_ : - am_ +a 0++.n+[+a : am_ +a aa++a -
0++.n+[+a - o+ am_ +a+a - n,+.ma - 6n+ am_
+a+a - _m am_ +a+a.

o_ z - +++ao am_ +a+a - _++ao a+,++on
n,+.m_a - am_ +a+_a - 6n+.++ +..a - am_
+a+_a _++ +.. +_a .

o_ 1 - _+ ,++oan,+ +..__m +n, a+a -
_+an n+++n,+ +..a :v, am_ +a n+++n,+ +..a
:vv1.

o_ | - +aa, ++ao +m +.aa, ++ao
6n+a++a 6_+.J,

o_ - n++a+ + 6++a +a+_a +.a+_a

n+.to - am_ +a+a
_maJ a.+. aaa+_m,
n+o nna0+,ma,
,++n0n.., 6+mm :|,
__n_n, zcc.

49

a+o ,-.+a+-[ +m++a n_aa
_+a - VI
o+++a

a+_+ am+__+a
++oa . 1 a- a_n6n- .

n__ (20x1=20)

++++m a.+_ 0_Jq 6+++

:. __+_a a__ 6_+_nn+ ++J_
. a. [_ 6_++ . n_ n n+. [
. ++nn++a +. n_6m- +++-+_

z. n+++_+ ++a++ _________
. ++J . aa+J
. _+naJ +. _++_aJ

1. m+m +_a, _m0 a
. 6+oa_J 6_+.J, . +oa +o
. n-no+J 6_+.J, +. +_+J 0+-a

|. 6aooo a++_+ +a a
. ++ . o
. +++ +. _-[

. _o_n n_am _______________ mm+
. +oo+a . +-+a
. oo+a +. aqaoo

. ++J na+a _m m
. 0n,++.++m . nom
. _ a+nam +. n++++_-n+m

. oo 0aao aa + ___________
. ++a . 6a+0n+o
. ++a ano +. aqaoo

. ++, a_++a
. , . 1, . , +. |

v. oo+J+_ 6++_ _a a_n0n+m
. a . +o 0ao a_
. J0ao a_ +. aqaoo

50

:c. ++++ a_a,a +m
. a+ . no+
. 6+++++ +. 0aa,

n__ (5x5 = 25)
zc 6+++ao a. __+

::. . 6n+.a+m +nnm a+
oo
. n+q +a am_a _onno aa_aJ +a
+__++a a+.

:z. . +oa __ +o++J +am ++a
oo
. .n n 6n+__o am_a _onno +o++J +am
++a

:1. . +noJ +a mm+ aa
oo
. +oo+m 6++-. _aa mm+ aa+_+

:|. . a-n_m 0a_a a+a+m, +.0n++ a+ +a+J
a+ ++J? jm?
oo
. a__+_+J a+++ ___o o am_a n6a++m
aa+_+.

:. . 6++m 0a_mo .a 6naa q,+_a +m+m
aa+_+.
oo
. +__ +_ _ ___o ,+,_0_m 0m,_ 0_[
aa+_+.

n__ - (5x8 = 40)

cc 6+++_+_ a. __+

:. . a++a __ __+_a +a +__++a a+.
oo
. +a _+o am_a _onno aa_aJ +a
+__++a aa+_+.

:. . +ma-++++o .a 6naa ++__++a a+.
oo
. _++[+a +a ++6+a aa+_+

51

:. . m+a +n +a m+a ++a
oo
. jo+_ n+.o +__++a aa+_+

:v. . +n_+_oa +a _+a a+.
oo
. ++,+0++a+o .a 6na ++,+a aa+_+

zc. . _, +a +a aa+_+
oo
. m6m +a q,+a aa+_+

__6o0ao

a+o ,-.+a+-[ +m++a n_aa
_+a - IV
a++a _+ao 6_+.Jn+o

a+_+ am+__+a
++oa . 1 a- a_n6n- .

n__ (10x1=10)

++++m a.+_ 0_Jq 6+++

:. _+ao _ n+.a_ a6+_ n_+_ a+nn..+0o _+ao 6_+.+,
_a am+ ++aJ
. _0++ 6_+a+m () 6_+ +-.a
. +._. n,q- (+) +_

z. +0 _,nn.[aaa+ao a,, a _+ao 6_+.J, ++_ma a?
. ao_nn+.[ . +a_
. a+6m+o +. _,nn.a

1. _maoJ _ao+a __6o0ao a_ -[ a+nn..?
. :vz . :v1 . :v +. :v

|. _+_+++m +0++.n+[ _a+++nn.. -[
. :vz . :v . :v +. :v|

. _++ao __m __oo onn,n,n n- 6_+.+nn.. .a
. 6+mm . oo
. __am_,,a +. _an
52

. 6_+o+++.+ _+ a+6m+o+o _ n+, _m_+++ a++ 0n+
__ .nn.. 6n+J
. _+_ 6_+o+++.+ . tJ_J+m
. oa n,n, +. ann,n,

. __m__oo a-6aa+_ _nnnn.. _++ 6++++ 0++a
. ++nn..+ . nna
. m++. +. ++J.0.+ ++. - : _+a++.

. _++am __o 0n+a n.a ++
. _ _+a +++ . +++a_a
. oa ,+ +. ++a_+a

v. aa._.J _,nn. +J a_ aaa?
. 0+oa . a, . __++ +. 6+mm

:c. SMS BANK a+_+ _+nn[__+ a-+ ama
. jJ6.o . jJ6+o . Jo+ma +. .+.+m++a

n__ (5x5=25)

zc 6+++_+_a a. __+

::. . ++ a 6_+.+,+ ++_m+a n a+?
oo
. n__++++ +__,a - aa+_+?

:z. . _a _+a aaa+ a+nn[__o+a? _m a++a
__ a+?
oo
. _ 6_+._a__+ 6+++ 0a-[am ++a?

:1. . _++am 6_+o+++.+ o, an,n, a,o+ n
a+?
oo
. _++ao a-6aa+o jann.[aa 6++++0++a+a
++a? a n aa+_+?

:|. . a++a _amJ n a+?
oo
. aooa J. .+m n a+?

:. . _,nn. n..nnn, _a+__o ao+o aa? ++
oo
. a__+, a+o ,++a _,nn. aa+++++++ 0a6++-[
a_a .a+++a aa+?

53

n__ - (5x8=40)

cc 6+++_+_ a++ao a. __+.

:. . _+ao 6_+.+,+ ++_m+a aaa+ a+nn[__o+a?
a aa+?
oo
. _+ao 6_+.+n+o am+o amm? aa+_+?

:. . +__++ _m0m__o _+am n_ n a+.
oo
. _ am__m Ja++ annm aa+?

:. . _++ao a+6m+o onn,nnm a,o+m aa+?
oo
. o, a, n,n,+a __ a+ ama_
6_+__,++

:v. . _a _,nn._ 0_+__m+a aa++++ma aa+?
oo
. _,nn.+a +_+__o jn[_a _++++a aa+?

zc. . _+ao 6_+o .n ,,.+ __ a+?
oo
. a++a 6_+.Jn+o +o +-n 6n+++o, aonnmmo
++a a++_a .a n aa++,++?

a+_+ am+__+a
.+__a
++oa : 1 a- a_n6n- :

n__ (10x1=10) a_n6n-+a

I. ++++m a.+_ 0_J6_[_ a+?

1. _,+a. 6a++am nno++-a a+?
. a,a+ _maJ . ++o[6ao . +__+o+a +. _++oJ

z. _a _a++,a am ++nn[a to
. __+_a . +o++J . __a_,a +. _,

1. _a aaJ++ +++a 0_+a++n n.. -[
. :v: . :vz . :: +. :vz

54

|. ,+ -+m n ++Jo _ao++ao _a _..+++a ___o
0a-[a.
. :cc a+++[ . a+++[
. a+++[ +. c a+++[

. n,_+n__o++J ++__,__ a_+aJ
. 0a_+++a naa . ,an n__m
. 6_+++_m +. _.a.

. _m__aJ +++__m __?
. n+,_++J . n+,__++m . ,+ao+m+J +. aao

. _+ +.++m _a0++[ 6+mm a+o__o __oa++,+mJ
. .++.+. +nn,++m . ,+a++a . aa._. ,+a++_,m
+. --+_,

. _+mn+ am_a 6n++o _+a_J .__+aJ .__+aJ
. +nn,a-+ +a+ . __.a.+. . n+,_ +. a.0a.+. _+J

v. .++ 6++oo+,+_ 6an+.n 6n -[
. :vz . :vc . :vc +. :vvv
:c. 6_mm+.[_ _o+J amn 0n+n 6na+
. a..+_an,m+J . n+o+++_,__o+J
. n,o+ 6oo+nnJ +. ++_++a

n__
II zc 6+++_+_ a++ao a. __+ (5x5=25)

::. . _a 6a++m 6_+maa +n,a n a+
oo
. _a -J++ n a[_,++?

:z. . ++nn+o .+ 6a++am o n+ _nn[+
oo
. .+ 6a+J aa++a - __+?

:1. . ,++-+a n a[_,++?
oo
. _nn+- n aa+_+?

:|. . _a aaJ++ ++_+m +qnn-+_ __+
oo
. _a aaJ++ _a ++_+m n-+a a[_,++?

:. . 6a+6n+Jn,n n-+a n a+?
oo
. _,+a.nno+o+ ++a a+ +_ _a+ ,+m n_ n+
_nn[+

55

n__ -

III. cc 6+++_+_ a++ao a. __+ 8x5=40

:. . _am +n,++a_ 6_+__,++
oo
. _a .+ 6a+++++_ _mnn..aJ+am _+++a_
6_+__,++?

:. . .+6a+_ _.. 0a o+a aa+++
oo
. oa+o 6n+J+a n aa+++?

:. . .+ 6a+__.. +q+a a+_,++?
o o
. .+ 6a+__.. +q+a_aa _q+a_ __+?

:v. . .+ 6a+__..___aa _+a ++ 0a6++-.
.a+++a a[_,++?
oo
. .+__a t_a 0_+qa nn ,onn[_+?

zc. . _a aaJ+++++ 0a6++-. n-+a aa+++?
oo
. to+a +.[.a++++nn.. o+ 6a++?

56

a+o _a o+++_a +-mn n+mn+[a
__+a n_aa
(V Semester)
_+a - ++nn+ o+++a

o_ : . (i) +onn_++,a - a,+++-.a (oJ++-++_,
.++o+++_, 6++o++a+++_)
(ii) a-0a+o _, n+++.. ++_,
o+aa ,++ ++_.

o_ z . (i) +a++_+a- _-a+o++J oan+a
(: | n+.o+a)

o_ 1 . (i) 6n_+_ - a+o ,oano
(ii) a6a-n+ mm___ t a[_o
(zv n+.o+a)

o_ | . (i) +an,+a++-a - a_, _++nn.oa _aa
(ii) 6n++,,+-a - __+an0n+a+J ,,+-a _aa.

o_ . (i) ++n,,+-a - a+_+_n n-m n.oa _aa

(ii) 0_an+a- n+oa+.+n n.oa _aa

_+a - VIII o++-a - ++n, -

0+++a . a+-aJ o++++a a++o++ n.nn+aJ+a ,onn[__+
++.[a +a+aa, mn+aa 6++a__o.

n+m . a+-aJ+a, ++n,, - 0n+m nn.+ 0++.n+[+a
, n.nn+o aaJ_+ 6++aao.

o_ : . nn+o - a_, +, +J, _a, 6_+.

o_ z . 6++a+o - + n+a+a - 6a-n+ +++nn+,
+onn+ a _+nn+ a_.n+.

o_ 1 . 6++aa+ 6++a 6 6n+_a-++o - _ma+-
__o _a+ - a,.

o_ | . nma_o+- __o - 0aa+- a,

o_ . an+am+- __o - +a+- a,
57

n+.to

:. ++nn_+o+++++ (n+o +o++)
z. _-+o++,a - _ma+- __o +a+- a, (.n+q +o++)

m.J6.[a HTML 6a+a - n++a I (6++_a)

o_ : -+_a__m a,o+ www (o+a a+a+ ao)
HTML a,o+
o_ z HTML a-__m nn. an, HTML ,o
(Program) _a+++a - HTML ,o (Program) 6++o++_a _
HTML 0.+ (tags) , (Text) 0.+ (tags) +n, _
(Special Character) 0.+ (tagas)

o_ 1 _on,++a (Headingss) .o (Body_) 0.+ (tags)
n_ _ (Paragraph) 0.+ (tags) n. (list) 0.+ (tags).
o_ |
j,- (logical) 0.+ (tags) n_ao Physical (0.+ (tags)
o_
..a- (table) 0.+ (tags) - -n, (link) 0.+ (tags)

n+.to+a
:. B. +++__0++m, n_ +.+ao HTML aa DHTML

_n,
6++_ -++n.[aa +a n_a__m _+o ( 5+5 )
__+a n_a___ a
+a n_a_ __ a

58

,__+n n_n,a - 6aa+[a

0+++a :. _a a_nnn n+.a++ n+_a a+-a_+_
0aoa++n,_ _a__ a+a+++o.

z. + aao __o [ 6+++ a++n,.0++_+_+ ++
0aoa++n, a+_a m _+a 6++_o.

n+m _a +_a a+-a_+_ 0ao a++n,.0++_+_+ ++
0aoa++n, a+_a m _+a 6++_o.

o_ : ,__+ a++a

_+ao 6aa+[ noa+ _+a - _ 6aa+[naJ
,__++_+_a _+_+_a .0+ aa 0an+[ ,__++am
6n_++a - _a to 6aa+.[ o ,__++am a++a - n_n,
a++a (__ n_n, ___+ n_n, a 6aa+ [ 6n+oo+_
+++ n_n, n++aao n_n, ++on n_n, 6_+_n,n n_n,
+_++nn_n, ++.++n n_n, _n6n_J n_n, _a_a
6a+6n+Jn,a - +.++ +n,n n_n, + _n,n n_n,
+_+_+,J n_n, +o+..aJ+++m n_n, ao++_ n_n,a
aoqn n_n,a, nna n_n,++_a nm6a+n n_n,a, ,aan n_n,,
_++,n nJan n_n,, a+0_+J+++m ,__+n n_n,++a +,+_+a
- 6+++a_++a - aa, to - 6++aan n_n,)

o_ z j.[++an n_n,

j[ 6++6n+_a - j.[++a 6_+_n,n n-a to++_a
(a,n no+o+ ++a - a, ++o +o_t+ a,_ _a+
++ to+a - ,+mJ +_ _++ +6+_ n,_+a to o+a -
+a+ +.[+am aaa - aq +,aa_ a++o to o+a -
.++.J..0a. ++a+_+J too+a - ,+mJ a-+ ++nn+a -
.++ to o+a - +anJ mq +q to o+a) a
+_a+a - a_nn++a - +a+ao a++ jn[_o - j.[n n,_+am
a++a - _oj[a a0+[+_a - _a_ - j[+a ,++_o -
_o__ _q 6++_o - n+._____a - n+.0an+[+a+ ++..o.

o_ 1 n_nn++++J : +++a

n_nn++++J 6n+_a aa++a - n_nn++++J no ___mJ ,_ _+
6aa+.m +m_ _m+a - n_n,+_ n_nn++++J +.a+_a,
+a+_a - ,__++a n_nn_ __a n.+_a n_n,a +.._a,
+++a ++_6_+o a,o+, _a+.m ++_6_+o, ++++am
a++a - _m +++__m _a++ 6++on+[+a, ++ a+a,
+-n6n+ amm_+o n++a 0o+J 0o+J a+ a,m -
ao+.,+m+ +a0n+a, 0aJ.n,++a+ _a +-n6n+ a+nno+.

59

o_ | +++_a
+++__ _+++n, +++_ a++a - +++_+0++_m +++_ aq+a -
a--+++a, ,__+ n,++a ,__on, _+n,
a_Jnn++nn.a - _on,n n++a n_n,+ann++a - +a,
_m_, m, 6n+_a.++a - n.+am n.+o -
n____a - 0+J+ + to - nmm-n,++a.

o_ - ,__+ 6aa+ [

n,_ ++n+J__o - n++ a-+a ____+_+[+a - a+J_m -
0ao.. ,+, o+a0m,m, a+nn, .a+ma n,_+a -
n- n+,-+a 6aa+[naJ 6aa+[0a+J +++a - ,__+_
_+++n, Ja++a - 6aa+[ 6aa+.[ +a - 6aa+[0a+J +_+++
_n,++a - a_+a_ 6_++ +++_+++m n,_+a - nn_a -
+++J 6aa+[naJ nn_a - n_n,+a - _+ +an n_q
+..a - to++ +.. a_n n,_+a.

n+.to
,__++ +o
.++.J.. a+++_J__,
n+o__+m n_nn+a,
1, ,_6__, 6+_..,
++.n+ 1z cc.
0a_tJ a+a..a.
n+Ja to

:. n_n,++o
.++.J.. a+++ _J__,
z. n_n,n n+Ja+a
.++.J.. a+++ _J__
1. ++++o
a+.+. +an_m
_aJ n_nn+a,
6+mm :vc.

60

_m+a+-[ __+a n_aa
a+_+ am+__+a
Major - Tamil
++nn+ o+++a
0,a . 1 a- a_n6n- .
I. ++++m a.+_ 0_J6_[_ a+.

:. ++_ an nn+m an0n+J ++J?
) ++aoJ ) 0++aoJ ) _aJ +) a+mJ

z. a+_a__+. am _++nn[naJ ++J?
) +--+ ) a+_a ) _aJ +) a+mJ

1. a_+++_mamm +a+m+m+ ++o+o +___aa ++J?
) ++_+ma+o ) ++++-+
) a+_a+o +. +_+0_a

|. _-a+o0++[ +--n 0n+.+_ a_aa ++J?
) +,a_++ ) 0+a++
) aao +) ++__a__

. + a+m, ++_.+ 0_+a +J_._ -q+m?
) +++_m ) +++.m ) ++m_ +) +.+++,m

. a6a-n+ao mmnna a_ a+ a__++n ,+0_
+++J?
) +.o ) a,a ) _oo+++[ +) _+a,aoJ

. o+oo _a_ __am ++J?
) _+,_m ) ,+am ) o+_am +) n,_m

. __+an 0n+a+J a_ o,+ ++J_aJ?
) __tJ ) _+~J ) __a++J +)
__+0++a_tJ

v. a+m+ 6++-[ a,n0n++ +a+m +__o 6++-.+m ++J?
) _+aa n ) +,++, ) ao+m +) 0a.m

:c. 0n+J_+_ a_,+ +m ,-_0a+ a_ 6a am ++aJ
++J?
) _++J ) a+J ) n+oJ +) __+aJ

61

n+q
II. m_ am+++_+_a zc 6+++_+_ a++ao a. __+
(5x5=25 a_n6n-+a)
::. ) ++_++a +--++ a+_++.a .++onn[__+ a___n
,onn[_+.
(oo)
) a-0a+o ++++-++m n+nn- a_____n 0n++++
_ma+ aa+_+?

:z. ) 6n+om +m _-a+o++J oan+a a aJ-++
(oo)
) 0ao n++ o[_ann.. +a++mn0n+m a__+
_+-m o+ a+.

:1. ) 6n_+_ n+ 6++_+a_ __+?
(oo)
) _a+_+m _-om+a aa+?

:|. ) ,+amm __.[ a+a6+m 0++__ +,, a++a
o++__ o+ aa+++.
(oo)
) _m++m _6_+-m aa+_+.

:. ) a+m+..a +_0_++ o+m aa+_+.
(oo)
) aamm n+onn_a__m +onm aa+++.

:. ) +_- aa, 6+oo++ 6+oa, o0o+J 6+aao am+
0++aom ,+nn[a_++m +q+a ,+++.
(oo)
) +.oa++, +m oJ++-++_a +__+++.

:. ) 6n_+_ a+o ,oano n aa+_+?
(oo)
) mm___ t a.o n 6a-n+ _oa aa+_+?

:. ) _+-mm+ m_ a_a a++a___+m o+m+
++?
(oo)
) _a+_+m +m aJ-++

:v. ) a_,+m _++++o +0++m ama _+_ a___n
,onn[_+.
(oo)
) __+an 0n+a+J, am+o .6++aann.. _o aa+++.

zc. ) _+aa n, a+_+_n n-+++ m _ma+ ,+++.
(oo)
) aamm aann_a a+.++_ __+.
62

a+o _m+a a_.a
a n_aa
_+a -VIII
o++-a, ++n,, -
++oa : 1 a- a_n6n- :

m_ am+++_+_a a. __+.
n__ (10x1=10 a_n6n-+a)

:. 6++a n,+a a__m?
() :c () () :z (+)

z. _++ _q+J amn
() , , () _+o+,a, _+_+,a, _++,+_++a
() a._.. (+) a+,+ _++a, +_a, +_+_++a

1. +onn+am ++a
() ,-. () _m
() +m+ (+) __

|. +onn+am n,+a
() ,-[ () _m () +m_ (+)

. _-+o++, to++++J
() a__++m () ++a_+a
() _J,J (+) _-

. ..-+m 0a 6n+J
() 0aa - () 0an6n+_a ann-
() _+_n0n - (+) n 6a+_o -

. _+m+ +..n,- aa+a +0_ +am+ +..a[ - __a
n+m aaa -
() 0an6n+_a ann- () 0aa+-
( ja- (+) ..-

. 0n+o __o+ aa _,+a 6aan.[ a_a
() aa - () 6++o nma_o
() o6n+_a aa - (+) +nm

v. ,o +- a__m a++o aa?
() () z () | (+)

:c. aa+__o +a _ma ,__o ,om++ aa+ a.[
a+++m 6a+nn+..+_a .nn
() +a+- () ..- () ja- (+) 0aa+-

63

n__ (5x5=25 a_n6n-+a)
::. () +J+a a__m a+? aa+_+?
(oo)
() _a am+o amm? a__m a+nn[a? aa+_+

:z. () a_+nn+ aa+_+
(oo)
() oa-o +++nn+am o++-a + aa+_+

:1. () 6_++ o+ 6++a aa+_+
(oo)
() _a+ - aa+_+

:|. () 6_++aa _n,,++
(oo)
() __mon 6n+_a _a+a __ aa+_+

:. () ..- am+o amm? aa+_+?
(oo)
() 6n+_a_++a, _- _++a n+ _nn[+.

:. () ++_ nn+_a a_++a __ ++nn_+o+ ++++
+a 6++_+a_ 6_+__,++.

:. () 6a-n+am o++-a + a[_+++.[_ __+.
(oo)
() +onn+am o++-a + a++a aa+_+.

:. () _a+ - __ a+.
(oo)
() ___++ 6++a, _a++ 6++a n aa+++

:v. () nma_o+- n aa+++
(oo)
() 0aa - aa+_+

zc. () ja- n a+.
(oo)
() +a+- n aa+++

64

a+o _m+a a_.a
a_nnnn+.a - ,__+n n_n,a 6aa+[a
a+_+ am+__+a

++oa : 1 a- a_n6n- :

n__

I. ++++m a.+_ 0_Jq 6+++? 10x1=10

:. +a+m+6++m am +o+ 6++o +a+ma am a_
6a++6++ooo_ a_?
. +0,++a . o__m . ,, +. an6,+a

z. am_ a+++a ++_n+_a am to a_+aJ ++J?
. n+,_+++ . __.a.+. . +o+ +. a0++

1. a__a +_+a- am tom +++J ++J?
. __.a.+. . _+a . n_aaa+a +. a+.+a

|. +o_ amn_m ___+ aaa a?
. +o . +oa . +oJ_ +. +o

. 6a++++ +o+ 0n+m aaJ+++._ +[+ao ,__+a
6aa+[na+.a aa _ a?
. n_nn++++J . a__+aJ . 0+++nn+aJ +. 6_+_nn++++J

. _ao _ 6++o n+_+++ _ a++o _a 6n+ a 0_a+oo.
. 0a0++a _ . .n,+_
. -n,+_ +. a+0++a _

. nna+ am 6++o a_+ _+_a
. +a6,+. . n+n,a ,o . ,__+a +. _

. ,__+a am a+a++m a+ a-.na a?
. 0+J++ . to . nmm-n, +. n.+am n.+o

v. ,__+a n+ 6aa+..+a+m n+,+.[ a+q, aaa+ ++nn[+m?
. a_n,, . ,+, . n+, +. a+q,

:c. _+ +a n_q++..a 6++on+._ a_ -[ ++?
. :v . :v . :vv +. :v

65

n__

II. zc 6+++_+_ a++ao a. __+? 5x5=25

::. . _a_a 6a+n6n++n,a n _n, __+?
oo
. _o+6++o +,+_ n aa+_+?

:z. . a+_a+a n+ 6++_+a aa+_+?
oo
. j.[n n,_+am a++a aa+_+?

:1. . __ _+a ,__++ao 6na .__ aa+?
oo
. _a+.o ++_6_+o n+ 6++_+a aa+?

:|. . a_,a _oa +++_a 6++a _+ aa+?
oo
. aa+_+? n ____a 0+J++

:. . 0ao.. n+ 6++_+a_ __+?
oo
. _+ +ann_q+ +..a n aa+_+?

n__ -

III. cc 6+++_+_ a++ao a. __+ (5x8=40)

:. . ,__+ a++a __ +.[, a,+?
oo
. no0a n_n, a++a __ +.[, a,+?

:. . to o++a a n-+ aa+?
oo
. j.[++a+a ___ 6++_+a ++?

:. . ,__+ n_n, n+ aa+++a a+?
oo
. +++a n +.[, a,+?

:v. . ,__+a ++[_oo +++___m n+ aa+?
oo
. ,__+ n,+a aa+_+?

zc. . o+a0m,m, n- n aa+_+?
oo
. ,__+ 6aa+[ n +.[, a,+?

66

a+o _a o+++_a +-m n+mn+[a
+a n_aa
(VI Semester)
__man n+.a
Major Paper _+a IX ++ o+++a
0+++a : _a a+o a+-a_+_ n+.[a
6_++a ++ ++ o++++a _+a
6++_o n_aJ o++++ 6++a++aa,
a+a+oa a__o, 6+a6a+++a _am
6+aa+o o++++a a Ja___
t-.o.
n+m : _a+m n-n+[, +++++a -J
n+m6n_o
o_ : : _6_++ (__+_ _-n n+.o+a)

n+.o a-+a : z,1, :, z1, z, 1, 1, |c, |z, |, ,c, z,
v,1,|,z,v,v,:cc 6a+__a zc n+.o+a.
n+.o a-+a : - (6+_ _-n n+.o+a)
|, ::, :, 1, v:, :|v, :z, :, :1, :v
:c n+.o+a.

n+.o a-+a : __t (a____-) 0ann_,
+aamn_

o_ z : ++_t (_oo__-nn+.o+a)

n+.o a--++ : |, 1|, |, |, :|, zv|, 1:|, 1|, 1|, 1v|
:c n+.o+a

n+.o a--++ : +o_6_++ (n+o++o)
v, :c, ::, z, 1 n+.o+a
n+n+.o - 6+a0aa n+ n+.o+a a.[a
o_ 1 : n_n n_ 1 - a n_ a.[a
,+_t
n+.o a--++ : : __o zc n+.o+a _+
zc n+.o+a a.[a
o_ | : 6n+_,+nn. (z| +a)
o_ : 6[oa+. (: +a)
67

_+a - X o++-a - 6n+_a

0+++a . :. _aJ o+++n 0++.n+..++o
z. o++++ 0++.n+[ a n-._ _aJ a+++
6+a _o

n+m . ++ o++++a+ + -, _o

o_ : . +n6n+_a a+ __-+_++ __o, +_,
+n6n+_.+a - +++a, 6n__- n+ aa++a.

o_ z . ++n,-J++ +aam+- +a n+q +nm+-
+a n+q a,_o - _6_+[ o - +,+++o_
+n6n+_a a+_J+_++ 6++o+a.

o_ 1 . 6a.+nn.oa - +a, +,_nn.oa - +a,
a_+nn.oa - +a.

o_ | . ++_+nn.oa - +a, 6+++nn.oa - +a,
_nn.oa - +a.

o_ . annn.oa - +a, a++nn.oa - +a

n+.t+a

:. an++n6n+_a
z. ,n6n+_a 6a-n+a+o

_n,

,n6n+_a 6a-n+a+o+o 6a.+ __o a++ +++qaa _-+a_aa
6++_++a a.[0a n+a++nn. 0a-[a. am+__+ao n__ : +++m
am+++a (Multiple choice). an++n6n+_a, ,n6n+_a 6a-n+a+o ++
to+ao_ 0+.+nn[a.

68

_+a XI
o+++ a,o+

0+++a : _am o+++ aa__n ,+ 6++aa _q_o.

o_ : : o+++ a,o+o ,_+ 0++_ _a+ a,o+n
nm,oa - 6_+o++nn+a - ++a n+ 6++_+a ++
o++++a - _ o++++a.

o_ z : ++nn+ o++++a

++oa - +onn_++,a - a-0a+o - ,..+ ++nn+a -
6n_+_ __o _ ++nn+a - _a6n_++nn++a -
__+ ++nn+a - +an,+a++-a - 6n++,,+-a - +_,,+-a -
aoon+,_a - a6a-n+ - +o+a++ ++nn+a - +__a+
++nn+a - 0_+_a aaJ++a - n++o aaJ++n 6n++++a.

o_ 1 : n+_ o+++_a _a aaJ++a
++oa - nmm_ ___+_a +o++,_a - 0_a+,a - __a+++a
- a+J+a - 0_+_a aaJ++a - n++o aaJ++ -
6n++++a - +a-_a _aa - 6na___a _aa - +a_
__a.+a aaJ__ _a - +o+a+_a _a aaJ++a -
+__a_a _a aaJ++a.

o_ | : +o++++a

++oa - a+6_++ nn. _+_ a+o n_
0++a o+ n,- +oan+a - naa__a - t
+_+a - a.o - ,oaJ+a - n++o aaJ++n 6n++ ++a -
___oJ n.m__+a - aaao+J n_6m- +__J +a
+__+_ ++__,+a.

o_ : , a++a - + +.+ o+++a - aaoJ++
o++++a - ++_ ,_ma - +.+a - +.[,
0_+a _a.

_n, : n+.too_ a.[a +_ a+J__+++m 0+aa
aa.
69

n+.to

,_+ 0+++o _a o+++ a,o+
_a--o
am+.+ ,__+ o+a.
a+,+ aa++a.
|, _+mnn __o 6__,
a, z cc:.

n+Ja t+a

:. _a+ a,o+a n-n+[a,
0a._. 6+ooa,
a-a+++J n_nn+a,
:,++J 6__, n++_m.

z. _ao+++ a,o+
.++.J. _.a. +++_+ ++6.a 6aa+[,

1. _a o+++ a,o+
.++.+ .++. 6n_a+a &
.++.+ aa. g_a+J
Ja+o+a, | __o++J 6__
+_,-m0+++o, +++0++ao

_+a - XII o+++__m++q

0+++a : o+++_ _m++q n+ nn. an
,+.[_o
n+m : o+++__ _m++q+ +-0-+.._.m
__a o aaJ__o.
o_ : : o+++a _+a - o+++a _ a,+
o+++__m +o,+a - o+++ a+ +o n+
_ +_m+a (+o+o++++ +o a+++++++)
_m++q aa++a - _m++a+amm ___+a -
_m++am n+m.
o_ z : _m++q a++a aa++_ nn .[
_ a_nn .[ _ - ,+m _ n+,+.[ _
_q_ a__ n_n,_.
o_ 1 : _m++q ___+a +_+a+o
70

___ a,o++o ___ aa+o
___ ann+o ___ 6
___ a+J+++ ___ ++o
___.
o_ | : +a_ +.+a - +ao - ++_ +.[,
++ o+++ a++am an,.
o_ : _m++q ___+an n+mn[__
o+++a++a_ _m++q 6++a_+ +o
n+.to+a

:. o+++++o
- .+. _+m+an_m,
+a +__+_ tn_n,+ ++a,
:|, ..0+. ++o, 6+mm :.

z. _m++q+ +o
- _.+. .,++m ,
+ 6+_++ ,+ _qa (n) o.,
|:. n, +.0++ -.a.++o aa0.., 6+mm cc cv.
_n,
_ to+ao_a n+.nn__0++[ 6_+.+,.+ n__+a a.[a

m.J6.[a HTML 6a+a - n++a II (6++_a)

o_ : n.a (image) 0.+ (tags) +..a (frame) 0.+ (tags)

o_ z n.a (image) 0.+ (tags) +..a (frame) 0.+ (tags)

o_ 1 naa (form) 0.+ (tags) -<input.,<select> and
<textarea>

o_ | a-+q 0+J__o (Inserting Auido) a0_+a
0+J__o (Inserting Video)

o_ +_ o (ldynamic) HTL Cascading Style
Shetts class.

n+.to+a

1. B. ++J__0++m, n_ +.+ao HTML aa DHTML

_n,

6++_ -++nn.[aa.
71

,-[ n_a__++m 6++_ n+++a

m.J6.[a HTML 6a+a 6++_ a++

++-.a+_+_ HTML ,o (program) _a++__o.

:. _m aa,nn.+o
z. +o_t++n n+ 6++_+a, +q+a 6_+___a__o.
1. _[an an,+a ,+nn._.m 6_+___a__o.
|. no0a +ao aa _m _a+a 6aann[__o (-n, (link)
a+++)
. a+a..__nn+ _ an,+aa _+++__o.
. 6n+_.+a, aa++a. n+mn+[+aa ,+nn._.m 6_+___a__o.
. ++o ..a- (a_n,) _+++__o.
. a_n6n- n.+o (+o_t+) _+++__o
v. ,+ a__aamn n+ an,-Jq+a a++a.a jn[__o.
:c. n+-__++m n_q+.. (Form a+++) _mn_q 6++_o.

a+o _m+a a_.a
a n_aa
_+a - IX
++ o+++a
++oa : 1 a- a_n6n- :

n__ (10x1=10 a_n6n-+a)

I. ++++m a.+_ 0_J6_[_ a+? 10x1=10

1. 0a,o 0ao 0aJ0++. noam ++,o +. n++ ++J?
. +noJ . n,-J . aa++J +. oo+_m+J

z. o_ amn_m 6n+_a
. a+.+++ . _aJ++ . 6_mo +. 0++.

1. +a+ 0++o_ _o+o +ann 0n+o ++.+ __a a
. a_a . a+m . a+[ +. ++m

72

|. __+mm a++ma
. -_+a . n-_+a . a+o +. a_

. a amn_m 6n+_a
. o__o . +__o . 0+..o +. n+J__o

. _oam __a+o __o+aJ+_.m nn.[n 0n+a__ 6n+J?
. n+a o . na o . 6++aaa +. aonn+[

. n+m+m 0+++_n+_ a_-m+o +a+m a++ a__
nn.nn.[aa?
. 6 . _+_ . a++ +. +a

. 6n+_,+nn.+m +++J ++J?
. +noJ . _.__+a++--++J
. ++,+ +. 6n_+[6++

v. +a+? ,a+? am +++++_++ n_nn+.[ to?
. 6n_an+-+nn. . 6[aoa+.
. aon[+.+a +. ++t

:c. _ a,a+ +.+ a+o+_ _o+o -___aJ ++J?
. 0a.J+a . .+J+a . a0o++J+a +. a,J+a

n__ (5x5=25 a_n6n-+a)
II zc 6+++_+_ a++ao a. __+
::. . _6_++ __+__-n n+.o+ao .a6naa a_-m+a
aa+_+?
(oo)
. 6+_o n+.o+ao 0_+ +++ a_a aa+_+?

:z. . am a-[ a_ _oa+m 0_+nn++_+_ ++ 6++_+a
aa+?
(oo)
. 6+a0aam _ma+a aa+?

:1. . +a++++-- +J_ 0+,om a,__n ,onn[_+?
(oo)
. ++mn0n+ a+o +._ ++,n 6n_a_+ _+J _o++J
n++ a___m aa+_?

:|. . 6n+_,+nn.+o ,+mm 6a--n 0n+J 6a+ aa+_?
(oo)
. ++++om 6++.++nnm aa+_?

:. . n+-a+0_a+_ a++ ++ oa+.++? _+ a+.++?
aa+_?
(oo)
. 6[o a+.+o 0++aoJ a+.++o mna.a o+
aa+?
73

n__ - (8x5=40 a_n6n-+a)

III. cc 6+++_+_ a++ao a. __+

:. . _oam a _oa 6++-[aa m, annnn.._ma.+
amn_+ _6_++ __+__-n n+.o aJ aa+_+
(oo)
. +aam n_ _oa +o+_a 6++_+a aa+_+?

:. . n+o++o+m _oa +o+_a 0_+ + aa+_+?
(oo)
. _oa+_ _oam n+__+o _oa+ 0_+ a__
_ma+a aa+?

:. . +a++++ +-- +J_+ 0+,om 6a+ +nn aa+_+?
(oo)
. 0+,ammJ+am a,__m _m a+ ,+_tm _oa aa+?

:v. . ++++omm a_0_+ano +nn 6n+_,+nn. _oa aa+?
(oo)
. 6n+_,+nn. _oa 0++ +.m aa__n ,onn[_+?

zc. . 6[oa+.+o a_a ,++m _n,,__m ann aa+?
(oo)
. _oa+m a_____a, n+++o ,+mm o+ma
6[oa+. _oa aa+_+?

a+o _m+a a_.a
a n_aa
_+a - X
6n+_ao++-a

++oa : 1 a- a_n6n- :
n__ (10x1=10 a_n6n-+a)

++++m a.+_ 0_Jq 6+++

:. __- amn
) 6n+__++++aa ) __o+++aa
) m,.+++aa +) aqaoo

z. _oo__-+_++ n-
) n_+,a ) ++_++ ) 6oo++- +) 6+aa

1. +a6a+++m +- +a n+am a+
) 1 ) 1 ) | +)

74

|. _n+q+_ ++o a,+
) _ -[ ) _m -[ ) +m_ -[ +) ,-[ -[

. n+a_.+ ._0_ 6+m J+a _aa 6++_+a a_a
) 6+oq ) a+++ ) 0a+ +) ,__

. a_+ 0a_m ,+m a[_+6++oo, n+a, +[ a
__ a_a
) 6++a_+ ) 6++ aaa
) 6++a o +) a+,++ a_+

. ++_+ 0a_m n+a,n n-a__om 6n+_.[ a_+ma +a
) _o+++_+ ) a_+m+++_+
) a+++_+ +) aqaoo.

. 6+++nn.o_ nn+.o+am a--++
) ) v ) :c +) :z

v. 0a+m a+ a++, n,+_a m -+m
_++_a a?
) ++m aa ) __, aa
) t- aa +) a_a aa
:c. 0++_. to aoo+m +J__++ 6++oo+.
) j+- _oo ) +-am _oo
) __m _oo +) a_a aa

n__ (10x1=10 a_n6n-+a)

zc 6+++ao a. __+

::. ) 6n_a6n+ _n6n+
(oo)
) _oo o___++ __6n+_a+a+ _nn[+

:z. ) n+_, ,q+_+am o++-a __+.
(oo)
) a++o+_a n+-J+_++ 6++o+a a+.

:1. ) _, n+_[ +am o++-a ++.
(oo)
) _a_+ _n6n+

:|. ) ++_+__-+m o++-__+ ++m.m aa+_+.
(oo)
) _. +.0++a, a+a+.0++a +am o++-a __+.

:. ) _,a am _a an_ +a aa+_+.
(oo)
) ,+a++, _,+a++ +a aa+_+.

75

n__ - (5 x 8 = 40 a_n6n-+a)
cc 6+++ao a. __+.

:. ) n-.__a+m +n6n+_a n+_n+.. an +n6n+_a a
++.
(oo)
) a__ o___++ __, +_ +n6n+_a+a+ _nn[+

:. ) _6_+[ o+ aa+_+
(oo)
) +n6n+_a a+__+_++ +a+a_ 6_+__ a+.

:. ) +,_n.o_ +a a+.
(oo)
) a_+nn.on 0n+J+ 6++_+a_ 6_+__6_+.

:v. ) ++_+__-+m o++-a + _o am_ 6_+._a
++_+nn.o_ +a aa+_+.
(oo)
) am _a n n.o_+a aa+_+.

zc. ) n-.+ 0n+J 6+a_ ann n.oa _oa aa+_+.
(oo)
) a++_ _-+m o++-a + a++aa, +-o,
a+-+a++ +a aa+_+.

a0m+-a-+a +_,m++ no+o+++a
__6o0ao

a+o _m+a+-[ +a n_aa
o+++ a,o+
a+_+ am+__+a

++oa : 1 a- a_n6n- :

n__ (10x1=10 a_n6n-+a)

I. ++++m a.+_ 0_Jq 6+++ (10x1=10)

:. __o 0a,+ ++onn__+o 0_+m+ to a?
) 6_+o++nn+a . __6_+aa++,a
. _++oan+a +. n,-

z. +a_amaa a_ 6++o _a oo am _J+a +aJ?
) +.o . ,-Jn, . ++a +. a+a

1. +a+ +_+a-+m 6a+__ oan++a?
) : . : . :1 +. :z
76

|. 6+_a 6++[__ +_+++_ amn ,+nn[a aaao+J ++J?
) 6++___an . 6+++ ++_J a,++++J
. a,oaJ +. n,_0_+_

. _+-.+ 0a_J am ++nn[naJ ++J?
) nnJ . +_,J . +an_J +. ___oJ

. +_ _a+ +_aoa a?
) 0_a+,a . __a+++a
. _a+n,n_a +. 6n++,,+-a

. a+ __o a+ a,aa 6n-+am n_aa ++?
) 0n_ . 6nan . a+ +. a._

. 0,+..+ +a+ _+_+n n++aJ ++J?
) +ann,+++J . _a,__n,J
. aaao+J +. n.m__+a

v. +.++ ++nn+a am ++nn[a a?
) +onn_++,a . a-0a+o
) +a++_+a- +. _-.o0++

:c. ,++a_ +++___ 0_+a__aJ
) ,ann__m . . n++_J__
) +,_+ +. +. ++a,++m
n__ (5x5=25) a_n6n-+a)

II. zc 6+++_+_ a++ao a. __+

::. . o+++ a,o+o ++on n__+a n+ 6++_+a_
6_+__ a+?
(oo)
. ++ o++++a n+ 6n+a+m a,+ __+?

:z. . ,..+ ++nn++a n+ 6++_+a_ __+?
(oo)
. +a_a ++nn++am 6+oa+++ aa+?

:1. . +a+ _,a++a a++n[__ aa+?
(oo)
. a-a +a+a _a,++++ n+ aa+?

:|. . naa_ _am o++-a + aa+?
(oo)
. +__J n+ 6++_+a_ __+?

:. . , a++a aa++,++?
(oo)
. ++_+m 0_+a aaJ++ n+ 6++_+a_ __+?
77

n__ (5 x 8 = 40 a_n6n-+a)

III. cc 6+++_+_ a++ao a. __+?

: . o+++__ ,_+ 0+++o +++J __a _+ aa+?
(oo)
. _ o++++a __ +.[, a,+?

:. . __+ ++nn++a __ +.[, a,+.
(oo)
. ,,+- o++++a aa++,++?

:. . a+J+a _a++++ 6_+-. aJ+am n.n,+a a
aa+_+?
(oo)
. n +a++a _a 6a++_+ 6++_ 6_+-. aa+?

:v. . _a o+++__o +o++++a 6na .__ ++?
(oo)
. _ao +o++++a n.__ ,oaJ+an n+
6++_+a_ __+?

zc. . + +.+ aaJ++++ __ +.[, a,+?
(oo)
. 0_+a _a aaJaa o+ ++?

a0m+-a-+a +_,m++ no+o+++a
__6o0ao

a+o _m+a+-[ +a n_aa
o+++_ _m++q
a+_+ am+__+a

++oa : 1 a- a_n6n- :

n__ (5 x 8 = 40 a_n6n-+a)

I. ++++m a.+_ 0_Jq 6++ +

:. 6_+o++nn+__o o++-a am_a 6++o a__m .+ao n+m
aaa?
) | . . 1 +. z

z. _m++q+_a .++_nn a?
) _+a . _q . q +. aaJ+ma

78

1. a_nn.[ _ _m++q+ 0++.n+.[+_ _ t- 0n+o
aa_+m am ++aJ?
) +o+ . __+am
. ,+_+_ +. _.j. +++J.a

|. +a_+ +a+ ++_a m__ a+__,__o 6na. _++
) +a+J+ . __+am
) +a+J+ +. +nn,a-+m

. +__++ a+a am nmm-+o ,++__++ a_a++ aaa
to
) +an,+a++-a . 6n++,,+-a
. +a,,+-a +. +onn_++,a

. +onn.nnm nn,+_ nn.+ ++,-a++ aa
) ,+m . _-+q
. _-+q +. n__-+q

. a++a a++++n n,_no+_a o++++_a m a?
) ++_ . +.[, . ,_ma +. +a_

. +.+ anno 0_+m+ ++nn+ to
) +onn_++,a . +an,+a++-a
. a-0a+o +. _-.o0++

v. o+++ +++a amn__ ++ 6n+a+m n-,+a a__m a+nn[a?
) . | . 1 +.

:c. _nn.. a+a+o +-0-+..+_.m o+++__ +q
6++a _m++q a+
) 6+__o . .nn+o
. ,+m +. ++o

n__ (5x5=25 a_n6n-+a)
II. zc 6+++_+_ a++ao a. __+

::. . o+++a n+ 6n+a+m a,+ __+?
(oo)
. _m++a+amm ___+a ++a?

:z. . nn.[ ___m++q am+o amm? aa+_+?
(oo)
. n+,+.[ __ _m++q n aa+?

:1. . +_+a+o nn.+o _m++a __a _+ aa+?
(oo)
. a+J+++ 6+o o++++a __a _+ aa+?

:|. . o+++ anno +.+a 6na .a n aa+?
(oo)
. ++_+m o++-a + aa+_+?
79

:. . o+++ a+ n+ 6n+a+m a,+ __+?
(oo)
. a6__ o+ao o++++a a+nn[__ _a
amn n aa+?

n__ (5 x 8 = 40 a_n6n-+a)

III. c 6+++_+_ a++ao a. __+?

: . +o +o++++0a oo a+++++++0a amna n+
6++_+a +.[, aao __+?
(oo)
. _m++am a,+, aa++a, n+m 0n+ma aa+?

:. . _m++q a++a +.[, aao a+nn[__ a+.
(oo)
. aa++_, a__, n+,+.[__ _m++q n
aa+_+?

:. . ___ am+o amm? o++++a __a _+a
_m a++0a+[ nn.[ aa+_+?
(oo)
. a,o++o, ++o ___+a aa+_+?
:v. . ,_ma 0_+m+ ++,-a, _m __+a, n+__,n n.n,
0n+ma aa+_+?
(oo)
. +a_ a6__ n+[6n+_a+0a+[ nn.[ a_nn[+m
amn_a _m _na__a ++?
zc. . ___+am nn.+o o+++___ _m++q
6++a a___+ +.[, aao __+?
(oo)
. j0__a _ ___+m nn.+o o+++___
_m++q 6+++.?
80
APPENDIX - BA9
MANOMANIAM SUNDARANAR UNIVERSITY, TIRUNELVELI -12
CHOICE BASED CREDIT SYSTEM
COURSE STRUCTURE FOR
B.COM (Vocational) Computer Applications
(With effect from the academic year 2012 -13)
V Semester

COMPONENTS

HOURS

CREDITS
Part III Core Subjects (3 Courses)
Corporate Accounting I
Cost Accounting
Business Law

7
7
6

5
5
6
Major Elective (1 Course) (Any One)
1. Application of Accounting Software tally
(theory 4 hrs, practical 2 hrs)
2. Income Tax, Law & practice I
3. Logistics Management

6

5
Common Skilled Based Subject (1 Course)
1. Effective Communication
2. Personality Development

4

4
Total (5 Courses) 30 25
VI Semester

COMPONENTS

HOURS

CREDITS
Corporate Accounting II
Management Accounting
Industrial Law
Auditing

6
6
6
6

5
5
5
5
1. Multimedia with Application
(Theory 4 hours, practical 2 hours)
2. Retail Management
3. Income Tax, Law & Practice II

6

5

81
Total number of courses :34

Total number of hours :180
Total number of credits :140
Distribution of marks in Theory between External and internal Assessment is75:25 pass
minimum of 40% for external and overall components.

B.Com (Vocational) Computer Applications SYLLABUS UNDER CBCS
V Semester
1. Corporate Accounting I
Unit -1
Issue of shares-issue at par, premium and discount- calls in arrears- calls in advance-
Forfeiture and reissue of shares-Prorata allotment- redemption of preference shares-
issue of Bonus shares.
Unit II
Issue of debentures - redemption of debentures- sinking fund method-Underwriting of
shares.
Unit III
Profit prior to incorporation alteration of share capital and internal reconstruction-
Accounting entries.
Unit IV
Valuation of goodwill and shares- various methods of valuation of goodwill and shares.
Unit V
Amalgamation, absorption, and external reconstruction- calculation of purchase
consideration In the books of Vendor and purchaser.
Theory 40 Marks: Problem 60 Marks
Text and Reference Books:
1. advanced Accountancy Volume II-S.P. J ain & K.L.Naranag-Kalyani Publishers,
New Delhi
2. Advanced Accountancy Volume II R.L.Gupta and M.Radhaswamy Sultan
Chand & sons, New Delhi.
3. Advanced Accountancy Volume II M..Shukla and T.S.Grewal S.Chand
&co,New Delhi.
82
V Semester Part III Core Subject

2. Cost Accounting
Unit I
Cost accounting-Nature- Meaning Features and importance limitation of financial
accounting-advantages and limitation of cost accounting costing system-cost centre-
cost unit- elements of cost- cost classification cost sheet.
Unit II
Materials objectives- purchase control- centralized and decentralized purchase stock
levels and EOQ-ABC Analysis-Bin card- stores ledger- Material issue FIFO, LIFO,
Average and weighted average methods
Unit III
Labour- Direct and indirect labour methods of wage payments- remuneration and
incentives premium and bonus plans- Idle time- over time- labour turnover.
Unit IV
Overhead- Meaning- classification- allocation and apportionment of overheads- re
apportionment of overheads-absorption of over head- methods- machine hour rate.
Unit V
J ob costing (simple problems only) process costing features- process losses and
gains.
Text Books:
1. Cost Accounting-S.P.J ain&K.L.Narang, Kalyani Publishers, New Delhi.
2. Cost Accounting S.P.Iyengar, Sultan Chand & Sons, New Delhi.
3. Cost Accounting S.N.Maheswari, Sultan Chand & Sons, New Delhi
Books for Reference:
1. Cost Accounting J awaharlal, Tata McGraw Hill Editions
2. Cost Accounting M.L.Agarwal, Sahitya Bhavan Publishers
3. Cost Accounting R.S.N.Pillai, Sultan Chand & Sons
4. Cost Accounting Principles & Practice Thukkaram Rao, New Age Publishers.

83
V Semester Part III Core Subject

3. Business Law
Unit I
Indian contract Act 1872-Fundamental essential of a valid contract- classification of
contract- offer acceptance- consideration- capacity-free consent legality of object
contingent contracts.
Unit II
Performance of contract- discharge of contract- breach of contract- remedies-Quasi
contracts.
Unit III
Special contracts- Indemnity Guarantee
Unit IV
Bailment pledge- contract of agency.
Unit V
Sale of Goods Act- Difference between sale and agreement to sell- sale and hire
purchase agreement- classification of goods-documents of title to goods- Rights and
duties of buyers and sellers Rights of unpaid seller.
Text books
1. Business law- N.D.Kapoor
2. Element of Mercantile Law- N.D.Kapoor,sultanchand& sons
3. Business Law-P.C.Tulsian, Tata McGraw- Hill station.
4. Business Law-R.S.N.Pillai, Bagavathy- S.Chand&Co,New Delhi.
Reference Books:
1. Business and Corporate Law- P.C.Tulsian, Tata McGraw- Hill station.
2. Business Law including Company Law- S.S.Gulshan, G.K.Kapoor- New age
International Pvt Ltd, New Delhi.

84
Major Elective (1Course)(Any One)

1. APPLICATION OF ACCOUNTING SOFTWARE-TALLY

UNIT I
Feature of Tally Accounting concepts-Company creation.

UNIT II
Classification of Accounts-Accounts Master.

UNIT III
Accounts vouchers-Final accounts.

UNIT IV
Stock item-inventory vouchers-invoice

UNIT V
Order processing-Stock summary-MIS Reports-Budget Scenario Management.

TEXT AND REFERENCE BOOKS:
1) Implementing Tally 6.3,A.k. Nadhani, K.K. Nadhani, BPB Publications

Chapters: 1,2,3,5,6,7,9,15,16,17,19,20,17,28.

LIST OF PRACTICALS

ACCOUNTING PACKAGE (TALLY)

1. Create the following company:
Wincom Computers deal in both Software and hardware. It has its corporate
office at 55, Indra Nagar, Chennai-12 PAN: B45678K.Lacal S.T.Regn
:St/Che/4323. They are not registered under Central Sales Tax.
There are operating within the country.
2. Create Groups and ledgers for sales as under
Sales
Computer sales
Service charges
Installation charges
Annual maintenance charges
Maintenance charges
Software development

85
3. A. Develop a purchase day book with your own data

B. Create a sales Day Book with imaginary data
C. Create a format of petty cash book with your own figure

4. With the following particulars prepare a Trial Balance
Capital Accounts 50,000
Sales 6, 50,000
Purchases 7, 60,000
Salaries 2, 2000
Carriage inwards 400
Carriage outwards 500
Lighting 300
Rates and Insurance 400
Discount earned 500
Buildings 30,000
Furniture 6000
Sundry Debtors 8000
Sundry creditors 20,000
Cash and Bank 1850
5. Prepare a proper subsidiary book and do the transactions with your own data.
6. Prepare a petty cash book with your own data.
7. Prepare a Balance Sheet with your imaginary data.
8. Prepare a sales invoice of a Super market with your data.

86

2. Income tax law and practice I
Unit I
Basic concepts Person, assessee, previous and assessment year, total income, gross
total income concept of income Agricultural Income- Income exempted from tax
Residential Status- problems.
Unit II
Income from salary different forms of salary and allowance perquisites problems in
computation of salary income.
Unit- III
Income from House property Annual value Standard deduction Unrealized rent
problems in computation of house property income.
Unit IV
Income from under the Head Business or profession deduction allowable
Expressly disallowed expenses computations problems in computation of business
or professional income.
Unit V
Income from capital gain - Types - Exemption- Computation- problems in computation
of capital gain.
Theory 40 and problem 60
Text Book for reference
1. Income tax law and accounts- Dr.H.C.Mehrotra and Dr.P.Mehrotra
2. Income tax law and practice - V.P Gaur, D.B Narang, PoojaGhai and Rajeev
Puri.

87

3.Logistics Management
Unit I
Logistics- meanings- importance-logistics competency- logistical mission service-
total-cost- logistical renaissance- technological advancement- regulatory change- IT
Revolution- TQM Initiatives.
Unit II
Work of logistics- -network design- information- transportation and Inventory-
warehousing material handling- packaging- integrated logistics- Inventory flow
Information flow.
Unit III
Operating objectives- rapid response- minimum variance minimum inventory
movement consideration- quality- life cycle support- barriers to internal integration in
organizational structure measurement system- inventory ownership information
technology- knowledge transfer capacity.
Unit IV
Information functionality- and inventory functionality- principles of logistics information-
information architecture-planning operations- logistics information flow application of
new information technologies electronic data interchange standards- inventory
functionality- inventory types- characteristics- cost of carrying inventory- determining
order point-lot size- accommodation uncertainty- replenishing ordering and ware
housing management.
Unit V
Transportation infrastructure- transport functionality- principles- modal classification-
transportation formats- suppliers of transportation services- storage functionality-
principles concept of stratigice storage developing warehouse resource- warehouse
4 strategies
Text books
Logistical management (Integrated supply chain process-by DonaldJ bowersox,
davidJ closs- Tata Mcgraw Hill edition

88
Common skill based subjects(1Course)(Any One)


B.Com (vocational) Computer Application Course SYLLABUS UNDER CBCS
with effect from the Academic Year 2012-2013
VI Semester
Part III Core Subjects 4 Courses
1. Corporate Accounting-II
Unit I
Liquidators final statement- contributory.
Unit II
Holding companies- minority interest- capital profits- cost of control or goodwill-
preparation of consolidated balance sheet.
Unit III
Banking companies-Format of balance sheet and profit and loss account as per sec 29
of Banking Regulation Act.
Unit IV
Double account system- meaning-difference between double account and single
account system- difference between double account- and double entry system-
preparation of final accounts- capital base disposal of surplus- calculation of reasonable
return- replacement of assets.
Unit V
Accounting ratios- responsibility accounts- human resource accounting.
Text books
Advanced Accountancy
Dr. M.A Arulanandam
Dr. K.S.Raman
Advanced accountancy
S.P.J ain
K.L.Narang
M.C.Shuckla

89
VI Semester Part III Core Subject

2. Management Accounting
Unit I
Management accounting- Definition- Objectives- Nature, scope, function-management
accounting Vs financial accounting-Management Accounting vs cost accounting-
advantages-limitations of management accounting.
Unit II
Fund flow and cash flow analysis- meaning Difference between fund flow statement
and cash flow statement- funds- preparation of fund flow statement and cash flow
statement.
Unit III
Marginal costing meaning- features-assumption- contribution P\V Ratio-CVPanalysis-
Break even analysis-Assumption- Advantages limitations- margin of safety.
Unit IV
Standard costing- meaning of standard cost and standard costing standard costing and
budgetary control- Advantages and limitations- analysis of variance- Direct material,
direct labour and overhead.
Unit V
Budget and budgetary control- meaning of budget, budgeting and budgetary control-
objectives- features- advantages limitations- flexible budget- cash budget- production
budget purchase budget sales budget.
Text books:
1. Management accounting S.M. Maheswari sultan chand and sons.
2. Management accounting.R.S.N.Pillai&Bhawathi ,S.Chand&co

90

3. Industrial Law
Unit I
The factories Act 1948 Definitions approval, licensing and Registration of Factories
duties of occupier Inspection staff- certifying surgeons- provisions for health- safety-
welfare- working hours and holidays- employment of young persons and women-
Annual leave with wages- penalties and procedure.
Unit II
Workmens compensation Act 1923 scope and coverage- definitions- rules- personal
injury by accident- occupational disease- arising out of and in the course of employment
theory of notional extension- amount of compensation- distribution of the
compensation- notice and claim.
Unit III
Industrial disputes Act 1947 object- definitions- conciliation machinery adjudication
machinery- powers and duties of authorities- procedures-voluntary reference to
arbitration award- strikes and lock outs-lay off- retrenchment- transfer and closing
down of the undertaking penalties.
Unit IV
The Trade Unions Act 1926- The payment of bonus Act 1965.
Unit V
The Employees state insurance act 1948,- The Payment of Gratuity Act 1972
Text books
Elements of Mercantile Law-N.D.KAPOOR, Sultan chand&sons
Business and corporate law p.c. tylsian , Tata McGraw- Hill edition

91

4. Auditing
Unit I
Introduction- meaning- objectives difference between Accountancy and auditing
advantages- limitations- Audit programme- Auditing working papers- preliminaries
before audit test checking and routine checking.
Unit II
Internal check meaning- objectives- difference between internal control and internal
Audit- Advantages and disadvantages of internal check-internal check regarding cash,
purchases, purchase returns, sales and sales returns.
Unit III
Vouching meaning- objects- importance of vouchers- precautions to be taken by the
auditors while examining vouchers vouching of various transactions.

Unit IV
Verification of assets and liabilities meaning- classification of assets- verification of
different types of assets- verification of liabilities.
Unit V
Company auditor- appointment- qualification and disqualification removal of arditor-
status- rights duties- and liabilities- auditors report content- kinds of auditors report-
general considerations for drafting report.
Text book
1. Auditing B.N.TandonS.Chand&co, new delhi.
2. Auditing Dr.T.R.Sharma, Sahitya publication, Agra
Reference Books:
1. Principles and Practice of Auditing- DinkarPagare, Sultan Chand& Sons, New
Delhi.
2. Text book of Auditing- Saxana, Reddy and Appannaiah, Himalaya Publishing
House

92
Major Elective (1Coure) (any one)

1. Multimedia with Application
UNIT I
Multimedia Fundamentals : Bsic Concepts Multimedia applications design
consideration multimedia application Goals and Objectives. Opportunities in
multimedia productions important in multimedia development application designs
and productions.
UNIT II
Multimedia applications, structure and organization, considering interface design
planning the production of your applications creating multimedia building blocks.
UNIT III
Multimedia presentations building blocks: text graphics.
UNIT IV
Video capturing sound capturing MIDI.
UNIT V
Structure and functions of authoring software authoring software selection of
authoring program fundamentals of macro media directs 5.0
Text and Reference book:
1. Multimedia an introduction, J ohn Villamil Casa Nova, Louis Molina Prentice
Hall/Macmillian Computer publishing reprint.
2. Multimedia: Making it works: sixth edition, Tay Vaughan, TMH.
LIST OF PRACTICALS:
1. To design a car with movement and sound effect in flash.
2. To create a simple presentation in flash.
3. To active new window/page using buttons in flash
4. To create a Text motion tweening in flash
5. To create a scrolling gallery in a page in flash
6. To Bouncing a ball with sound effect in flash
7. To create a scenery of rain in the frame in flash
8. To display the news Headlines letter by letter in flash
9. To Start a graphic animation at a specific frame in flash
10. To End Movie clip using script in flash
93
Major Elective (1Course) (Any One)

2. RETAIL MANAGEMENT
Unit I:
Introduction to retailing-nature and importance of retailing-contemporary retailing in
India and marketing challenges facing retailers-Strategic planning in retailing-owning or
managing Business-Wheels of retailing-retailing life cycle.
Unit II:
Types of retailing institutions-retailing institutions by ownership-retailing institutions by
store based and non-store based-vertical marketing system-Traditional retailing.
Unit III:
Strategic planning in retailing-understanding retailing environment-identifying and
understanding customers, information gathering, designing retail information system-
processing of information system and research.
Unit IV:
Location and organizational decisions-Trading area analysis site selection -
organizational pattern in retailing- operational management-financial decisions- use of
technology.
Unit V:
Merchandise Management-Buying and handling- product assortment decision-
Inventory Management- Merchandise pricing- Merchandise Labeling and packing-
Retail promotion- Retail promotion strategy- Building retail store image- Role of
atmosphere- retail promotion mix strategy- retail store sales promotion schemes.
Text Book:
1. Retailmanagement, Michael Levy and Barton A Weot, McGraw Hill Irwin,

Reference Books:
1. Retail management A Strategic Approach, Berman, Barry and J eol R Evans,
Prentice Hall, New J ersey.
2. Retail management, Cox, Roger and Paul Brittain, Prentice Hall, Harlow.
3. Retailing Management-By Michael Levy, Barton A Weitz, Ajay Pandit-McGraw-
Hill.Com Company.

94
Major Elective(1Course)(Any One)

3. Income tax law and practice-II
Unit I
Income under the head-other sources-Computation Problems.
Unit II
Set off and carry forward of losses. Deductions from Gross total Income Problems.
Unit III
Procedures for Assessment Returns Types of returns-Types of Assessment- Tax
Deducted at source.
Unit IV
Assessment of Individual- Problems including computation of tax
Unit V
Assessment of firm-Problems including Section 40 (b) applications.
Theory 40 problem 60
Puri.

95

APPENDIX - BA10

MANOMANIAM SUNDARANAR UNIVERSITY, TIRUNELVELI -12
B.COM Professional Accounting
(With effect from the academic year 2012-2013 )
III.B.Com (PA) V Semester
Components Hours Credits
Part III Core Subjects ( 3 courses)
1. Corporate Accounting II
2. Cost Accounting
3. Business law

7
7
6

5
5
6
Major Electives (1 course) (Any one)
1. Direct Tax 1
2. Human Resource Management
3. Strategic Management

6

5
Common Skill Based Subject (1Course)
(Any one)

4

4
VI Semester
COMPONENTS HOURS CREDITS
Part III Core Subject (4 Courses)
1. Higher Financial Accountancy
3. Accounting Standards
4. Industrial Law

6
6
6
6

5
5
5
5
Major Electives (1 Course) (Any one)
1. Direct Tax II
2. Introduction to RDBMS (theory 4
hrs, Practical- 2 Hrs)
3. Logistics Management

6

5
Total 30 25

Distribution of marks in Theory between External and internal Assessment is75:25. pass
96

B.Com (Professional Accounting) SYLLABUS UNDER CBCS
V Semester
Core I: CORPORATE ACCOUNTING II
Unit I: Final Accounts
Company Final Accounts Profit Prior to Incorporation
Unit II: Holding Company
Meaning and types of control Rules for preparation of Consolidated Balance
Sheet Calculation of Minority interest Calculation of Cost of Control Intercompany
transactions and intercompany Owings (Simple Problems Only)
Unit III: Amalgamation and Absorption of Companies
Amalgamation in the nature of merger and purchase Absorption of company
Calculation of purchase consideration Treatment in the books of transferor and
transferee (as per Accounting Standard 14, excluding inter company holdings)
Unit IV: External and Internal Reconstruction
Calculation of purchase Consideration under Net Payment and Net Asset
methods Passing J ournal Entries Ledger preparation in the books of Vendor and
preparation of Balance Sheet after reconstruction incorporating all the concepts
mentioned in absorption Internal Reconstruction or Capital Reduction: Meaning
meaning Objective Procedure form of reduction accounting arrangements
passing of J ournal Entries Preparation of Balance Sheet after Reconstruction.
Unit V: Liquidation
Voluntary Liquidation Preparation of Liquidators Statement of affairs order of
payment calculation of commission on Assets Realized payment to unsecured
creditors payment to unsecured creditors other than preferential creditors calculation
of pro rata treatment of uncalled capital liability of contributors.
Theory 40 % : Problem 60 %
Reference Books:
1. T.S. Reddy, and A. Murthy, Corporate Accounting, Margham Publication,
Chennai 600017.
97

2. J .R. Monga, Fundamentals of Corporate Accounting, Mayoor Paperbacks c/o
K.L. Malik and Sons Pvt. Ltd., 23- Darya Ganj, New Delhi.
3. R. L. Gupta, and M. Radhaswamy, Corporate Accounting, Sultan Chand and
Sons, New Delhi.
4. M.C. Shukla, T.S.Grewal and S.C. Gupta, Corporate Accounting, S.Chand and
Co., New Delhi.
5. S. N. Maheshwari, and S.K. Maheshwari, Corporate Accounting, Vikas
Publication, New Delhi.
6. S. P. J ain and K.L. Narang, Advanced Accountancy, Vol. II, Sultan Chand &
Sons, and New Delhi.
7. Mukherjee and Hanif, Corporate Accounting, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.

Core-2 COST ACCOUNTING
Unit-I
Cost Accounting-Nature-Meaning-Features and Importance Limitations of financial
Accounting-Advantages and limitation of Cost Accounting-CostingSystem-CodeCenter-
CostUnit-ElementsofcostCostClassifications-Cost Sheet.
Unit-II
Material-Objectives-Purchase Control-Centralized and Decentralized Purchase-Stock
Levels and EOQ-ABC Analysis-Bin Card- Stores Ledger-Material Issue-FIFO, LIFO,
Average and Weighted Average methods.
Unit-III
Labour-Direct and Indirect Labour-Method of Wage Payments-Remuneration and
Incentives-Premium and Bonus Plans-Idle Time-Over time-Labour Turnover.
Unit-IV
Overhead-Meaning-Classification-Allocation and Apportionment of Overheads-Re-
apportionment-absorption of Overhead-Methods-Machine Hour rate (Simple Problems
only).
Unit-V
J ob Costing-Contract Costing (Simple Problems Only)-Process Costing-Features-
Process losses and gains.
Text Books:
Cost Accounting-S.P.J ain & K.L.Narang, Kalyani Publishers, New Delhi.
Cost Accounting-S.P.Iyengar, Sultan Chand & Sons, New Delhi.
Cost Accounting-S.N.Maheswari, Sultan Chand & Sons, New Delhi.
98

Cost Accounting-J awaharlal, Tata McGraw Hill Editions.
Cost Accounting-M.L.Agarwal, Sahitya Bhavan Publishers.
Cost Accounting-R.S.N.Pillai, Sultan Chand & Sons.
Cost Accounting Principles & Practice-Thukkaram Rao, New Age Publishers.

Core-3 BUSINESS LAW
Unit-I:
Indian Contract Act, 1872-Fundamental essentials of a valid contract-classification of
contracts-offer-acceptance-consideration-capacity-free consent-legality of object-
Unit-II:
Performance of contract-discharge of contract-breach of contract-remedies-Quasi
contracts.
Unit-III
Special contracts-Indemnity-Guarantee.
Unit-IV
Bailment-Pledge-contract of Agency.
Unit-V:
Sale of Goods Act-Difference between sale and agreement to sell-sale and hire-
purchase agreement-classification of goods-documents of title to goods-Rights and
duties of buyers and sellers-Rights of unpaid seller.
Text Books
1. Business Law-N.D.Kapoor
2. Elements of Mercantile Law-N.D.Kapoor, Sultan chand & sons
3. Business Law-P.C.Tulsian, Tata Mc Graw-Hill edition
4. Business Law-R.S.N.Pillai, Bagavathi-S.Chand & Co, New Delhi.

Reference Book
1. Business and Corporate Law-P.C.Tulsian, Tata Mc Graw-Hill edition.
2. Business Law Including Company Law-S.S.Gulshan, G.K.Kapoor-New Age
99

Major Electives: (One Course) (any one)
1. Direct Tax-I
Unit-I
Important definitions in the Income Tax Act-concept of income, basis of charge,
previous year, assessment year, Gross total income, total income, residential status-
Distinction between capital and revenue receipts and expenditure-Basic of charge and
scope of total income: Incomes deemed to accrue or arise in India and deemed to be
received in India- Incomes which do not form part of total income.
Unit-II
Computation of Total Income under the head Salaries and Computation of Total Income
under the head House Property.
Unit-III
Computation Total Income under the head Income from Business or Profession
Unit-IV
Computation Total Income from capital gains-Computation Total Income under the head
Income from other sources.
Unit-V
Income of other persons included in assessees total income; aggregation of income
and set off or carry forward of losses; various deductions to be made in computing total
income, rebates and reliefs;
Books for Reference
1. Income Tax and practice-Mehrothra-Sultan Chand & Sons,
2. Direct Tax Law and practice-Dr.Vinod and K.Singhania-Tax Mann Publication
3. Income Tax and Practice-V.P.Gaur and D.B.Naran-Kalyani publishers.

2. HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
Unit-I:
Definition-concepts-objectives-charcteristics-funcions-principles of personal policies-
Organisational structure.
Unit-II:
Manpower planning-definition-need-process job analysis-J ob description-J ob
specification-J ob evaluation-recruitment and selection process.
100

Unit-III
Employee training-need-Importance principles-Training methods-promotions-types-
procedures-promotion policy-demotion-transfer-dismissal-absenteeism-Labour
Turnover-Performance appraisal Methods.
Unit-IV
Industrial relations-significance-causes of poor industrial relations-suggestions-labour
disputes and settlements-Industrial relations in India.
Unit-V:
Workers participation in management-collective bargaining and industrial relations -
Employees grievance-procedures-industrial disciplinary system.
Books for Reference
1. Human Resource Management-Dr.C.B.Gupta, Sultan chand & sons.
2. Personal Management-C.B.Memoria Himalaya Publishing house.
3. Human Resource Development-Rand L.Decimore, Thomson Learning Third
Edition.
3. STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT
Unit-I
Business Environment-General Environment-Demographic, Socio-Cultural. Macro
economic, Legal/political, Technological and Glopal competitive environment, Business
policy and Strategic Management-Meaning and nature; Strategic management
imperative vision, Mission and objectives; strategic levels in organizations.
Unit-II
Strategic Analysis-Situational Analysis-SWOT Analysis, TOWS Matrix, potfolio Analysis-
BCG matrix Strategic planning-meaning, stages, alternatives, strategy formulation.
Unit-III
Formulation of functional strategy-Marketing strategy, Financial Strategy, Production
strategy, Logistics strategy, Human Resource Strategy
Unit-IV
Strategy Implementation and control-organizational structures; Establishing Strategic
business units; Establishing profit centers by business, product or service, market
segment or customer; Leadership and behavioural challenges

101

Unit-V
Reaching strategic edge: Business process Re-engineering Bench marking, Total
Quality management, Six Sigma Contemporary Strategic Issues
Books for Reference
1. Business Policy and Strategic Management-P.Subba Rao-Himalaya Publishing
house
2. Strategic Management-Text and Cases-V.S.P Rao & V.Harikrishna-Excel Books
3. Quality Management-Howard S.Gitlow, Alan J .Oppenheim Rosa Oppenheim
Devid M.Levine-Tata Mc-Graw Hill.
4. Quality Management-K.Shridara Batt-Himalay Publishing house
5. Business Policy and Strategic Management-Azhar Kazhimi-Tat Mc-Graw Hill.

Common skill based subjects (1 Course) (Any one)

VI Semester
Core 1 HIGHER FINANCIAL ACCOUNTANCY

Unit 1: Accounts of Banking Companies
Meaning of Banking Company Accounting treatment of Rebate on bills
discounted Ascertainment of Non Performing Assets Classifications of Assets
(advances) Preparation of Final Accounts as per the existing Banking Regulation Act
(Simple Problems Only)
Unit 2: Accounts of Life Insurance Companies
Meaning Insurance terms Premium Consideration for annuities granted
Policies becoming claims reinsurance surrender value and paid-up value bonus
cash bonus bonus in reduction of premium reversionary bonus valuation
preparation of Revenue Account applicable for life insurance business balance sheet
of a life insurance company Preparation of valuation Balance Sheet ( Simple
Problems Only)
102

Unit 3: Accounts of General Insurance Companies (Fire and Marine)
Meaning General Insurance Revenue Account for Fire and Marine Treatment
of reserve or provision to be carried forward Preparation of Profit and Loss Account in
Form B Preparation of Profit and Loss Appropriation Account in Form C Preparation
of Balance Sheet. (Simple Problems Only)
Unit 4: Special Accounts
Educational Institutions, Hotels, Hospitals, Solicitors.
Unit 5: Inflation Accounting
Meaning Different methods of Inflation Accounting - Current Purchasing Power
Method (CPP) Current Cost Accounting Method (CCA) Accounting for Human
Resource.
Reference Books:
1. T.S. Reddy, and A. Murthy, Corporate Accounting, Margham Publication,
Chennai 600017.
2. J .R. Monga, Fundamentals of Corporate Accounting, Mayoor Paperbacks c/o
K.L. Malik and Sons Pvt. Ltd., 23- Darya Ganj, New Delhi.
3. R. L. Gupta, and M. Radhaswamy, Corporate Accounting, Sultan Chand and
Sons, New Delhi.
4. M.C. Shukla, T.S.Grewal and S.C. Gupta, Corporate Accounting, S.Chand and
Co., New Delhi.
5. S. N. Maheshwari, and S.K. Maheshwari, Corporate Accounting, Vikas
Publication, New Delhi.
6. S. P. J ain and K.L. Narang, Advanced Accountancy, Vol. II, Sultan Chand &
Sons, and New Delhi.
7. Mukherjee and Hanif, Corporate Accounting, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.

103

2. MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING
Unit-1
Management accounting-definition-objectives-nature, scope, function-management
accountingVS financial accounting-management accounting VS cost accounting-
Advantages-Limitations of management accounting.

Unit- 2
Accountingratio-meaning-significance-types-various ratios like profitability, Slovence
and liquidity. Fund flow and cash flow analysis-meaning-differences between fund flow
statement and cash flow statement-funds preparation of fund flow statement and cash
flow statement.
Unit-3
Marginal costing-meaning-features-assumption contributions-p/v ratio-CVP analysis-
break-even analysis-assumption-advantages-limitations-margin of safety.
Unit-4
Standard costing-meaning of standard cost and standard costing-standard costing and
budgetary control-advantages and limitations-analysis of variance-direct material, direct
labour and overhead.
Unit-5
Budget and budgetary control-meaning of budget, budgeting and budgetarycontrol-
objectives-features-advances-limitations-flexible budget-cash budget-production
budget-purchase budget-sales budget.
Theory: 40 Marks : Problem : 60 Marks
Text Books:
1. Management accounting S.M.Maheswari, Sultan Chand & sons
2. Management accounting R.S.N.Pillai & Bhagawathi, S.Chanf & co
3. Management accounting principles and practice-R.K.Sharma and K.Gupta,
Kalyani publishers.
Reference Books:
1. Management accounting-M.Y.Khan and P.K.J ain tata McGraw hill edition.
2. Management accounting S.P.Gupta, Sultan Chand and co
3. Principles of management accounting-Man Mohan and Goyal, Sahitya Bhawan
Publication.
4. Management accounting-M.Wilson, Himalaya Publishing house.

104

Core 3: Accounting Standards
Unit I
Indian Accounting Standard: Meaning-Rationale of Accounting Standards-Objectives of
Acccounting Standards-Who issues Accounting Standards in India? Accounting
Standard-setting in India-Composition of the Accounting Standards Board-Accounting
Standards-setting Process-Compliance with Accounting Standards-Duty of Statutory
Auditor for Compliance with Accounting Standards-Number of Accounting Standards
prescribed-Applicability of accounting standard-Level I, II and III companies
Unit II
Basic Knowledge Working Knowledge of: AS 1: Disclosure of Accounting Policies, AS 2:
Valuation of Inventories, AS 3: Cash Flow Statements, AS 4: Contingencies and Events
occurring after the Balance Sheet Date, AS 5: Net Profit or Loss for the Period, Prior
Period Items and changes in Accounting Policies and
Unit III
Basic knowledge Working knowledge of: AS 6: Depreciation Accounting, AS 7:
Construction Contracts AS 9: Revenue Recognition, AS 10: Accounting for Fixed
Assets, AS 11: Effect of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates AS 12: Accounting for
Government Grants, AS 13: Accounting for Investments
Unit IV
Basic knowledge Working knowledge of: AS 14: Accounting for Amalgamations, AS 16:
Borrowing Costs AS17: Segment Reporting AS18: Related Party Disclosures AS 19:
Leases
Unit V
Basic knowledge Working knowledge of: AS20: Earning per Share, AS 26: Intangible
Assets, AS28 Impairment of Assets, AS 29: Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and
Contingency Assets-
Books for Reference
1. S.P.J ain and K.L.Narang Advanced Accounting, Kalyani Publishers, New Delhi.
2. R.L.Gupta, and M.Radhaswamy, Advanced Accountancy, Vol-II, Sultan Chand &
Sons, New Delhi.
3. SP lyengar, Advanced Accountancy
4. Tulsian, Advanced Accounting
105

Core-4 INDUSTRIAL LAW

Unit-I Factories act 1948
Unit-II the Workman compensation Act 1923
Unit-III Consumer protection and Regulation Act 1986
Unit-IV The Employees State Insurance Act 1948
Unit-V The payment of gratuity Act, 1972. The Industrial Disputes Act 1947
1. Business Law-N.D.Kapoor-Sultan chand
2. Mercantice Law for CA. Common proficiency-P.C.Tulsian-Tata McGraw Hill
Publishing Co., Ltd.,
3. Business Law-R.S.N.Pillai & Bhagawathi-S.Chand

MAJOR ELECTIVES
Core 1: Direct Tax II
Unit I
Assessment of Individual - Firm and association of persons (excluding companies)
Applicable rates of taxes and tax liability Provisions concerning procedure for filing
returns, signatures, e-filing, assessment and reassessment, advance payment of Tax,
deducted at source, collection, recovery and refund of tax.
Unit II
Banking Cash Transaction Tax Charge of banking cash transaction tax, taxable banking
transaction, value of taxable banking transaction, collection, recovery, return,
assessment, and rectification, interest on delayed payments, penalty, appeal and power
to make rules.
Unit III
Fringe Benefit Tax: Charge of fringe benefit tax, fringe benefits and deemed fringe
benefits, valuation, payment and return of fringe benefits, assessment, issue of notice,
advance tax in respect of fringe benefits.

106

Unit IV
Securities Transaction Tax (STT): Introduction Definition of Securities Meaning of
Security as per SCRA Transaction Tax Items fall under the category of securities
Basis of charge Rate of Securities Transaction Tax on Capital Gains Securities
Transaction Tax on Sale and Purchase of securities STT Computation Tax
exemptions in regards to short term and long term capital gains procedure is adopted
by the Exchange in respect of the calculation and collection of STT
Unit V
Wealth Tax: Charge of wealth tax; assets; deemed assets and assets exempt from tax;
valuation of assets; computation of net wealth, return of wealth, return of wealth and
provisions concerning assessment.
Books for reference
1. Income Tax and Practice Mehrothra Sultan Chand & Sons
2. Direct Tax Law and Practice Dr.Vinod and K. Singhania Tax Mann
Publication
3. Income Tax and Practice V.P Gaur and D.B. Naran Kalyani publishers.

2. INTRODUCTION TO RDBMS
Unit-I: Introduction to Data Base Management Systems
Definition and Quality of Information-Information Processing-File Based Data
Management and its Disadvantages-Meaning and advantages of Database System-
Organisation of Database and Characteristics of Database-Meaning and Functions of a
Database Management System- Components of a DBMS

Unit-II: Data Models
Basic understanding of Hierarchical model, network model, Relational Model-Entity
Relationship model, Object-Oriented Model-Advantages and Disadvantages of Various
Data Model-components of E-R. Model, Entities Attributes and Relationships-Relational
Database Management System RDBMS Terminology-Codds Rule-Relational Data
Integrity and Database Constraints

107

Unit-III: Structured Query Language (SQL)
Introduction to Oracle9ii-Features of Oracle-Overview of SQI-SQI*Plus Environment-
Types of SQI Statements-DDL, DML, DQL, DCI and TCS Statements-SQI Operators-
Tables, Views and Indexes-Creating, Modifying and deleting Table-Creating Views,
Data Query and Manipulation Operations with views and Check options-Why uses and
Index, creating and Dropping index-Unique key-Primary Key-Foreign key-check
constraints INSERT, UPDATE and DELETE Operations

Unit-IV: Queries and Sub queries
Retrieving data from database tables-Using the SELECT statement-using the WHERE
clause, GROUP BY clause, HAVING clause and ORDER BY clause Qualified Retrieval-
Using DISTINCT, IN, BETWEEN, LIKE, ESCAPE clause Grouping while selecting-
Ordering while selecting-Sub query and Its execution-Nested Subquery-Parallel
subquaries-Correlated sub queries Aggregate functions provided by SQI-J oins and
Unions operations
Unit-V: Database Security
Data Security Risks-Dimensions of Database security-Data Security Requirements-
Protecting the data within the Database: Database Privileges, Roles and its properties-
Granting and Revoking privileges and Roles-GRANT and REVOKE Command-
Database Users: Database users-Database Administrators, Database Designers, End
users-Casual End users, Nave or Parametric End users, Sophisticated End users and
Standalone end-users
References:
1. David Maier: The Theory of Relational Database, Computer Science Press,
Rockville, MD.
2. Database system concepts, A.Silberschatz, H.F.Korth, S.Suaarshan, McGraw-
Hill
3. T.Hawryszkiewycz, Database Analysis and Design, Science Research
Associates, Chicago, Illinois
4. Essentials of Database Management Systems, Alexis Leon and Mathews Leon,
Vijay Nicole Imprints (P) Ltd., Chennai.

108

3. LOGISTICS MANAGEMENT
Unit-I:
Logistics - Meaning-Importance - Logistical Competency - Logistical Mission - Service -
Total Cost - Logistical Renaissance - Technological Advancement - Regulatory Change
- IT Revolution-TQM initiatives
Unit-II:
Work of Logistics - Network design - information - Transportation and Inventory
Warehousing - material handling - packaging - integrated Logistics-Inventory flow-
Information flow
Unit-III:
Operating objectives-Rapid response-minimum variance-minimum inventory-movement
consideration-quality-Life cycle support-barriers to internal integration in organizational
structure-measurement system-inventory ownership-information technology-knowledge
transfer capacity
Unit-IV:
Information functionality-and inventory functionality-principles of logistics information-
Information Architecture-planning-operations-Logistics Information flow-application of
new information technologies-electronic data interchange standards-inventory-
determining order point-lot size-accommodating uncertainty-replenishing ordering and
warehousing management
Unit-V
Transportation infrastructure-transport functionality-principles-modal classification-
transportation formats-suppliers of transportation service-storage functionality-
principles-concept of strategy
Reference Books:
1. Logistical Management (Integrated supply chain Process) By Donald J
Bowersox, David J .Closs-Tata McGraw-Hill edition
2. Supply chain Logistics Management-By Donald J .Bowersox, David J .Closs, and
M.Bixby Cooper-Tata.

109
APPENDIX - BA11
B.COM Corporate Secretaryship
(With effect from the academic year 2012-2013 onwards)
III.B.Com (CS)
V Semester
Components
Hours Credits
Part-III- Core Subjects (3 Courses)
1.Corporate Accounting I
2.Cost Accounting
3.Business Law

7
7
6

5
5
6
1. Income Tax ,Law & Practice I
2.Applications of Tally in Accounting
(Theory 4 hours, Practical 2 hours)
3.Logistics Management

6

5
Common Skilled Based Subject (1 Course)
(Any One) 1. Effective Communication
2.Personality Development

4

4
Total (5 Courses)
30 25
III B.Com (CS)
VI Semester
Part-III - Core Subjects (4 Courses)
1.Corporate Accounting II
2 Management Accounting
3.Industrial Law
4.Auditing
6
6
6
6
5
5
5
5
Major Elective ( 1Course)
INSTITUTIONAL TRANING
6 5
Total ( 5 courses) 30 25
Distribution of marks in Theory between External and Internal Assessment is75:25 pass
110
B.Com (C.S) Course SYLLABUS UNDER CBCS

V Semester
Part III Core Subjects
(3 Courses)
1. Corporate Accounting I
Unit -1
Issue of shares-issue at par, premium and discount- calls in arrears- calls in advance-
Forfeiture and reissue of shares-Prorata allotment- redemption of preference shares-
issue of Bonus shares.
Unit II
Issue of debentures - redemption of debentures- sinking fund method-Underwriting of
shares.
Unit III
Profit prior to incorporation alteration of share capital and internal reconstruction-
Accounting entries.
Unit IV
Valuation of goodwill and shares- various methods of valuation of goodwill and shares.
Unit V
Amalgamation, absorption, and external reconstruction- calculation of purchase
consideration In the books of Vendor and purchaser.
Text and Reference Books:
1. advanced Accountancy Volume II-S.P. J ain & K.L.Naranag-Kalyani Publishers,
New Delhi
2. Advanced Accountancy Volume II R.L.Gupta and M.Radhaswamy Sultan
Chand & sons, New Delhi.
3. Advanced Accountancy Volume II M..Shukla and T.S.Grewal S.Chand
&co,New Delhi.

111
2. Cost Accounting
Unit I
Cost accounting-Nature- Meaning Features and importance limitation of financial
accounting-advantages and limitation of cost accounting costing system-cost centre-
cost unit- elements of cost- cost classification cost sheet.
Unit II
Materials objectives- purchase control- centralized and decentralized purchase stock
levels and EOQ-ABC Analysis-Bin card- stores ledger- Material issue FIFO, LIFO,
Average and weighted average methods
Unit III
Labour- Direct and indirect labour methods of wage payments- remuneration and
incentives premium and bonus plans- Idle time- over time- labour turnover.
Unit IV
Overhead- Meaning- classification- allocation and apportionment of overheads- re
apportionment of over heads-absorption of over head- methods- machine hour rate.
Unit V
J ob costing (simple problems only) process costing features- process losses and
gains.
Text Books:
1. Cost Accounting-S.P.J ain&K.L.Narang, Kalyani Publishers, New Delhi.
2. Cost Accounting S.P.Iyengar, Sultan Chand & Sons, New Delhi.
3. Cost Accounting S.N.Maheswari, Sultan Chand & Sons, New Delhi
1. Cost Accounting J awaharlal, Tata McGraw Hill Editions
2. Cost Accounting M.L.Agarwal, Sahitya Bhavan Publishers
3. Cost Accounting R.S.N.Pillai, Sultan Chand & Sons
4. Cost Accounting Principles & Practice Thukkaram Rao, New Age Publishers.

112
3. Business Law
Unit I
Indian contract Act 1872-Fundamental essential of a valid contract- classification of
contract- offer acceptance- consideration- capacity-free consent legality of object
Unit II
Performance of contract- discharge of contract- breach of contract- remedies-Quasi
contracts.
Unit III
Special contracts- Indemnity Guarantee
Unit IV
Bailment pledge- contract of agency.
Unit V
Sale of Goods Act- Difference between sale and agreement to sell- sale and hire
purchase agreement- classification of goods-documents of title to goods- Rights and
duties of buyers and sellers Rights of unpaid seller.
Text books
1. Business law- N.D.Kapoor
2. Element of Mercantile Law- N.D.Kapoor,sultanchand& sons
3. Business Law-P.C.Tulsian, Tata McGraw- Hill station.
4. Business Law-R.S.N.Pillai, Bagavathy- S.Chand&Co,New Delhi.
Reference Books:
1. Business and Corporate Law- P.C.Tulsian, Tata McGraw- Hill station.
2. Business Law including Company Law- S.S.Gulshan, G.K.Kapoor- New age

113
Major Elective (1Course) (Any One)

1. Income tax law and practice I
Unit I
Basic concepts Person, assessee, previous and assessment year, total income, gross
total income concept of income Agricultural Income- Income exempted from tax
Residential Status- problems.
Unit II
Income from salary different forms of salary and allowance perquisites problems in
computation of salary income.
Unit- III
Income from House property Annual value Standard deduction Unrealized rent
problems in computation of house property income.
Unit IV
Income from under the Head Business or profession deduction allowable
Expressly disallowed expenses computations problems in computation of business
or professional income.
Unit V
Income from capital gain - Types - Exemption- Computation- problems in computation
of capital gain.
Theory 40% : Problem 60 %
Puri.

114
2. Application of TALLY in Accounting

UNIT 1: Introduction to Tally, company and Accounting Information Menu Tally features
Technological advantages of tally accounting software tally screen components
Gateway of Tally company information menu creating a company Accounting
information menu concept of groups in Tally-Managing and operating groups
Managing and operating Ledgers
UNIT II: Managing and Operating vouchers
Meaning of voucher predefined voucher in tally, Accounting vouchers, Inventory
vouchers and unconventional vouchers Entering transaction in vouchers
UNIT III: Managing and Operating Inventory Information Menu F11 Features-F12
Configuration Stock items, Units of measure, Stock groups, stock categories, Godown,
price list, inventory vouchers
UNIT IV: Tally Reports
Reports which can be accessed from gateway of Tally under Reports, Reports which
can be accessed through the menu Display under report Export and import of data
printing reports- Tally ODBC
UNIT V: Tally Advanced Financial Management and Control
Preparation of Bank Reconciliation Statement, Fund Flow Statement, Brach Accounting,
Flexible period accounting, Budgeting and Control, Variance Analysis and Ratio
Analysis
Reference Books
1. Tally User Manual, Tally Solutions (p) Limited
2. Tally- Nadani
3. Tally NamrataAgrawal

115
Application of TALLY in Accounting

List of Practical
Answer any ONE question
1. Create an Accounts With Inventory Company by Activating the necessary F11
company features-Change the address of the company Convent it into
Account only Company-Delete the Created Company
2. Operating of necessary ledger account from the given Trial balance and prepare
Final accounts
3. Accounting voucher posting from the given transaction and Display of Day Book
and alteration in Day Book
4. Accounting voucher posting for the given transaction and preparation of final
accounts with adjustments
5. Create necessary Stock Group, Stock Item and Units of Measure, Godown and
making inventory voucher posting and Display the Stock Summary and Individual
Stock Item Report

3. Logistics management
Unit I
Logistics- meanings- importance-logistics competency- logistical mission service-
total-cost- logistical renaissance- technological advancement- regulatory change- IT
Revolution- TQM Initiatives.
Unit II
Work of logistics- -network design- information- transportation and Inventory-
warehousing material handling- packaging- integrated logistics- Inventory flow
Information flow.
Unit III
Operating objectives- rapid response- minimum variance minimum inventory
movement consideration- quality- life cycle support- barriers to internal integration in
organizational structure measurement system- inventory ownership information
technology- knowledge transfer capacity.

116

Unit IV
Information functionality- and inventory functionality- principles of logistics information-
information architecture-planning operations- logistics information flow application of
new information technologies electronic data interchange standards- inventory
functionality- inventory types- characteristics- cost of carrying inventory- determining
order point-lot size- accommodation uncertainty- replenishing ordering and ware
housing management.
Unit V
Transportation infrastructure- transport functionality- principles- modal classification-
transportation formats- suppliers of transportation services- storage functionality-
principles concept of stratigice storage developing warehouse resource- warehouse
4 strategy
Text books
Logistical management (Integrated supply chain process-by DonaldJ bowersox,
davidJ closs- Tata Mcgraw Hill edition

117
Common skilled based subjects(1Course)(Any One)


B.Com (C.S) Course SYLLABUS UNDER CBCS
VI Semester
1. Corporate Accounting-II
Unit I
Liquidators final statement- contributory.
Unit II
Holding companies- minority interest- capital profits- cost of control or goodwill-
preparation of consolidated balance sheet.
Unit III
Banking companies-Format of balance sheet and profit and loss account as per sec 29
of Banking Regulation Act.
Unit IV
Double account system- meaning-difference between double account and single
account system- difference between double account- and double entry system-
preparation of final accounts- capital base disposal of surplus- calculation of reasonable
return- replacement of assets.
Unit V
Accounting ratios- responsibility accounts- human resource accounting.
Theory 40 Marks % : Problem 60 Marks%
Text books
Dr. M.A Arulanandam
Dr. K.S.Raman
Advanced accountancy
S.P.J ain
K.L.Narang
M.C.Shuckla

118
Unit I
Management accounting- Definition- Objectives- Nature, scope, function-management
accounting Vs financial accounting-Management Accounting vs cost accounting-
advantages-limitations of management accounting.
Unit II
Fund flow and cash flow analysis- meaning Difference between fund flow statement
and cash flow statement- funds- preparation of fund flow statement and cash flow
statement.
Unit III
Marginal costing meaning- features-assumption- contribution P\V Ratio-CVPanalysis-
Break even analysis-Assumption- Advantages limitations- margin of safety.
Unit IV
Standard costing- meaning of standard cost and standard costing standard costing and
budgetary control- Advantages and limitations- analysis of variance- Direct material,
direct labour and overhead.
Unit V
Budget and budgetary control- meaning of budget , budgeting and budgetary control-
objectives- features- advantages limitations- flexible budget- cash budget- production
budget purchase budget sales budget.
Theory 40 Marks : Problem 60 Marks
Text books:
1. Management accounting S.M. Maheswari sultan chand and sons.
2. Management accounting.R.S.N.Pillai&Bhawathi ,S.Chand&co

3. Industrial Law
Unit I
The factories Act 1948 Definitions approval, licensing and Registration of Factories
duties of occupier Inspection staff- certifying surgeons- provisions for health- safety-
welfare- working hours and holidays- employment of young persons and women-
Annual leave with wages- penalties and procedure.
119
Unit II
Workmens compensation Act 1923 scope and coverage- definitions- rules- personal
injury by accident- occupational disease- arising out of and in the course of employment
theory of notional extension- amount of compensation- distribution of the
compensation- notice and claim.
Unit III
Industrial disputes Act 1947 object- definitions- conciliation machinery adjudication
machinery- powers and duties of authorities- procedures-voluntary reference to
arbitration award- strikes and lock outs-lay off- retrenchment- transfer and closing
down of the undertaking penalties.
Unit IV
The Trade Unions Act 1926- The payment of bonus Act 1965.
Unit V
The Employees state insurance act 1948,- The Payment of Gratuity Act 1972
Text books
Elements of Mercantile Law-N.D.KAPOOR, Sultan chand&sons
Business and corporate law p.c. tylsian , Tata McGraw- Hill edition

4. Auditing
Unit I
Introduction- meaning- objectives difference between Accountancy and auditing
advantages- limitations- Audit programme- Auditing working papers- preliminaries
before audit test checking and routine checking.
Unit II
Internal check meaning- objectives- difference between internal control and internal
Audit- Advantages and disadvantages of internal check-internal check regarding cash,
purchases, purchase returns, sales and sales returns.
Unit III
Vouching meaning- objects- importance of vouchers- precautions to be taken by the
auditors while examining vouchers vouching of various transactions.

120
Unit IV
Verification of assets and liabilities meaning- classification of assets- verification of
different types of assets- verification of liabilities.
Unit V
Company auditor- appointment- qualification and disqualification removal of arditor-
status- rights duties- and liabilities- auditors report content- kinds of auditors report-
general considerations for drafting report.
Text book
1. Auditing B.N.TandonS.Chand&co, new delhi.
2. Auditing Dr.T.R.Sharma, Sahitya publication, Agra
Reference Books:
1. Principles and Practice of Auditing- DinkarPagare, Sultan Chand& Sons, New
Delhi.
2. Text book of Auditing- Saxana, Reddy and Appannaiah, Himalaya Publishing
House
Major Elective(1Course)
Institutional Training
Objective:
To give practical exposure regarding the secretarial functions relating to a
corporate organization.
Supervised Institutional Training shall be an integral part of the Course. It is to be
a sort of job testing programme to bridge the gap between theory and practice. It is
designed to create a natural interest in the practical aspects of the Company Secretary
ship.
The training should be given under the joint supervision and guidance of the
Training Officer of the Institution and Faculty member of Corporate Secretary ship of the
College. The details of the training given and the assessment of each student in that
regard should be fully documented.
The duration of the training shall be for a period of 30 days during the third year.
The training shall broadly relate to
a) Office Management
b) Secretarial Practice

121
The training relating to Office Management may be designed to acquaint the trainees
with.
1. Companys activities, organization structure, department and authority
relationship
2. Study of layout, working conditions, office maintenance, safety and sanitary
conditions.
3. Study of the Secretarial service, communication, equipments, postal and mailing
services and equipments.
4. Acquaintance with office machines and equipments and accounting, machines.
5. Acquaintance with filing department, sales, purchases, Sales accounts, salary,
administration and personnel departments.
The training pertaining to Secretarial Practice shall be on all aspects of the functions
of a corporate secretary.
The training pertaining to Secretarial Practice shall be on all aspects of the functions
of a corporate secretary.
The following types of organizations may be selected for the training.
1. Public limited Companies (Both Industrial and Commercial)
2. Statutory bodies, Public Enterprises and Public Utilities like L.I.C, Electricity Board,
Housing Board and Chambers of Commerce, Cooperative Societies and banks.
3. Office Equipment Marketing Organizations.
Note:
The paper on Institutional Training shall carry 100 marks. Internal and External
Viva-Voce shall be based on the report submitted by the candidate, under the guidance
of the faculty member of the department.
The report shall be around 50 typed pages, excluding tables, figures,
bibliographies and appendices. The department of the respective college shall value the
report. A candidate failing to secure the minimum for a pass (40%) shall be required to
resubmit this report to the department.
The external examiner and the internal examiner should jointly conduct viva-
Voce and evaluate the report. The maximum marks for the project report will be 75 and
25 for the viva-voce.
122
Model Question
SECRETARIAL PRACTICE (Total Marks 75)
SECTION - A
Choose the Correct answer (10X1=10 Marks)
1. The term secretary is originated from the word _-----------
(a) Secret (b) Secretarian
(c) Secrecy (d) Secretarius
2. The secretary of a company is, its ----------------
(a) Office Manager (b) Managing Director
(c) Chief Administrative Officer (d) General Manager
3. The Proper authority for convering a general meeting of the shareholders of a
company is ---------------------
(a) Board of Directors (b) Shareholders
Managing Directors (d) Company Secretary
4. A meeting of board of directors must be held at least once in every ------------
(a) Two months (b) Three months
Five months (d) Six months
5. Ordinary resolution is passed with ----------------------
(a) Simple majority (b) 2/3 rd majority
1/3 rd majority (d) 3/4 rd majority
6. ------------- companies must convene the statutory meeting compulsorily
(a) Private (b) Holding
Public (d) All

123
7. The right of a company to have lien on shares is conferred by

(a) Companies Act, 1956 (b) Memorandum of Association
Contract with shareholders (d) Articles of Association
8. Call on shares can be expressed as -----------
(a) demand for money (b) obligatory
debit due (d) all the above
9. In order to make the transfer of share a valid one it must be registered with the
(a) Government (b) company
Court (d) Registrar
10. The rate of divided is fixed by the
(a) Board of Directors (b) Company Secretary
Share holders (d) Managing Director

SECTION B (5x5 = 25 Marks)
11. (a) What are the rights of a company secretary
Or
(b) Define the term Secretary. Why a secretary is needed for a company ?
12. (a) Draft the specimen of the notice of the Annual General meeting of a
company
Or
What are the different objects of convening statutory meeting?
13 a) What are the different kinds of resolution? Explain them with examples.
Or
(b) What is Voting by poll ? Who can demand a poll?
14. (a) Enumerate the procedure for manking a call on a share.
Or
(b) Describe the duties of company secretary relating to surrender of shares.
124
15. (a) On what grounds can transfer of share be rejected?

Or
(b) What are the secretarial duties regarding payment of divided?
SECTION-C (5x8 =40 Marks)
16. (a) Describe the legal provisions to be followed in the appointment of a
company secretary.
Or
(b) Critically analyse the legal positions of the Secretary in a company.
17. What are the duties of the secretary regarding the extra-ordinary general
meeting?
Or
(b) List down and explain the statutory provisions releating to conventing
Annual General Meeting.
18. Explain the rules relating to drafting of minutes.

Or
What are the rights and powers of the Chairman of a meeting?
19. As a company secretary, explain the arrangement that you may have to make
in connection with the allotment of shares.
Or
(b) What are the duties of the secretary relating to the formatting of a computer?
20. What is divided? Explain the legal rules to be follwed in relation to divided.
Or
(b) Explain the duties of a Secretary in maintaining the Register of Members.
125

APPENDIX - BA12


B.C.A Degree Course under CBCS
3 years - 6 Semesters - Course
Syllabus for V & VI Semester for those who joined the course from the academic
year 2012-2013

Scheme of Examinations for V & VI Semesters

V SEMESTER
S.I.NO Components Subjects Hours Credits
1
Part-III
Core Theory
Software Engineering 4 4
2

Part-III
Core Theory
Web Technologies

4

4
3
Part-III
Core - Theory
RDBMS 4 4
4
Part-III
Core - Practical
RDBMSLab 8 -----
5 Major Elective Elective-I 6 5
6 Part-IV Skilled Based Subject 4 4
Total (5 Theory +1 practical =6 Courses) 30 21

Note: Practical Credits are added in the even semester due to Year-wise Practical
Exam
LIST OF ELECTIVE PAPERS:

OPTIONAL-II (Choose any one)
1. Artificial Intelligence.
2. Software Project Management.
3 . Mobile Communication.

126

VI SEMESTER

1
Part-III
Core Theory
Operating System 4 4
2
Part-III
Core Theory
Data Mining
4

4
3
Part-III
Core Theory
Software Testing. 4 4
4
Part-III
Core Theory
Graphics & Multimedia 4 4
5
Part-III
Core Practical
Graphics & Multimedia-
LAB
8 4
6 Major Elective Elective-III 6 5
Total (5Theory +1 practical =6 Courses) 30 25

Total Credits =25 +V Semester Lab (Part-III Core Practical- 4Credits)
= 25 +4 =29 Credits

LIST OF ELECTIVE PAPERS:

OPTIONAL-I (Choose any one)

1. Web services.
2. Cyber Security
3. Mobile OS.

127

V SEMESTER
CORE SUBJECT 1
SOFTWARE ENGINEERING

Unit I

Software and Software Engineering: The Nature of software - What is
software engineering? - Software engineering as a branch of the engineering profession
- Stake holders in software engineering - Software quality - Software engineering
projects - Activities common to software projects - Difficulties and risks in software
engineering as a whole.

Review of Object Orientation: What is object orientation/ - Classes and
objects - Instance variables - Methods, Operations and polymorphism - Concepts best
define object orientation - Difficulties and risks in programming language choice and
object - oriented programming.

Unit II

Developing Requirements: Domain analysis - The starting point for
software projects - Defining the problem and the scope - What is a requirement? -
Types of requirements - Some techniques for gathering and analyzing requirements -
Managing changing requirements - Difficulties and risks in domain and requirements
analysis.

Unit III

Modeling with Classes: What is UML? - Essentials of UML class diagrams
- Associations and Multiplicity - Generalization - Instance diagrams - More advanced
features of class diagrams.

Modeling Interactions and Behaviour: Interaction diagrams - State
diagrams - Activity diagrams.

128

Unit IV

Architecting and Designing Software: The process of design - Principles
leading to good design - Techniques for making good design decisions - Software
architecture - Architectural patterns - Writing a good designing document.

Unit V

Testing and Inspecting to Ensure High Quality: Basic definitions - Effective
and efficient testing - Defects in ordinary Algorithms - Defects in numerical algorithms -
Defects in timing and co-ordination: Deadlocks, livelocks and critical races - Defects in
handling stress and unusual Situations.

Managing the Software Process: What is project management? - Software
process models - Cost estimation - building software engineering teams - Project
scheduling and tracking.

Text Book

Object Oriented Software Engineering, Timothy C.Lethbridge and Robert
Laganiere, TMH 2004

Reference Books

1. Object Oriented and Classical Software Engineering, Fifth Efition, Stephen,
R.Schach, TMH
2. Fundamentals of Software Engineering, Second Edition, Cario Ghezzi, Medhi
J azayeri, Dino Mandrioli, PHI

CORE SUBJECT 2
WEB TECHNOLOGIES

Unit I

Introduction to the Web:Understanding the Internet and World Wide Web
History of the Web Protocols Governing the Web Creating Websites for Individuals
and the Corporate World Web Applications Writing Web Projects Identification of
Objects Target Users Web Team Planning and Process Development Web
Architecture Major Issues in Web Solution Development Web Servers (Apache Web
129

Server) Web Browsers (Microsoft Internet Explorer and Netscape Navigator)
Internet Standards TCP/IP Protocol Suite IP Address MIME Cyber Laws. Hyper
Text Transfer Protocol (HTTP):Introduction - Web Servers and Clients Resources
URL and its Anatomy Message Format Example Persistent and Non persistent
Web Caching Proxy.

Unit II

Hyper Text Markup Language (HTML):History of HTML and W3C HTML
and its Flavors HTML Basics Elements, Attributes, and Tags - Basic Tags
Advanced Tags-Frames. Cascading Style Sheet (CCS):Introduction Advantages
Adding CSS Browser Compatibility CSS and Page Layout Selectors.

Unit III

J AVA Script:Introduction Variables Literals Operators Control
Structure Conditional Statements Arrays Functions Objects. J avaScript Regular
Expression:Introduction.

Unit IV

Extensible Markup Language (XML):Common Usage Role of XML
Prolog Body Elements Attributes Validation Displaying XML Namespace.

XML DTD:XML Schema Languages Validation Introduction to DTD
Purpose of DTD Using a DTD in an XML Document Element Type Declaration
Attribute Declaration.

Unit V

Common Gateway Interface (CGI):Internet Programming Paradigm
Server side Programming Languages for CGI Applications Server Environment
Environment Variables CGI Building Blocks CGI Scripting Using C, Shell Script
Writing CGI Programs CGI Security Alternatives and Enhancements to
CGI.Servlet:Server Side J ava Advantages Over Applets Servlet Alternatives
Servlet Strengths servlet Architecture Servlet Life Cycle GenericServlet and
HttpServlet First Servlet Passing Parameters to Servlets Retrieving Parameters
Limitations of Cookies Deploying Filter Problems with Servlet.
130

Text book:

Web TechnologiiesUttam K.RoyOxford University Press 2010.

Reference Books

1. Web Technology and Design, C.Xavier, New Age International Publishers
2. Web Technologies TCP/IP Architecture and J ava Programming Second Edition,
Achyut S. Godbole & Atul Kahate, Tata McGraw Hill
3. Web Technology A Developer's Perspective, N.P.Gopalan, J . Akilandeswari, PHI

CORE SUBJECT 3
RDBMS

Unit I

An overview: Personal databases - Client server databases - Oracle 9i An
introduction - The SQL*PLUS Environment - SQL - SQL*PLUS commands - Sample
Databases. Oracle Tables; Naming rules and conventions - Data types - Constrains -
Creating an Oracle table - Displaying table informations - Altering and existing table -
Dropping a table - Renaming a table - Truncating a table.
Unit II

Working with tables: DML statements - Arithmetic operations - Where
clause - sorting - Define command - Built in functions - Grouping data

Unit III

Multiple tables; J oints - Set operators - Subquery - Top - N Analysis

Advanced features: Views - Subsequences - Synonyms - Index -
Transactions - Locking - Controlling access

131

Unit IV
PL/SQL: Fundamentals - Block structure - Comments - Data types - Variable
declaration - Anchored declaration - Assignment operation - Bind variables -
Substitution Variables - Arithmetic operators.

Structures in PL/SQL: Control structures - Nested blocks - SQL in PL/SQL
DML in PL/SQL - Transaction Control Statements.

Unit V
PL/SQL Cursors & Exceptions - PL?SQL Composite data types: Records, Tables
and VARRAYS.

Text Book
Database Systems Using Oracle - Second edition - Nilesh Shan - PHI 2007

Reference
Oracle 9i Complete reference - Loney Koch - Tata Mc Graw Hill 2005
CORE SUBJECT 4
RDBMS Practical

ORACLE PROGRAMMING LIST

1. Create an employee database with tables department, employee details,
address, pay details and project details. After the tables and add constrains
relevant to the fields in the tables. Insert records into all the tables.
2. Create queries to retrieve relevant information from a table
3. Create a table from the existing tables. Create views from the tables.
4. Develop queries to retrieve information from more than one table. Develop
summary queries to retrieve relevant information from the table.
5. Create a partition table and query the records.
6. Create a table with abstract data type and query the records
7. Create PL/SQL program to print multiplication table
8. Create a PL/SQL program to check whether a given string is palindrome or not
9. Create a PL/SQL program to print student details using report
10. Create a Procedure to calculate Electricity Bill (use cursor)
11. Create a PL/SQL program to perform updation using various triggers
12. Create PL/SQL program to find factorial of numbers using function and
procedure
132

MAJOR ELECTIVE PAPER SYLLABUS
CATEGORY- B
(CHOOSE ANY ONE)

ELECTIVE-I
ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE

Unit I
Problem, Problem Spaces and Search: What is AI? - AI Problems - What
is an AI technique - Defining the problem as a state space
search - Production system - Production System Characteristics - Problem
Characteristics.

Unit II
Heuristic Search Techniques: Generate and test - Hill Climbing - Best first
Search - Problem Reduction - Constraints satisfaction - Means end analysis.

Unit III
Knowledge Representation: Representations and Mappings - Approaches
to Knowledge Representation. Using Predicate Logic: Representing simple facts in logic
- Computable functions and prediction - Resolution - The basis of resolution -
Resolution in Propositional Logic - The Unification algorithm - Resolution in Predicate
Logic.

Unit IV
Representing Knowledg Using Rules: Procedural versus - Declarative
knowledge-logic Programming-Forward versus Backward Resoning-Matching

Unit V
Game Playing: The Minimax search procedure - Adding Alpha Beta cut
offs - Addition Refinements - Waiting for Quiescence - Secondary Searches - Using
Book moves.

Expert System: Introduction to Expert system - Definitions - Basic
characteristic of an expert system - Development of Expert system - Knowledge
Engineering Stages of Knowledge Acquisition - Expert system application - Eliza -
Dendral Mycin Prospector.
133

Text Book

1. Elain Rich and Kevin knight "Artificial Intelligence" - Tata McGraw Hill
2. Artificial Intelligence and Intelligent Systems- N.P. PADHY

Reference Book

1. Introduction to Artificial Intelligence Rajenda Akeskar PHI
2. Artificial Intelligence by PH, Winston - Addison Wesley
3. Introduction to Artificial Intelligence and Expert system by Patterson, PHI

ELECTIVE-II
SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Unit I

Conventional Software Management Waterfall Model Conventional
Software Management Performance Evolution of software economics Software
economics Pragmatic software cost estimation Improving software economics
Reducing software product size Improving software process Team effectiveness
Automation through software environments.

Unit II

Lift cycle phases Engineering and production stages Inception,
Elaboration, Construction and Transition Phase Artifacts of the process The artifact
sets Management, Engineering and Pragmatic artifacts Model based software
Architectures.

Unit III

Workflows of the process Software process workflows Iteration
workflows Iterative process planning work breakdown structures Planning
guidelines cost & schedule estimation process iteration planning process
pragmatic planning Project Organizations & responsibilities.

134

Unit IV

Process automation Tools The project environment Project control
and Process Instrumentation The seven core metrics Management indicators
Quality indicators Life cycle expectations Pragmatic software metrics Metrics
automation Tailoring the Process Process discriminates.

Unit V

Modern Project Profile Continuous Integration Early risk resolution
Evolutionary requirements software management principles Next generation software
economics Modern Process transitions.

Text

1. Software Project Management Walker Royce Pearson Education 2012.
2. Software Project Management, Bob Hughes and Mike Cotterell: Tata McGraw-
Hill Edition, 2011.
3. Software Project Management in practice, Pankaj J alote, Pearson
Education.2012.

ELECTIVE-III
MOBILE COMMUNICATION

Unit I
Mobile Communication: Need for Mobile communication - Requirements
of Mobile Communication - History of Mobile Communication - Properties of Wireless
Medium - Radio Propagation - Propagation Coverage Calculation.

Introduction to Cellular Mobile Communication: Cellular Structure -
Frequency Reuse - System Architecture - Authentication Centre (AUC) - Home Location
Register (HLR) - Visiting Location Register (VLR) - Equipment Identify Register (EIR) -
Base Station System - Cellular Mobile Communication Switching.

Unit II
Mobile Communication Standards: First Generation Wireless Networks -
Second Generation Wireless System - Third Generation and Beyond Wireless Systems
- Implementation Organization - Regional Organizations - Global Organizations - Global
135

System for Mobile Communication (GSM) - GSM Architecture - Advanced Mobile Phone
Service (AMPS) - Digital Advanced Mobile Phone Service.

Cordless Telephony Standards: - Personnel Access Communication
Standards (PACS) - EIA/TIA IS-136-EIA TIA IS - 95 Standards - Digital European
Cordless Telephone (DECT) - Personnel Handy Phone System (PHS) - IEEE 802.11 -
Other Standards - Handoff Techniques - Handoff Detection and Assignment - Types of
Handoff - Mobile Controlled Handoff - Network Controlled Handoff - Mobile Assisted
handoff - Radio Link Transfer - Roaming Management - Connection to Public
Telephone Network - Connection from Mobile Unit to a Fixer User, Cellular.

System Spectrum: - Adaptive channel Allocation - Frequency Division -
Spectrum Utilization - Channel Reservation for Handoff Calls - Control Channels -
Channel Assignment Methods - Channel Borrowing and Sharing - Non - Fixed
Assignment Methods - Permanent Cell Splitting - Temporary Cell Splitting.

Unit III
Cordless Mobile Communication Systems: Cordless Telephone Home -
Multichannel Cordless Telephone System - Wireless Private Box Exchange History of
Data networks - Classification of Mobile Data Networks - Independent Data networks -
Shared Mobile Data - Overlay Mobile Data - Cellular Digital Part Data (CDPD) System -
Architecture of CDPD - Satellite Classification - Earth Orbit Satellites - Medium Earth
Orbit Satellites - Low Earth Orbit Global Satellite Communication - Changeover from
One Satellite to Requirements of Global Mobile Communication - Global User Number -
Configuration - Third Generation Global Mobile System - Satellite Systems for Mobility.

Unit IV
Interferences in Cellular Mobile Communication: Nature of
Co-channel Interference - Measurement of Co-channel Interference - Measurement of
Co-channel Interference with Mobile Unit - Frequency Reuse - Co-channel Interference
Omni directional Radiation - Directional Antennas for Co-channel Interference
Reduction - Other Methods of Co-channel Reduction - Non-Co-channel interference -
Measurement of Signal to Noise and Distortion Ratio (SINAD) - Design Objective -
Basic Specification - Co-Channel Interference Reduction Factor - Adjacent Channel
Interference - Propagation Attenuation - Fading - Factors to be Considered at the Base
Station - Working of Mobile IP - Wireless Threats - Authentication and Access control -
Secrecy to Communication - Anonymity - Security Arrangement in CDMA - Security of
Wireless Data Networks.
136

Unit V
Wireless Local Loop Architecture: Components in Will - Problems in WLL -
Modern Wireless Local Loop - Local Multipoint Distribution Service (LMDS) - Properties
of WAP - Beater Services - Wireless Datagram Protocol (WDP) - Wireless Transport
Layer Security (WTLS) - WAP Transaction Protocol (WTP) Wireless Session Protocol
(WSP) Wireless Application Environment (WAE) - Components Integration - Bearer
Adaptation - WAP Client Supporting Networks - System Description - Advantages of
Microcellular - Layout of the Optical Fibre Microcellular Communication System - Need
for Ad hoc Networks - MANET and Technical Factors Affecting Ad hoc Network - Ad
hoc Nodes System Description - Routing in Ad hoc Network - Bluetooth Technology -
Limitation on the Bluetooth Physical Layer - Types of Intelligent Cells - Power Delivery
Intelligent Cells - Processing Gain Intelligent Cells - User Controlled Services -
Reconfigurable Technology - Vision of 4G - 4G Mobile System Convergence.

Text Book

Wireless and Mobile Communication, T.G. Palanivelu & R Nakkeeran, PHI
Learning Private Limited, 2009

Reference Books

1. Wireless and Cellular Telecommunications, Third Edition William C.Y. Lee,
McGraw Hill.
2. Mobile Computing Technology, Applications and Service Creation, Asoke K.
Telukder & Roopa R. Yavagal, TMH Publication
3. Wireless Communications and Networking made simple Prof. Satish J ain.
Vineeta Pillai, BPB Publications.

137

CORE SUBJECT-1
OPERATING SYSTEM

Unit I
Introduction: What is an Operating System: Mainframe Systems - Desktop
Systems - Multiprocessor Systems - Distributed Systems - Clustered Systems - Real -
time Systems - Handheld Systems.

Unit II
Process: Process concept - Process Scheduling - Operations on
processes - Co-operating processes - Inter Process communication.

CPU Scheduling: Basic Concepts - Scheduling Criteria - Scheduling
algorithms - Multi processor scheduling - Real time scheduling - Algorithms evaluation.

Unit III
Process Synchronization: Background - the Critical section Problem -
Synchronization hardware - Semaphores - Classical problems of synchronization -
Critical regions - Monitors - Atomic transactions.

Deadlocks: System model - Dead lock characterization - methods for
handling deadlocks - Deadlock prevention - Deadlock Avoidance - deadlock detection -
recovery from deadlock.

Unit IV
Memory management: Background - Swapping - Contiguous memory
allocation - paging - segmentation - segmentation with paging.

Virtual Memory: Background - Demand paging - Page replacement -
Allocation of frames.

Unit V

File System Interface: File concept - Access methods - File system
structure - File system implementation - Directories structure - Directory implementation
- Allocation methods - Free space management - Effiency and performance - Recovery.
mass Storage Structure: Disk Structure - Disk scheduling - Disk
management - Swap space management - RAID structure - Disk attachment - Stable
Storage.
138

Text Book
Operating System Concepts - Abraham Silverschatz and Peter Baer Galvin.

Addison Wesley publishing company - Sixth Edition

Reference books

1. Operating Systems: Internal and Design Principles - Fifth Edition, William Stallings,
PHI
2. Understanding Operating Systems, Ida M.Flynn, Ann Mclver McHoes
3. Operating Systems - Second Edition, Achyut S. Godbole, TMH

CORE SUBJECT-2
CYBER SECURITY

Unit I
Introduction to Information Security

Introduction The History of Information Security What Is Security
Critical Characteristics of Information NSTISSC Security Model Components of an
Information System Securing Components Balancing Information Security and
Access Approaches to Information Security Implementation The Systems
Development Life Cycle The security systems development life cycle Security
Professionals and the Organization Communities of Interest Information Security
Is it an Art or a Science.

The Need for Security

Introduction Business Needs First Threats Attacks Secure
Software Development.

Legal, Ethical and Professional Issues in Information Security

Introduction Law and Ethics in Information Security Relevant U.S.
Laws International Laws and Legal Bodies Ethics and Information Security Codes
of Ethics and Professional Organizations.

139

Unit II
Risk Management

Introduction An overview of Risk Management Risk Identification
Risk Assessment Risk control Strategies Selecting a Risk Control Strategy
Quantitative versus qualitative risk control practices Risk Management Discussion
Points Recommended Risk Control Practices.

Planning for Security

Introduction Information Security Policy, Standards and Practices The
Information Security Blueprint Security Education, Training and Awareness Program
Continuity Strategies.

Security Technology : Firewalls and VPNs
Introduction Physical Design Firewalls Protecting Remote
Connections.

Unit III

Security Technology: Intrusion Detection, Access Control and Other Security
Tools

Introduction Intrusion Detection and Prevention Systems (IDS and IPSs)
Honey Pots, Honey Nets and Padded Cell Systems Scanning and Analysis Tools
Access Control Devices.

Cryptography

Introduction Foundations of Cryptology Cipher Methods
Cryptographic Algorithms Cryptographic Tools Protocols for Secure
Communications Attacks on Cryptosystems.

Unit IV
Physical Security

Introduction Physical Access Controls Fire Security and Safety
Failure of Supporting Utilities and Structural Collapse Interception of Data Mobile
and Portable Systems Special Considerations for Physical Security Threats.
140

Implementing Information Security

Introduction Information Security Project Management Technical
Topics of Implementation Non technical Aspects of Implementation Information
Systems Security Certification and Accreditation.

Unit V
Security and Personnel

Introduction Positioning & Staffing the Security Function Credentials of
Information Security Professionals Employment Policies and Practices Security
Considerations for Nonemployees Internal Control Strategies Privacy and the
Security of Personal Data.

Information Security Maintenance
Introduction Security Management Models The Maintenance Model
Digital Forensics.

Text Book:

Principles and Practices of Information security --- Dr Michael E.
Whitman, CISM, CISSP Herbert .J Mattord , CISM , CISSP Cengage Learning India
Private Limited Indian fourth edition Reprint 2010.

CORE SUBJECT-3
SOFTWARE TESTING
Unit I
Principles of Testing Software life cycle development models Phases
of Software Project Quality, QA, QC Testing, Verification, Validation Process
Model - Life cycle Models

Unit II
White box testing: Static and Structural testing Challenges Black box
testing Integration testing

141

Unit III
System and acceptance testing Performance testing Regression
testing

Unit IV
Internationalization testing Ad hoc testing-Testing of object oriented
systems

Unit V
Test planning, Management, Execution and reporting Software test
automation test metrics and measurements

Books for reference:
1. Software Testing Principles and practices Srinivasan Desikan, Gopalaswamy
Ramesh Pearson -2012
2. Software Testing Principles and practices Naresh Chauhan Oxford University
Press 2010
3. Introduction to Software testing Paul Ammann Cambridge University Press
2009
4. Foundations of Software Testing Aditya P Mathur Pearson - 2011

CORE SUBJECT-4
COMPUTER GRAPHICS AND MULTIMEDIA

Unit I

Introduction: Application and Operations of Computer Graphics - Graphics
Packages - Requirements of a Graphical System - GUI.

Input Output Devices: Common Input Devices - Graphical Output Devices
- Raster Scan Video Principle - Raster Scan CRT Monitors - Color Raster Scan System
- Plasma Display - LCD - Hard Copy Raster Devices - Raster Scan System - Memory
Tube Displays - Plotters - Graphics Accelerators - Coprocessors.

142

Unit II

Scan Conversion - Methods - Polynomial Method - DDA algorithms for line
drawing Alogrithm, Circle, Ellipse, Parabola - Bresenham's Line Drawing Algorithm -
Bresenham's Circle Drawing Algorithm - Problem of Scan Conversion - Solid Areas -
Odd Even Methods - Winding Number Method - Solid Area Filling - Algorithms -
Boundary, Flood Fill Algorithm.

Unit III

Two Dimension Transformation - Translation - Scaling - Rotation -
Transformation of Points and Objects - Homogenous Coordnate System and
Transformations - Reflection - Shearing - Three Dimension Transformations -
Translation - Scaling - Rotation - Reflection - Shearing.

Unit IV

2D Viewing and Clipping - Windows and View Ports - Viewing
Transformations - Clipping of lines in 2D - Cohen Sutherland Clipping Algorithms -
Visibility - Midpoint subdivision method - parametric Clipping - Polygon Clipping -
Sutherland Hodgeman Algorithm - Clipping against Concave windows - Hidden Surface
Elimination - Black Face Removal Algorithm Z buffer Algorithm.

Unit V

Concept of Multimedia - types, Data Steams - Applications - Authoring
digital Audio - MIDI - Image Compression - Video Compression - Graphic File Formals -
BMP - GIF - J PEG - TIFF - PNG.

Text Book

Computer Graphics Multimedia and Animation - Malay K.Pakira - PHI
Learning 2008

References

1. Computer Graphics - Apurva Desai - PHI - 2008
2. Prabhat Andleigh, Kiran Thakrar - Multimedia System and Design Prentice Hall
2000.
143

CORE SUBJECT-4
GRAPHICS AND MULTIMEDIA LAB

1. Write a program to display an image as Tiled or cascaded according to the user's
option.
2. Write a program so that it should first display the image as the size of applet,
then it should be reduced and again it should be reduced and so on and finally
the image should disappear.
3. Write a program to scale as image
4. Write a program to rotate an image
5. Write a program to drop word by word o a sentence from the top
6. Write a program to draw a line using Bresenham's algorithm
7. Write a program to draw a line using DDA algorithm
8. Write a program to move a car with effect
9. Write a program to display the news Headlines letter by letter
10. Write a program to display as many balls in the frame in random position
11. Write a program for bouncing a ball and moving with sound effect
12. Write a program to create a scenery of rain in the frame with sound of rain

MAJOR ELECTIVE PAPER SYLLABUS
CATEGORY- C
(CHOOSE ANY ONE)
ELECTIVE-I
MOBILE OPERATING SYSTEM
Unit I

Role of Android OS Android Execution Environment Components
Activity Lifecycle Service Lifecycle Creating and Android Development Environment
Starting a New Android Application Writing Running Android Development
Environment for Real Time Applications Android and Social Networking
Downloading the MJ Android Code A Brief Tour of the MJ Android Code The Project
Root folder Source Folder Resource Folder Building and Running the Micro jobs
Application Android SDK/Eclipse IDE Loading and Starting the application
Running an application on the T Mobile Phone.
144

Unit II
Debugging Android Applications Tools Eclipse J ava Editor J ava
Errors Debugger Logcat Android Debug Bidge )adb) Dalvis Debug Motor
Service (DDMS) Trace view Signing and Publishing Your Application Testing
Application Create and Attach and Icon and Label Cleanup for Release Version
the Application Obtaining and Signing the certificate and API key Getting and
Signing Certificate for an application Getting an Signing Certificate while Debugging
Signing the Application Retesting the Application Publishing on Android Market
Signing Up as an Android Developer.

Unit III
Persistent Data Storage : SQ Lite Data Base and Content Providers
Databases Basic Structure of the Micro J obs Databases Class Reading Data from
the Database Modifying the Database Content Providers Introducing Notepad
Content Providers Consuming a Content Provider Location and Mapping Location
Based Services Mapping Google Maps activity Map View and Map Activity
Working with Map Views Pausing and Resuming a Map Activity Controlling the Map
with Menu Buttons Controlling the Map with the Keypad Location without Maps
Manifest and Layout Files Connecting to a Location Provider and Getting Location
Updates Updating the Emulated Location.

Unit IV
Building a View Android GUI Architecture Model View Controller
Putting It Together Assembling a Graphical Interface Writing up the Controller
Listening to the Model Listening for Touch Events Listening for Key Events
Alternative Ways to Handle Events Advanced Wiring : Focus and Threading Android
Views Text View and Edit Text Button and Image Button Adapters and Adapter
Views Checkboxes, Radio buttons and Spinners

Unit V
View Groups Gallery and Grid View List View and List Activity Scroll
View Tab Host Layouts Frame Layout Linear Layout Table Layout Absolute
Layout Relative Layout.Rolling your own Widgets Layout Canvas Drawing
Drawables Bitmaps Bling Shadows, Gradients and Filters Animation Open GL
Graphics Simple Phone Calls Quick and Easy Phone Calls Creating and Example
Application to Run the call method
145

Text Book
roid Application Development Rick Rogers, J ohn Lombardo, Zigard
Mednieks & Black Meiek O' Reilly 2009 Edition (Unit I V).

ELECTIVE - II
DATA MINING
Unit I
Introduction

What is Data Mining Why Data Mining Now The Data Mining Process
Data Mining Applications Data Mining Techniques Some Data Mining Case
Studies The Feature of Data Mining Guidelines for successful Data Mining Data
Mining Software.

Unit II
Association Rule Mining

Introduction Basics The Task and Naive Algorithm The Apriori
Algorithm Improving the efficiency of the Apriori Algorithm Mining Frequent Patterns
without Candidate Generation Performance Evaluation of Algorithms Software for
Association Rule Mining.

Unit III
Classification

Introduction Decision Tree Building a decision Tree The Tree
Introduction Algorithm Split Algorithm Based on the Information Theory Decision
Tree Rules Decision Tree Summary Naive Bayes Method Other Evaluation
Criteria for Classification Methods Classification Software.

146

Unit IV
Cluster Analysis

What is Cluster Analysis Desires Features of Cluster Analysis Types
of Data Computing Distance Types of Cluster Analysis Methods - Partitional
Methods - Hierarchical Methods Dealing with Large Databases Cluster Analysis
Software.

Unit V
Web Data Mining

Introduction Web Technology and Characteristics Locality and
Hierarchy in the Web Web Content Mining Web Usage Mining Web Structure
Mining Web Mining Software.

Text Book

Introduction to Data Mining with Case Studies, G.K. Gupta, PHI Second
Edition 2012.

Reference Book
1. Data Mining Concepts & Technologies, J iawei Han, Micheline Kamber, Morgan
Kaufmann, Second Edition, 2005.
2. Data Mining, Vikram Pudi, P. Radha Krishna, Oxford University Press, First
Edition, 2009.
3. Data Warehousing, Reema Thareja Oxford University Press. 2009.
4. Insight into Data Mining Theory and Practice, K.P. Soman, Shyam Diwakar, V.
Ajay, Prentice Hall of India, 2008.

ELECTIVE - III
WEB SERVICES

Unit I
Introduction to web services Industry standards, Technologies and
Concepts underlying Web Services their support to Web Services, Applications that
consume Web Services.

147

Unit II
XML its choice for web services Network protocols to backend
databases Technologies SOAP, WSDL exchange of information between
applications in distributed environment Locating remote web services its access and
usage, UDDI specification and introduction.

Unit III
A brief outline of web services conversation static and interactive
aspects of system interface and its implementation, work flow Orchestration and
refinement, Transactions, Security issues the common attacks security attacks
facilitated within web services quality of services Architecting of systems to meet
users requirement with respect to latency, performance, reliability, QOS metrics, Mobile
and wireless services energy consumption, network band with utilization, portals and
services management.

Unit IV
Building real world enterprise applications using web services sample
source codes to develop web services steps necessary to build and deploy web
services and client applications to meet customer's requirement Easier development,
customization, maintenance, transactional requirements, seamless porting to multiple
devices and platforms.

Unit V
Development of web services and applications onto tomcat application
server and Axis SOAP server (both are freewares) Web services platform as a set of
enabling technologies for XML based distributed computing.

Reference Books
1. Sandeep Chatterjee, J ames Webber, "Developing Enterprise Web Services : An
Architects Guide", Prentic Hall, Nov. 2003.
2. Keith Ballinger, "NET web services "Architecture and Implementation with .Net",
Pearson Education, First Education Feb. 2003.
3. Ramesh Nagappan, Developing J ava Web Services: Architecting and developing
secure web services using J ava", J ohn Wiley and Sons, first edition Feb. 2003.
4. Eric A marks and Mark J Werrell, "Executive Guide to Web Services", J ohn Wiley
and sons, March 2003.
5. Anne Thomas Manes, "Web Services : A managers Guide" Addison Wesley, J une
2003.

148

APPENDIX - BA13
MANONMANIAM SUNDARANAR UNIVERSITY, TIRUNELVELI 627 012
B.Sc. BIOINFORMATICS (CBCS)
(Effective from the Academic Year 2012 2013 onwards)
Course Structure
Eligibility for admission
A pass in higher secondary (10+2) or any equivalent examination with subjects in
biological sciences / computer science.

I Semester
Part Components Hours Credits
I Tamil / Other Language 6 3
II English 6 3
III
Core Subjects
Theory
1. Cell Biology and Genetics
2. Basics of Computer
Practical
1. Lab in Cell Biology, Genetics and Molecular
Biology

4
4

2

4
4

--
III
Allied Subject I
Theory : 1. Programming in C
Practical : 1. Lab in Programming in C and Visual
Basic

4
2

4
--
IV Environmental Studies 2 2
Total (6 Theory) 30 20

149

II Semester
II English 6 3
III
Core Subjects
Theory
1. Molecular Biology
2. Biomolecular Structure
Practical
1. Lab in Cell Biology, Genetics and Molecular
Biology

4
4

2

4
4

2
III
Allied Subject I
Theory : 2. Programming in Visual Basic
Practical : 1. Lab in Programming in C and Visual
Basic

4
2

4
2
IV Valued Based Education 2 2
Total (6 Theory + 2 Practical) 30 24

III Semester
II English 6 3
III
Core Subject
Theory
5. Introduction to Bioinformatics
Practical
2. Lab in Bioinformatics, Genomics and Proteomics

4

2

4

--
III
Allied Subject II
Theory : 3. Basic Mathematics
Practical: 2. Lab in Mathematics using SciLab and
Biostatistics using SPSS/STATA/Excel

4
2

4
--
IV
Skill Based Subject 1
1(a) Programming in PERL (OR)
1(b) Programming in PHP

4

4

IV
Non-Major Elective
1(a) Fundamentals of Computer and Networks (OR)
1(b) Basics of Bioinformatics

2

2

150

IV Semester
II English 6 3
III
Core Subject
Theory
6. Basics of Genomics and Proteomics
Practical
2. Lab in Bioinformatics, Genomics and Proteomics

4

2

4

2
III
Allied Subject II
Theory : 4. Biostatistics
Practical: 2. Lab in Mathematics using SciLab and
Biostatistics using SPSS/STATA/Excel

4
2

4
2
IV
Skill Based Subject 2
2(a) Database Management Systems (OR)
2(b) Introduction to Algorithms

4

4

IV
Non-Major Elective
2(a) Biological Database and Sequence Analysis
(OR) 2(b) Introduction to Algorithms

2

2
V Extension Activity (NCC, NSS, YRC, and YWF) -- 1
V Semester
III
Core Subjects
Theory
7. Biological Databases
8. Computational Biology
Practical
3. Lab in Biological Databases
4. Lab in Computational Biology
5. Lab in Molecular Modeling and Computer Aided
Drug Design

4
4

3
3
2

4
4

--
--
--
III
Major Elective 1
9(a) Structural Bioinformatics (OR)
9(b) Biophysics

5

5
III
Major Elective 2
10(a) Systems Biology (OR)
10(b) Introduction to Biomolecular Instrumentation

5

5
IV
Skill Based Subject (Common)
3(a) Effective Communication (OR)
3(b) Personality Development

4

4


151

VI Semester
III
Core Subjects
Theory
11. Molecular Modeling
12. Computer Aided Drug Design
13. Free and Open Source Bioinformatics Tools
Practical
3. Lab in Biological Databases
4. Lab in Computational Biology
5. Lab in Molecular Modeling and Computer Aided
Drug Design

6
6
5

3
3
2

4
4
4

4
4
4
III
Major Elective 3
14(a) Applications in Bioinformatics (OR)
14(b) Introduction to Intellectual Property Rights

5

5

Total number of courses : 40 (33 Theory + 7 Practical)
Total number of hours : 180
Total number of credits : 140

Distribution of marks in theory between external and internal assessment is 75:25; for
practical 60:40; pass minimum of 40% for external and overall components.

152

MANONMANIAM SUNDARANAR UNIVERSITY, TIRUNELVELI 627 012
B.Sc. BIOINFORMATICS (CBCS)
(Effective from the Academic Year 2012 2013 onwards)
Semester V

Core 7: Biological Databases

Unit I: Introduction to Bioinformatics data and Databases
Introduction to database Database models Database languages Types of
databases: Flat file, Relational databases and Object oriented databases Types of
biological databases Pitfalls of biological databases Types of Biological data:
Genomic DNA, Complementary DNA (cDNA), Recombinant DNA (rDNA), Expressed
sequence tags (ESTs), Genomic survey sequences (GSSs) Primary Databases:
GenBank, EMBL, DDBJ Composite Databases: NRDB, UniProt Literature
Databases: Open access and open sources, PubMed, PLoS, Biomed Central.

Unit II: Genome Databases
Viral genome database: ICTVdb Bacterial Genomes database: Genomes OnLine
Database (GOLD), Microbial Genome Database (MBGD) Organism specific Genome
database: OMIM / OMIA, SGD, WormBase, PlasmoDB, FlyBase, TAIR Genome
Browsers: Ensembl, VEGA genome browser, NCBI map viewer, KEGG, MIPS, UCSC
Genome Browser.

Unit III: Sequence Databases
Nucleotide sequence Databases: GenBank, EMBL, DDBJ Protein sequences
Databases: SwissProt, TrEMBL, UniProt, UniProt Knowledgebase (UniProtKB), UniProt
Archive (UniParc), UniProt Reference Clusters (UniRef), UniProt Metagenomic and
Environmental Sequences (UniMES) Sequence motifs Databases: Prosite, ProDom,
Pfam, InterPro Sequence file formats: GenBank, FASTA, PIR, ALN/ClustalW2,
GCG/MSF.

Unit IV: Structure and Derived Databases
The primary structure databases: Protein Data Bank (PDB), Cambridge Structural
Database (CSD), Molecular Modeling Database (MMDB) The secondary structure
databases: Structural Classification of Proteins (SCOP), Class Architecture Topology
Homology (CATH), Families of Structurally Similar Proteins (FSSP), Catalytic Site Atlas
(CSA) Molecular functions/Enzymatic catalysis databases: KEGG, BRENDA.

Unit V: Bioinformatics Database Search Engines
Text-based search engines: Entrez, SRS, DBGET / LinkDB Sequence similarity based
search engines: BLAST and FASTA Motif-based search engines: ScanProsite and
eMOTIF Structure similarity based search engines: VAST and DALI.

153

REFERENCES:
1. Bioinformatics: Sequence and Genome Analysis by Mount D., Cold Spring Harbor
Laboratory Press, New York. 2004
2. Bioinformatics- a Practical Guide to the Analysis of Genes and Proteins by
Baxevanis, A.D. and Francis Ouellellette, B.F., Wiley India Pvt Ltd. 2009
3. Introduction to bioinformatics by Teresa K. Attwood, David J. Parry-Smith. Pearson
Education. 1999

Core 8: Computational Biology

Unit I: Strings and Graphs
Strings and Sequences Graphs and Trees Algorithm basics Comparing two
sequence: Global, Local and Semi-global comparison Linear and affine gap penalty
functions Comparing multiple sequences PAM BLOSUM BLAST FAST
Similarity and distance.

Unit II: Fragment Assembly of DNA
Fragment assembly of DNA Alternative methods for DNA sequencing Shortest
common superstring Reconstruction Multicontig Algorithms for fragment assembly
of DNA: Shortest superstrings as paths, Acyclic subgraphs and Greedy Heuristics:
Fragment assembly in practice.

Unit III: Phylogeny
Phylogenetic trees Character states and Perfect phylogeny problem Binary
character states Parsimony and compatibility in phylogenies Algorithm for distance
matrices: Additive trees and Ultrametric trees.

Unit IV: Genome Rearrangements
Genome rearrangements: Introduction Oriented blocks: Diagram of reality and desire,
Interleaving graphs and Bad components Unoriented blocks Applications of genome
rearrangements.

Unit V: Sequence to Structure Prediction
RNA secondary structure prediction Protein folding problem Protein threading
Computing with DNA: Hamiltonian path problem, Satisfiability, Problems and promises.

REFERENCES:
1. Waterman, M. Introduction to Computational Biology: Maps, Sequences and
Genomes. 1995. CRC Press, ISBN: 0412993910
2. Setubal, J. and Meidanis, J. 1997. Introduction to Computational Molecular Biology.
Brooks Cole Publishing, ISBN: 0534952623
3. Durbin, R., Eddy, S., Krogh, A., and Mitchison, G. 1998. Biological Sequence
Analysis: Probabilistic Models of Proteins and Nucleic Acids, Cambridge University
Press, ISBN 0521629713
4. Venter et al. 2001. The Sequence of the Human Genome. Science 291: 1304-1351
5. Eisen MB, Spellman, PT, Brown, PO, and Botstein, D. 1999. Cluster analysis and
display of genome-wide expression patterns. PNAS 95(25): 14863

154

6. Schena M, Shalon D, Davis RW, and Brown PO. 1995. Quantitative monitoring of
gene expression patterns with a complementary DNA microarray. Science 270: 467-
70.
7. Gusfield, D. 1997. Algorithms on strings, trees, and sequences: computer science
and computational biology. Cambridge University Press, ISBN: 0521585198
8. Mount, D. Bioinformatics: Sequence and Genome Analysis. 2001. Cold Spring
Harbor Laboratory Press, ISBN 0879696087

Major Elective 1: 9(a). Structural Bioinformatics

Unit I: Basics and Structure Visualization
Introduction to structural bioinformatics: Structural basis of biological phenomena,
Challenges in computing with structural data. Fundamental principles of
protein/DNA/RNA structure: Chemical structure of proteins, Protein secondary and
tertiary structure, Protein domains and folds, Sequence-to-structure-to-function
paradigm, Chemical structure of nucleic acids, Structure of nucleic acids. Molecular
visualization: Visualization styles and software.

Unit II: Structure Determination and Databases
Experimental methods for structure determination: Basic principles of X-ray
crystallography, Basic principles of NMR spectroscopy, Other methods for direct and
indirect determination of structure of biopolymers, Structural/functional genomics
initiative and high-throughput techniques, Structural quality assurance. Structure-based
databases: Protein Data Bank, SCOP and CATH classifications, RNABase, Other
sources.

Unit III: Structure Comparison and Prediction
Structure comparison and alignment: Automated assignment of secondary structure,
Structural similarity measures, Structural alignment algorithms. Prediction of structure of
biopolymers: Prediction of protein structure (prediction of secondary structure,
homology modeling, fold recognition and ab initio methods), Membrane proteins,
Prediction and Energy minimization of RNA structure, Prediction of DNA curvature.

Unit IV: Function Prediction and Docking
Prediction of protein function from structure and other types of data: Definition of protein
function and gene ontology, Enzyme classification and functional site identification,
Relationship between structure and function, Prediction of protein-ligand interactions.
Principles of molecular recognition and docking: Protein-small molecule interactions,
Macromolecular docking and protein-protein interactions, Structural bioinformatics in
drug discovery.

Unit V: Applications of Structural Bioinformatics
Intrinsically disordered (unstructured) proteins: Sequence-to-disordered ensemble-to-
function paradigm, Functional characterization of disordered proteins, Prediction of
disordered proteins. Types of tools for Homology modeling, Threading/fold recognition,
Ab initio structure prediction, Secondary structure prediction, Transmembrane helix
prediction and Signal peptide prediction.

155

REFERENCES:
1. P.E. Bourne and H. Weissig (Eds.) Structural Bioinformatics, John-Wiley and Sons,
2003
2. C. Branden and J. Tooze, Introduction to Protein Structure, Garland Publishing Inc.,
New York, 1999.
3. Chris Calladine, Horace Drew, Ben Luisi, and Andrew Travers, Understanding DNA,
3
rd
Edition, Elsevier Academic Press, USA, 2004.

Major Elective 1: 9(b). Biophysics

Unit I: Atomic & Molecular structure
Structure of atom, Schrdingers theory, Quantum numbers, Paulis exclusion principle,
Hunds rule, Concept of bonding, Atomic and molecular orbitals, Hybridization of
orbitals, and bonds, Polar and non-polar molecules, Inductive effect, Resonance,
Structural isomerism; Geometrical isomerism; Optical isomerism & Optical activity.

Unit II: Acid & Bases
Mole concept, Molarity & Normality, Weak acids, Ampholyte, pH, Calculations of pH
from H & OH concentrations, Measurements of pH, Henderson Hasselbalch equation,
Buffers, Redox potential, Nernst equation, Oxidation-Reduction reactions.

Unit III: Thermodynamics and Bioenergetics
Laws of thermodynamics, Concept of free energy, Unavailable energy and Entropy,
Enthalpy, Negative entropy change in living system, Heat content of food, Endergonic
and exergonic, Molecularity of reactions, Energy of activation, Metabolism pathways,
High energy compounds, Metabolism of glucose, Formation of ATP, Glycolysis, Krebs
cycle, Electron transport chain.

Unit IV: Biomembranes and Kinetics
Membrane structure Composition; Function; Membrane transport, Simple diffusion,
Passive transport, Active transport, Reactions - 0
th
, 1
st
, 2
nd
and 3
rd
order reactions,
Diffusion, Osmosis, Osmotic pressure, Osmoregulation, Surface tension, Dialysis,
Adsorption, Viscosity, Thermal conduction, Collides, Sedimentation.

Unit V: Macromolecular Interactions
Receptor-ligand kinetics, Scatchard plot, Interaction between binding sites, MWC
model, KNF model, Oxygen-hemoglobin binding, Binding of two different ligands,
Cooperative binding, Anti-cooperative binding, Excluded site binding, Energetics and
dynamics of binding, Structures of protein ligand complexes, free radicals in biology and
medicine.

156

REFERENCES:
1. Ackerman E.A. Ellis, L.E.E. & Williams L.E. (1979), Biophysical Science, Prentice-
Hall Inc.
2. Barrow. C. (1974), Physical Chemistry for Life Sciences, McGraw-Hill.
3. Bloomfield V.A. and Harrington R.E. (1975), Biophysical chemistry, W.A.Freeman
and CO.
4. Bulter l.A.V. And Noble D.Eds. (1976), Progress in Biophysics and Molecular Biology
(all volumes) pergamon, Oxford.
5. Cantor C.R. and Schimmel P.R. (1980), Biophysical chemistry, W.A.Fremman and
Co.
6. Casey E.J. (1967), Biophysics, concepts and mechanisms. Affiliated East west
press.
7. Chang R. (1971), Basic principles of spectroscopy, McGraw-Hill.
8. De Robertis E.D.P. and De Robertis E.M.P. (1981), Essentials of cell and molecular
Biology, Holt sounders International Editions.
9. Dickerson R.E. & Geis I. (1972), Proteins: structure, function and evaluation,
Benjamin.
10. Dugas H. and Penney C. (1981), Bioorganic chemistry, Springer-Verlag.
11. Fleischer S. Hatefi Y. McLennan D.H. and Tzagoloff A. (1977), The molecular
biology of Membranes, Plenum press.
12. Haschemyer R.N. and Haschemyer A.E.B.V. (1973), Proteins, John willey and sons.
13. Hughes W. (1979), Aspects of Biophysics, John willey and sons.
14. Jain M.K. and Wanger R.C. (1980), Introduction to Biological Membranes, John
willey and sons.
15. Lehninger A. (1981), Biochemistry, Butter Worth Publication.

Major Elective 2: 10(a). Systems Biology

Unit 1: Introduction to Systems Biology
Introduction to Systems Biology. Need for System Analysis in Biology. Basic Concepts
in System Biology: Component vs System, Links and Functional States, Links to
Networks, Hierarchical Organization in Biology.

Unit 2: Metabolic Networks and Models in System Biology
Basic Features of Metabolic Networks. Reconstruction Methods of Metabolic Networks.
Models as Dynamical Systems. Parameter Problem. Meanings of Robustness.

Unit 3: Systems Biology Databases
KEGG (Kyoto Encyclopedia of Genes and Genomes). BRENDA (BRaunschweig
ENzyme DAtabase). BioSilico. EMP (Embden-Meyerhof-Parnas). MetaCyc and AraCyc.
SABIO-RK (System for the Analysis of Biochemical Pathways - Reaction Kinetics).
BioModels.

157

Unit 4: Tools for System Biology
CellDesigner. Ali Baba. CellProfiler. JDesigner. Bio-SPICE (Biological Simulation
Program for Intra and Inter Cellular Evaluation). SBML (Systems Biology Markup
Language). SBGN (Systems Biology Graphical Notation). SBML-SAT (SBML based
Sensitivity Analysis Tool).

Unit 5: Premises & Promises of Systems Biology
Premise of Systems Biology. Promise of Systems Biology. Challenges of Systems
Biology. Applications of Systems Biology.

REFERENCES:
1. Bernhard O. Palsson (2006). Systems Biology: Properties of Reconstructed
Networks. Cambridge University Press, New York.
2. Bjrn H. Junker, Falk Schreiber (2008). Analysis of Biological Networks. John Wiley
& Sons, Inc., Hoboken, New Jersey.
3. Huma M. Lodhi, Stephen H. Muggleton. Elements of Computational Systems
Biology. John Wiley & Sons, Inc., Hoboken, New Jersey.
4. M. Cnovas, J.L. Iborra and A. Manjn (2006). Understanding and Exploiting
Systems Biology in Biomedicine and Bioprocesses. CajaMurcia Foundation, Spain.
5. http://www.systemsbiology.org
6. http://www.systems-biology.org

Major Elective 2: 10(b). Introduction to Biomolecular Instrumentation

Unit I: Spectroscopy
Basic principles of spectroscopy; Nature of electromagnetic radiation; Interaction of light
with matter; Absorption and emission of radiation; Electronic, vibrational and rotational
spectroscopy of molecules; Principle, Instrument design, Methods and applications of
UV - visible spectroscopy, IR spectroscopy, Raman spectroscopy, Fluorescence
spectroscopy, Atomic absorption spectroscopy, Inductively coupled plasma atomic
emission spectrophotometry, NMR spectroscopy, Nuclear quadrupole resonance
spectroscopy, ESR spectroscopy, Mass spectroscopy, Photoacoustic spectroscopy.

Unit II: Electrophoresis and Chromatography
Electrophoresis: Principle; Electrophoretic mobility (EPM) estimation; Factors affecting
EPM; Principle, Instrument design, Methods and applications of 2D electrophoresis and
zone electrophoresis techniques (Paper, Cellulose acetate, Agarose, Starch gel,
Pulsed-field, PAGE, SDS-PAGE, Capillary).
Chromatography: Basic concepts of adsorption and partition chromatography; Principle,
Instrument design, Methods and applications of all types of adsorption and partition
chromatography methods Paper, Thin layer, Gas, HPLC and Ion chromatography.

158

Unit III: Microscopy and Hydrodynamic Techniques
Microscope: Principle, Instrumentation and Application of microscopy; Image formation;
Magnification; Resolving power; Different types of Microscopy Dark field, Phase
contrast, Polarization, Fluorescence and Electron microscopy.
Hydrodynamics: Fundamental, principles and applications of Centrifugation,
Ultracentrifugation, Viscometry, Haemocytometer, Osmosis and Diffusion.

Unit IV: X-ray Crystallography
X-ray: Principle and applications, Unit cell, Crystal symmetry, Bravais lattices,
Symmetry elements and operations, Point groups and space groups, Braggs law,
Diffraction, Atomic scattering factors, Structure factors, Fourier transformation,
Amplitude and Phase, Protein crystallization, Electron density map.
Structure Determination: Different techniques of crystallization, Diffractometer, Imaging
plates, Phase determination, Patterson method, Direct methods, Molecular replacement
methods, Isomorphous replacement method, Anomalous dispersion, Structure
refinement, Software for visualization and refinement, R- factor, Validation of the
structures.

Unit V: Microarray
Principle, Instrumentation and Application of DNA microarray and protein array;
Sequence databases for microarrays; Image processing; Normalisation; Analysis of
relationships between genes, tissues or treatments; Validation tools: GoMiner, qPCR,
and TM4-MeV; Emerging applications of microarray and next generation sequencing.

REFERENCES:
1. Wilson K. and Walker J., Principles and Techniques of Biochemistry and Molecular
Biology (6th Edition, Cambridge University Press, 2008).
2. Freifielder D., Physical Biochemistry, (2nd Edition, W.H. Freeman and Co., New
York 1982).
3. Ghosal S. and Srivastav A.K., Fundamentals of Bioanalytical Techniques and
Instrumentation, (PHI Learning Private Limited, New Delhi, 2009).
4. Wang, Junbai; Tan, Aik Choon; Tian, Tianhai (Eds.). Next Generation Microarray
Bioinformatics (Methods and Protocols). Humana Press. 2012.
5. Dov Stekel, Microarray Bioinformatics. Cambridge University Press. 2003.

SEMESTER - VI
Core 11: Molecular Modeling

Unit I: Molecular Modeling
Introduction to molecular modeling, Quantum chemistry, Schrdinger equation,
Potential energy functions, Energy minimization, Local and global minima, Saddle point,
Grid search, Various approximations; LCAO, HF, Semi-empirical calculations; Single
point calculations, Full-geometry optimization methods, ZDO, MNDO, CNDO, NDDO,
AM1, PM3, RM1, Conformational search, Z-matrix, Docking, Molecular modeling
packages, Molecular Graphics.

159

Unit II: Molecular Mechanics
Introduction to molecular mechanics, Balls and springs, Force fields, Bond-stretching,
Bond-bending, Dihedral motions, Out of plane angle potential, Non-bonded interaction,
Coulomb interactions, Conformational search, United atoms and cut-offs, Derivative
methods; First-order methods; Steepest descent, Conjugate gradient, Second order
methods; Newton-Raphson method.

Unit III: Molecular Dynamics
Introduction to molecular dynamics, Newtons equation of motion, Equilibrium point,
Radial distribution function, Pair correlation functions, MD methodology, Periodic box,
Algorithm for time dependence; Leapfrog algorithm, Verlet algorithm, Boltzman velocity,
Time steps, Duration of the MD run. Starting structure, Analysis of MD job, Uses in drug
designing, Ligand protein interactions.

Unit IV: Quantum Mechanics
Introduction to quantum mechanics; Postulates of quantum mechanics; Electronic
structure calculations; Semi-empirical and density functional theory calculations;
Molecular size versus accuracy; Approximate molecular orbital theories; Monte Carlo
Simulations: Calculating properties by integration, Metropolis methods.

Unit V: Protein Structure Prediction
Protein Structure Prediction; Homology modeling; Threading and ab initio modeling;
Prediction of protein structure from sequences; Functional sites; Protein folding
problem; Protein folding classes; Protein identification and characterization:
AACompIdent, TagIdent, PepIdent and MultiIdent, PROSEARCH, PepSea,
PepMAPPER, FindPept; Predicting transmembrane helices; Primary structure analysis
and prediction; Secondary structure analysis and prediction: motifs, profiles, patterns
and fingerprints search; Levinthal's paradox and the kinetics of protein folding.

REFERENCES:
1. C. Stan Tsai, An Introduction to Computational Biochemistry, Wiley-Liss Inc., New
York, 2002.
2. Cynthia Gibas and Per Jambeck, Developing Bioinformatics Computer Skills,
OReilly, 2001
3. Andrew Leach, Molecular Modelling: Principles and Applications, 2
nd
Edn, Pearson
Education, UK, 2010.
4. Hltje, Hans-Dieter Sippl, Wolfgang Rognan, Didier Folkers and Gerd, Molecular
Modeling: Basic Principles and Applications, Wiley-VCH, Weinheim. 2008.
5. Alan Hinchliffe, Molecular Modelling for Beginners, John Wiley, UK, 2003

Core 12: Computer Aided Drug Design

Unit I: Introduction to cheminformatics
Introduction to cheminformatics, History of cheminformatics, Applications of
cheminformatics, Evolution of cheminformatics, Future scope of cheminformatics, Data
and data source in chemistry, Searching chemical structures, Chemical structure file
formats.

160

Unit II: Representation of chemical compounds
Representation of chemical compounds, Manipulations in 2D and 3D structures of
chemical compounds, Representation of chemical reactions, Molecular descriptors,
Calculations of physical and chemical data, Calculations of structural deciphers.

Unit III: Drug Development
Drugs, Development of drug, Source of drugs, Structural effects on drug action, Drug
life cycle, Drug development time lines, Stages of drug discovery, Strategic issues in
drug discovery, Emerging approaches to drug design and discovery, Drug metabolism,
Drug design physicochemical properties: Hansch ; Hammett ; Es, MR,
Pharmacokinetic action of drug on human body, Prodrug design and applications.

Unit IV: Computer Aided Drug Design
Computer Aided Drug Design, Methods of computer aided drug design, Ligand design
methods, Docking algorithms and programs, Drug design approaches, Strategy for
target identification and validation, Lead compound identification and optimization, High
throughput screening for lead discovery, Receptor theory, Receptor models and
nomenclature.

Unit V: Virtual Screening and ADMET properties
Combinatorial Chemistry and Library Design, Virtual screening, Drug likeliness and
Compound filters. ADMET (Absorption, Distribution, Metabolism, Excretion and toxicity)
property prediction, Computer based tools for drug design.

REFERENCES:
1. Andrew R. Leach, Valerie J. Gillet, Introduction to Chemoinformatics, Springer,
Netherlands, 2007.
2. Frank Jensen, Introduction to Computational Chemistry, Wiley, 1999.
3. S.P.Vyas and R.K.Khar, Targeted and Controlled Drug Discovery, CBS Publishers,
2012.
4. Johann Gasteiger and Thomas Engel, Cheminformatics, Wiley-VCH, 2003.
5. Thomas Lengauer (Ed.), Bioinformatics from Genome to Drug, Wiley-VCH, 2002.
6. Kerns, E.H.; Di, L. Drug-Like Properties: Concepts, Structure Design and Methods:
from ADME to Toxicity Optimization, Academic Press, Oxford, 2008
7. Burgers Medicinal Chemistry and Drug Discovery, 5th Edition, Vol. 1. Principles and
Practice, edited by M. E. Wolff, John Wiley & Sons: New York, 1995.
8. Principles of Medicinal Chemistry, 4th Edition, edited by W.O. Foye, T.L. Lemke, and
D. A. Williams, Williams and Wilkins: Philadelphia, 1995.
9. Medicinal Chemistry: Principles and Practice, edited by F.D. King, Royal Society of
Chemistry: Cambridge, 1994.
10. A Practical Guide to Combinatorial Chemistry, edited by A. W. Czarnik and S. H.
DeWitt, American Chemical Society: Washington DC, 1997.

161

Core 13: Free and Open Source Bioinformatics Tools

Unit I: Introduction to Free and open-source software
Introduction to Free and open-source software (FOSS), Open Bioinformatics
Foundation (O|B|F), Software license, Types of software, Types of software licenses,
Software categories, Benefits and challenges, Bioinformatics Linux distributions
(BioBrew, Bio-Linux, BioLand, Vlinux, Vigyaan, Bioknoppix, Dnalinux, and Quantian).

Unit II: Free and open-source software Tools I
.NET Bio, AMPHORA, Anduril, Armadillo workflow platform, AutoDock, Biochemical
Algorithms Library (BALL), caCORE, caArray, LabKey Server, OpenClinica,
PromKappa, MeV: Multi-Experiment Viewer, PathVisio, REDCRAFT

Unit III: Free and open-source software Tools II
EMBOSS, Gaggle, Galaxy, GenePattern, GeWorkbench, GMOD, GeneTalk, GenGIS,
GenomeSpace, GENtle, Integrated Genome Browser, Argo Genome Browser,
Integrative Genomics Viewer (IGV), IntAct, InterMine, Java Treeview.

Unit IV: Free and open-source software Tools III
SAM Tools, Staden Package, STAMP, Taverna workbench, TGAC Browser, T-REX
WebServer, Unipro UGENE, Visomics, Genome Analysis Toolkit 1.0 (GATK 1.0).

Unit V: Bio Tools Projects
Bio4j, Bioclipse, Bioconductor, BioHaskell, BioJava, BioMOBY, BioPerl, BioPHP,
Biopython, BioRails, BioRuby, BioSmalltalk, BioUno.

REFERENCES:
1. Edwards, David; Stajich, Jason; Hansen, David (Eds.), Bioinformatics: Tools and
Applications, Springer, 2009.
2. World Wide Web

Major Elective 3: 14(a). Applications in Bioinformatics

Unit I: Eukaryotic Genome applications
Sequencing of Complete Genomes Characterization of Genomes using STS and EST
Sequences Sequence Tagged Sites are Landmarks in the Human Genome
Expressed Sequence Tags Implementation of an EST Project Identification of
Unknown Genes Discovery of Splice Variants Genetic Causes for Individual
Differences Pharmacogenetics and Individual Medicine.

Unit II: Functional analysis of genomes
Identification of the Cellular Functions of Gene Products Basic concepts of
Transcriptomics, Proteomics, Metabolomics, Phenomics, Systems Biology.

Unit III: Medical and forensic applications of gene manipulation
Diagnosis and characterization of medical conditions Treatment using rDNA
technology gene therapy DNA profiling.

162

Unit IV: Transgenic plants and animals
Transgenic plants Why transgenic plants? Ti plasmids as vectors for plant cells
Making transgenic plants Putting the technology to work Transgenic animals Why
transgenic animals? Producing transgenic animals Applications of transgenic animal
technology.

Unit V: Patenting of Biological Materials
Product patents and its Importance to investors Conditions for patenting Patenting
of Liveforms Significance of Patents in India Some example cases of patenting.

REFERENCES:
1. P.M. Selzer, R.J. Marhfe and A. Rohwer, Applied Bioinformatics, Springer-Verlag,
Heidelberg, 2008.
2. Desmond S. T. Nicholl, Introduction to Genetic Engineering, Cambridge Univ. Press,
UK, 2002.
3. R.C. Dubey, A Textbook of Biotechnology, Rev. Edn., S.Chand & Company, New
Delhi, 2006.

Major Elective 3: 14(b). Introduction to Intellectual Property Rights

Unit I : Bioethics
Bioethics Definition Goals History Principles Approaches Need Problem
and Solution Environmental Ethics

Unit II : Ethical Issues in Biotechnology
Ethical Issues in Health and Biomedical Innovation Organ Transplant Stem Cells
Ethical Implication in Human Genome Project Gene Therapy Ethical Concern on
Cloning Biodiversity Genetic Engineering

Unit III : Introduction to Intellectual Property Rights
Introduction to Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) Patent and Confidential Information
Patent System Need of Granting Patent International Patent System Patentability
Novelty Publication Application Future of Patent

Unit IV : IPR components
Trademarks Registration Protection Passing off Ownership Copyright and
Moral Rights Duration Dealing Design Registered Unregistered Community

Unit V : BioSafety and Regulatory Agencies
Bio-Safety International Agreement Regulation IPR GATT WTO TRIPS
WIPO Patent Status International scenario UPOV PCT EPC Budapest
Treaty OECD Biological Material Significance

REFERENCES
1. Tina Hart and Linda Fazzani, Intellectual Property Rights, 3
rd
edition, Palgrave
Macmillan, UK, 2004
2. S. Ignacimuthu, S. J., Bioethics, Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi, 2009
3. R. C. Dubey A Textbook of Biotechnology, S. Chand & Company Ltd, New Delhi,
2006

163

Core Practical 3: Lab in Biological Databases

1. Search a nucleotide sequence of your interest in GenBank database, and download
the sequence in GenBank file format.
2. Search a protein sequence of your interest in SwissProt database, and download the
sequence in FASTA file format.
3. Search a nucleotide sequence of your interest in EMBL database, and download the
sequence in EMBL file format.
4. Gather information about a disease/protein from Biomed Central.
5. Collect disease/disorder genome sequence data from OMIM database, and explore
its genome assembly using UCSC genome browser.
6. Search a drug compound and pathway of a disease protein from KEGG database.
7. Find the protein families, domains and functional sites, amino acid patterns and
profiles of a protein sequence using PROSITE.
8. Align protein sequences using ClustalX/W and construct amino acid patterns from
the aligned protein sequences using PRATT.
9. Download a protein structure from PDB and visualize it using RasMol.
10. Search similar structures using VAST, and download the result and visualize it using
Cn3D.

Core Practical 4: Lab in Computational Biology

1. Global and local alignment using EMBOSS.
2. Dotplot using EMBOSS.
3. Protein properties prediction using ProtScale.
4. Multiple sequence alignment using Clustal Omega/ T-Coffee/ MUSCLE/
KalignClustalX/W.
5. Phylogenetic tree construction using MEGA/Phylip/MrBayes.
6. DNA sequence assembly using Phrap/Staden/DNA Baser Sequence Assembler.
7. RNA secondary structure prediction using mfold/RNA123/RNAComposer.
8. Protein secondary structure prediction using CFSSP/GOR/NNPREDICT/SOPMA.
9. Protein sequence to structure/function prediction using ProFunc.
10. Protein threading server LOMETS/THREADER/PSIPRED.

164

Core Practical 5: Lab in Molecular Modeling and Computer Aided Drug Design

1. Homology modeling using Swiss-Model/MODELLER.
2. Protein structure and function predictions using I-TASSER/Phyre2.
3. Automatic fold recognition server for predicting the structure and/or function of your
protein sequence.
4. ab initio protein folding and protein structure prediction using QUARK.
5. Protein side chain modeling using YASARA.
6. Protein ligand binding site prediction using COACH.
7. Search and download drug compounds using ZINC/ChEMBL/DrugBank.
8. Ligand binding site prediction using 3DLigandSite.
9. Docking using AutoDock/ZDOCK/PatchDock.
10. Protein-Ligand interaction plotting using LigPlot.

165

SEMESTER - IV
Skill Based Subject

2: 2(a) Database Management Systems
Unit I: Introduction
Purpose of Database System Views of data Data Models Database Languages
Database System Architecture Database users and Administrator Entity-
Relationship model (E-R model ) E-R Diagrams Introduction to relational databases

Unit II: Relational Model
The relational Model The catalog- Types Keys - Relational Algebra Domain
Relational Calculus Tuple Relational Calculus - Fundamental operations Additional
Operations

Unit III : SQL Concepts
SQL fundamentals - Integrity Triggers - Security Advanced SQL features
Embedded SQL Dynamic SQL- Missing Information Views Introduction to
Distributed Databases and Client/Server Databases

Unit IV: Transactions
Transaction Concepts - Transaction Recovery ACID Properties System Recovery
Media Recovery Two Phase Commit - Save Points SQL Facilities for recovery
Concurrency Need for Concurrency Locking Protocols Two Phase Locking
Intent Locking Deadlock- Serializability Recovery Isolation Levels SQL Facilities
for Concurrency

Unit V: Database Design
Functional Dependencies Non-loss Decomposition Functional Dependencies First,
Second, Third Normal Forms, Dependency Preservation Boyce/Codd Normal Form -
Multi-valued Dependencies and Fourth Normal Form Join Dependencies and Fifth
Normal Form

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Abraham Silberschatz, Henry F. Korth, S. Sudharshan, Database System
Concepts, Fifth Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2006. (Unit I)
2. C. J. Date, A. Kannan, S. Swamynathan, An Introduction to Database Systems,
Eighth Edition, Pearson Education, 2006. (Unit II, III, IV and V)

REFERENCES:
1. Ramez Elmasri, Shamkant B. Navathe, Fundamentals of Database Systems,
Fourth Edition, Pearson / Addision Wesley, 2007.
2. Raghu Ramakrishnan, Database Management Systems, Third Edition, McGraw
Hill, 2003.
3. S. K. Singh, Database Systems Concepts, Design and Applications, First Edition,
Pearson Education, 2006.

166

Skill Based Subject

2: 2(b) Introduction to Algorithms

Unit I: Algorithmic problems
Sorting and searching; Graph algorithms: Graph traversal (DFS, BFS) and applications
Connectivity, strong connectivity, bi-connectivity Minimum spanning tree Shortest
path Matchings - Network flow

Unit II: Hard Algorthmic problems
Hard problems: Traveling salesman problem Longest path, Hamilton cycle Boolean
circuit satisfiability Clique Vertex cover

Unit III: Algorithm design
Divide-and-conquer; Graph traversal; Greedy; Dynamic Programming; Reductions; Use
of advanced data structures

Unit IV: Algorithm correctness
Proofs and proof techniques (assumptions, basic logic inference and induction); Tree
and graph properties that make graph algorithms work; When does the greedy
algorithm work?

Unit V: Algorithm analysis
Time and space complexity; Asymptotic analysis: Big Oh Little oh Theta; Worst case
and average case analysis; Lower bounds

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Thomas H. Cormen, Charles E. Leiserson, Ronald L. Rivest, Clifford Stein.
Introduction to Algorithms. 3
rd
Edition. The MIT Press Cambridge, Massachusetts.
2009.

167

APPENDIX - BA14

MANONMANIAM SUNDARANAR UNIVERSITY - TIRUNELVELI-12
B.Sc., Microbiology (CBCS)
REVISED STRUCTURE OF THE UG COURSE
(For Disciplinary Subjects)
(For those who joined the course from the academic year 2012 onwards)

Eligibility for admission to the B.Sc., Course in Microbiology
Candidates shall be admitted to the course provided he / she has passed
plus two examinations of the State or Central Board with Biology /
Microbiology as one of the subjects.

Semester Part Paper
Instruction
Hours /
Week
Exam
Hours
Max
Marks
Passing
Minimum
Credits
I
I Tamil / Other
languages -
Paper I
6 3 100 40 3
II English - Paper I 6 3 100 40 3
III Core Subject
Major I
Fundamentals of
Microbiology
4 3 100 40 4
Major II
Microbial
Biochemistry
4 100 40 4
Practical for
Major I & II
2
Allied Subject I
Paper I
Bio
instrumentation
4 3 100 40 4
Practical for
Paper I
2 - - - -
IV Environmental
studies
2 3 100 40 2
Total (6
Courses)
30
20

168

Semester Part Paper
Instruction
Hours /
Week
Exam
Hours
Max
Marks
Passing
Minimum
Credits
II
I Tamil / Other
languages -
Paper II
6 3 100 40 3
II English - Paper
II
6 3 100 40 3
III Core Subject
Major III
Microbial
Physiology and
Metabolism
4 3 100 40 4
Major IV
Concepts in
Molecular
Biology
4 3 100 40 4
Allied Subject
I
Environmental
Monitoring and
Assessment
4 3 100 40 4
Major Practical
-I
2 3 100 40 2
Allied
Practical -I
2 3 100 40 2
IV Value based
Education
2 3 100 40 2
Total (8
Courses)
30 24

169

Semester Part Paper
Instruction
Hours /
Week
Exam
Hours
Max
Marks
Passing
Minimum
Credits
III
I Tamil / Other
languages
6 3 100 40 3
II English 6 3 100 40 3
III Core Subject
III Major -V
Microbial Genetics
4 3 100 40 4
Allied Subject 4 3 100 40 4
Paper II
Biofertilizer &
Biopesticides

Practical for paper
V
2 - - - -
Allied Practical II 2 - - - -
IV Skill Base Subject
A. Medical Lab
Technology
OR
B. Enzymology
4

3

50

20

4

IV Non Major Elective
Paper I
A. General
Microbiology
OR
B. Food
Microbiology
2 3 50 20 2

170

Semester Part Paper
Instruction
Hours /
Week
Exam
Hours
Max
Marks
Passing
Minimum
Credits
IV
I Tamil 6 3 100 40 3
II English 6 3 100 40 3
III Core Subject
Major VI
Fundamentals of
Immunology
4 3 100 40 4
Allied Subject 4 3 100 40 4
Paper II
Genetic
Engineering

Major Practical -II 2 3 100 40 2
Allied Practical - II

2 3 100 40 2
IV Skill Based
Subject
Paper - III
Fermentation
Technology
OR
Aquatic
Microbiology

4 3 50 20 4
IV Non Major
Elective

Paper II
A. Clinical
Microbiology
OR
B. Basics of
Biotechnology
2 3 50 20 2
V Extension activity :
NSS / NCC / YRC /
YWF
- - - - 1

171

Semester Part Paper
Instruction
Hours /
Week
Exam
Hours
Max
Marks
Passing
Minimum
Credits
V
III Core Subject
Major VII
Agricultural
Microbiology
4 3 100 40 4
Major VIII
Industrial
Microbiology
4 3 100 40 4
III Practical for
Major VII & VIII
8 - - - -
Elective
Paper I - Bio
informatics
5 3 100 40 5
Paper II Dairy
Microbiology
5 3 100 40 5
IV Skill Based
Subject

Paper II
Effective
Communication
OR
Personality
Development
4 3 100 40 4
Total (6
Courses)
30 22

172

Semester Part Paper
Instruction
Hours /
Week
Exam
Hours
Max
Marks
Passing
Minimum
Credits

III Core Subject
Major IX
Food Microbiology
6 3 100 40 4
III Major X
Clinical
Microbiology
6 3 100 40 4
III Major XI
Microbial
Biotechnology
5 3 100 40 4
Major Practical -III 3 3 100 40 4
Major Practical -IV 3 3 100 40 4
Major Practical - V 2 3 100 40 4
III Elective
Paper III Marine
Microbiology
5 3 100 40 5

Total Number of courses : 40 (33T +7P)
Total number of hours : 180
Total number of Credits : 140
Distribution of marks in Theory between External and Internal Assessment is 75 : 25;
For Practicals 60 : 40 ; Pass minimum of 40% for external and overall components.

173
APPENDIX - BA15
MANONMANIAM SUNDARANAR UNIVERSITY, TIRUNELVELI-627 012
M.A. History with Computer Applications
CBCS- For Colleges
Second Year Syllabus
(Effective from the Academic year 2012-2013)
Total Courses: 18
Total Hours: 120
Total Credits: 90
THIRD SEMESTER
Core Subject - 3
Elective - 1
Project - 1
3x6=18
1x6=6
1x6=6
3x5=15
1x5=5
1x5=5
Total 5 courses 30 25

FOURTH SEMESTER
Core Subject - 3
Elective - 1
3x8=24
1x6=6
3x5=15
1x5=5
Total 4 courses 30 20

174

SEMESTER III - Core Paper - 1
DESK TOP PUBLISHING
(PAGE MAKER AND PHOTOSHOP)
UNIT I
Introduction to DTP Exploring common features in PageMaker, Working with
files and folders, Saving, Moving and Copying, Renaming, Deleting- Editing in
PageMaker: PageMaker window, creating- closing publications, Editing text-Formatting
text.
UNIT II
Master Pages- placing elements on Master Page-placing Guidelines, placing
header and page number, creating Master Page removing Master Page editing
Master Page creating columns
UNIT III
Working with Graphics and objects: Tool Bar, Placing graphic on the page,
importing graphic, resizing a graphic, moving a graphics, cropping a graphic, grouping
and ungrouping-Managing and printing- page-orientation-numbering-page size-
dimensions-margins- table of content-Managing books.
UNIT IV
Starting with Photoshop program window, working with images-rotating,
cropping, revealing the hidden image, freehand; Making Selection-selection tool, lasso
tool, copying, filling, transforming- painting tools- Drawing tools - retouching tools
UNIT V
Creating Layers- Filters- printing and customization- import, export, printing.

TEXT BOOK
COMDEX DTP Course Kit, Vikas Gupta, Dream Tech Press, 2006 Edition.

175
LIST OF PRACTICALS:
DESK TOP PUBLISHING (PAGE MAKER and PHOTOSHOP)
PAGEMAKER:
1. Design of ID Card (32) / Visiting Card (3.52)
2. Design of an attractive Invitation Card (5.58) / Letter Pad (7.59)
3. Preparation of a small Booklet with six pages (3.54.5)
4. Design of a Handbill (5.58.5) / Advertisement
5. Design of a College Progress Card / a Receipt Bill with counter foil.
PHOTOSHOP:
1. Design of a brochure for an Institution
2. Seasonal Greeting Card
3. Transporting an image from one background to another
4. Design a Web Page Poster (1004750) / Text Book cover page
5. Crop an image / rotate an image.

THIRD SEMESTER
Core Paper - 2
ECONOMIC HISTORY OF INDIA: 1757-1947 A.D.
UNIT I
A. Issues in Indian Economic History: Different Approaches and Limitations
Sources: Archival Records Personal Diaries- Memoranda & Appeals.
B. Indian Economy in the Mid Eighteenth Century: Nature and Structure
Rural And urban Agrarian and Non Agrarian- Industry & Technology
Methods production Indegenous banking Trade and Commerce Pre
Colonial Cottage Industries & Crafts Towards Capital Formation & Beginnings
of Commercialization.

176
C. Early Phase of Colonial Economy: Mercantilism & Laissez faire East India
Company: Factories in Madras J ute Industry in Bengal- Drain of Wealth,
Mechanism & Impact- Indian Manufacturer for External Markets Abolition of
Zamindari.
UNIT II
Agraian Settlement and Production: Agrarian Conditions Regional variations
Permanent Revenue Settlement of Bengal- Bank of Bengal- Ryotwari Settlement
Mirasi & Mahalwari Systems periodic settlements Export of Crops-
Commercialization of Crops- The Great Rural Urban Divide.
UNIT III
A. Railways and Indian Economy: Indigenous Demand for Industrial Growth-
Impact of commercialization of Agriculture- Famines national Question of
Relief Measures laying of Railway Lines Transport of Indigenous Goods
Shipping of Finished Products into India-High Cost of Production &
Exploitation: Official & Individual.
B. Decay of Traditional Arts & Crafts: Death blow to indigenous Small Scale
Industries Demand of the Congress of Industrial Industry: Cotton, J ute, Iron
& Steel and Indigo- Impact of World War I on Indian Economy: Indian Wealth
for British War fronts- The Great Depression & its Impact on India- Industrial
Unrest Rise of Industrial Labour Force & Labour Movements.
UNIT IV
The fiscal System : Shift from Direct to Indirect Taxation Tariff and Excise
Monetary Policies and Credit System- price Fluctuations: Main Trends and Impact on
people.
UNIT V
De-Industrialization Policy of the British: Decay of Traditional Handicraft
Industries Artisans and Handicraft Products Industrial Capitalism and Import of
English Cloth and Yarn- Debate Over De- Industrialization Regional Variations
Handicraft Industry in Transition under Colonialism Capital and Labour in Handicraft
Industry.

177
BOOK FOR REFERENCE:

1. C.J . Baker, Tamilnadu: The Countryside Economy
2. Dietmar Ruthermund, An Economic History of India
3. Dharmakumar (ed.), The Cambridge Economic History of India, Vol.IIc. 1757-c.
1970.
4. David Ludden, Peasant History in South India
5. India 1000 to 2000, The Express Publication, Madurai
6. Manorama year Book
7. RC Dutt, Economic History of India, 3 vols
8. Ravinder Kumar, Essays in the Social History of Modern India
9. R. Sarada Raju, Economic Conditions in the Madras Presidency
10. Sumit Sarakar, History of Modern India, New Delhi, 2004.
Core Paper-3
HISTORY OF SOUTH-EAST ASIA, 1900-1967
UNIT I
Forming of South East Asia: Land and people of Burma - Indonesia, Indo-
China and Malaysia.
UNIT II
Establishment of Colonialism: Imperialism in the early 20
th
Century -
Portguese in Malay Peninsula-Dutch in Indonesia-French in Indo-China and British in
Burma.
UNIT III
European Imperialism in South East Asia: Burma, Malaya-Indonesia and
Indo-China in the Inter-War Period-J apan in South-East Asia during Second World War
- Philippines.

178
UNIT IV
Decolonization in South East Asia: Burmese Independence Establishment of
Indonesian Republic-Achievement of Independence in Indo-China.
UNIT V
Post-Colonial Phase: Burma-Indonesia-Vietnam-Laos-Combodia-Malaysia-
Singapore.
BOOKS FOR REFERENCE
1. Berry, Society and Culture in Southeast Asia
2. Claude A. Bears, Asia in the Modern World
3. Chatterji, B.R., History of Indonesia
4. Duncanson, Government and Revaluation in Vietnam
5. Harvey, G.E, History of Burma
6. Hall, D.G.E, A History of Southeast Asia
7. Roff William, R., The Orgins of Malaya Nationalism
8. Thompson, V., French Indo-China.
Elective Paper - 1
CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY OF ENGLAND FROM 1603 TO 1958A.D.
UNIT I
The Stuart Period - J ames 1 and his four Parliaments - Charles I and his first
three Parliaments - Petition of Rights - Personal Rule Long Parliament - Execution of
Charles I- the Common Wealth - the Constitutional Experiments of Cromwell.
UNIT II
Restoration - Charles II - Convention Parliament - Cavalier Parliament -
Clarendon Code - Glorious Revolution of 1688 - Bill of Rights and Act of Settlement,
1701.
179
UNIT III
Parliamentary growth under George I and George II - Growth of Cabinet System
- Evolution of the position of Prime Minister - George III and his Personal Rule -
Evolution of Party System.
UNIT IV
The Age of Reforms - Act of 1832, 1867, 1882, 1884, 1885. Parliamentary Act of
1911, Act of 1918, Act of 1928, Balfour Report and the Statute of Westminster.
UNIT V
Reorganization of J udiciary during 19
th
& 20
th
Centuries - Party System House
of Commons - House of Lords - Commonwealth of Nations.
BOOKS FOR REFERENCE:
1. Keir, D.L., - Constitutional History of Modern Britain
2. Adams, G., - Constitutional History of England
3. Hall, - A Brief Survey of English Constitutional History
4. J ennings, I., - The British Cabinet System
5. -do- - Law and Constitution
6. -do- - The British Constitution
7. -do- - Rule of Law
8. Maitland, T, - English Constitutional History with Documents
9. Stubbs - Constitutional History of England
10. Mariot - Constitutional History of England

180
Group Project:
PROJECT
A group project study is introduced in order to develop research skill among
the students. Each group should have minimum 4 candidates. The students are
required to choose a fresh topic and to refer original primary sources as well as
secondary data for the completion of the dissertation / project work. The work should
include Bibliography citing the original and other sources that are consulted in the
preparation of the project.

EVALUATION
Project 70 Marks
Viva 30 Marks
Total 100 Marks

181
FOURTH SEMESTER
Core Paper - 1
INTERNET AND HTML WITH LAB INTERNET AND HTML
UNIT I
Introduction to Internet: Computers in business Network- Internet- Electronic
mail- Resource sharing Gopher-WWW-Usenet-Telnet-Bulletin services-Wide Area
information service. Internet browsers: Internet Explorer Netscape Navigator
UNIT II
Introduction to HTML: Designing a Home page History of HTML HTML
generations- HTML Documents-Anchor tag Hyper links Sample HTML documents.
Head and Body section: Header Section Title-Prologue-Links-Colorful web page
Comments lines. Designing the body: Heading printing Aligning the headings-
Horizontal rule-paragraph-Tab settings-Image and pictures-Embedding PNG format
Images
UNIT III
Ordered and unordered lists: List-Unordered lists- headings in a list ordered
lists- Nested lists. Table handling: Tables- table creation in HTML- Width of the Tables
and cells-Cells spanning multiple rows/Columns- Coloring cells Column specification
UNIT IV
DHTML and Style sheets: Defining styles Elements of styles-Linking a style
sheet to an HTML document Inline styles Internal & External style sheets Multiple
styles
Frames: Frame set -Definition Frame definition Nested Framesets
UNIT V
Forms: Action attributes Method attributes Enctype attribute Drop down list

TEXTBOOK:
1. World wide web design with HTML, C. Xavier, TMH, 2001
2. Fundamentals of information technology, Mathews Leon and Alexis Leon, Vijay
Nicole private limited, Chennai.
182

REFERENCE BOOK:

1. Internet & World Wide Web, H.M.Deital, P.J .Deital & A.B.Goldberg, Pearson
Education.
2. Introduction to Information Systems, Alexis Leon and Mathews Leon, Vijay Nicole
private limited, Chennai.

PRACTICAL INTERNET AND HTML
1. Write a HTML code to display information about your college.
2. Create a table to display the marks obtained in the exam.
3. Develop a complete web page to describe your skills in various areas.
4. Develop a website to publish your family and the details of each member.
5. Develop a complete web page using frames and framesets, which give the
information about a hospital.
6. Write a few HTML documents each explaining about a district of your state. The
list of districts must appear in a frame. When we click on a district, the details
must appear in another frame.
7. Write a set of frames to show your biodata in a colorful form with suitable links.
8. Write a HTML code to display list of 5 cars in a frame. Link each one to the brief
description in second frame.

183

Core Paper - 2
MODERN INDIA WITH REFERENCE TO FREEDOM STRUGGLE
(1757 A.D - 1947 A.D.)
UNIT I
Stages of Colonialism, Imperialism, Capitalism -. Nascent Nationalism -
Resistance of Indian rulers and chieftains - Various peasant and Tribal uprisings and
military Revolts.
UNIT II
Introduction of Western Education - Socio - Religious Reform Movements - Role
of the Press and Indian Awakening - Pre-Congress Associations - Formation of the
Indian National Congress, 1885.
UNIT III:
Constitutional Methods of Agitation: Aspiration and Demands of the Congress
Struggle and Strategy Moderation and Extremism Drain of wealth- Appeals,
Resolutions and Petitions - Role of Congress Leaders - Popular Methods of Agitation -
Partition of Bengal 1905, - Swadeshi and Boycott Movernents- Split in the Congress
Rise of militant nationalism.
UNIT IV
Rise and Growth of Home Rule movement Revolutionary Movement:
Maharastra, Bengal and Madras - Press and Literature in Bengal - Role of Shyamji
Krishna Verma, V.D. Savarkar, Madam Cama, MN Roy, MPT Acharya - Alipur
Conspiracy - Maniyatchi Incident - The Gaddar Party - Udham Singh and Bhagat Singh.

184
UNIT V
Gandhian Era: Gandhis Entry into Politics .- Non-Cooperation Movement, Chauri
- Chaura Incident - Swarajist Party -Motilal Nehru - Simon Commission, Nehru Report -
J innahs 14 Points (1929) - Civil Disoobedience Movement (193034) - Gandhi-Irwin
Pact (1931) - Communal Award - Poona Pact - Cripps Proposals - Quit India Movement
(1942) - Muslim League and Demand for Pakistan - CR Formula - Rash Behari Bose -
Subash Chandra Bose & Indian National Army Towards Freedom.
1. Agarwal, R.C., National Movement and Constitutional Development in India.
2. Ahluvalia, H.M., Freedom Struggle in India 1857-1909.
3. Bipin Charidra, Indias Struggle for Independence 18574947.
4. Bipin Chandra, Communalism in India.
5. Ghose, K.K., The Indian National Army.
6. Gopal, S., The British Policy in India 1858-1905.
7. Gupta, D.C., Indian National Movement.
8. Majumdar, R.C., History of Freedom Movement/n Bengal, Vols. I to II.
9. Pattabhi Sitaramayya, History of Indian National Congress; Vol.1 & II.
10. Rajayyan, K., South Indian Rebellion 18004801.
11. __________, Freedom Struggle in India.

185
Core Paper - 3
CONTEMPORARY INDIA SINCE 1947 A.D
UNIT I
Partition of British India: Demand for Pakistan Post Independent India
Resettlement & Repatriation Problem-Integration of Princely States: Kashmir,
Hyderabad & J unagarh - Role of Vallabhai Patel Framing of adoption of the
Constitution - Features of the Constitution-Republic of India-General Elections-
Congress in Power-Cabinet Government & Party System-Bureaucracy-J udiciary
UNIT II
India Foreign Policy: Its Basic Concepts - Panchaseela & Non-Alignment -
India and its Neighbours Indo - Pak Relations Indo - Sri Lankan Relations Indo -
Bangladesh Relations & lndo - China Relations-India & The UN- Commonwealth,
SAARC, NAM-Indo-US & Indo-Russian Relations-India and Disarmament, NBT and
CTBT
UNIT III
Economic Development: Planning in lnaia Five Year Plans & Annual Plans -
National Development Council and its Role-Welfare Programmes of the Government-
IRDP, J awahar Rozgar Yojana, etc, Growth of Education Radhakrishnan Commission-
AL Mudaliar Commission Kothari Commission, etc., - National Literacy Mission-Acharya
Commission- New Educational Policy (1986) - Navodaya Schools
UNIT IV
Development of Science and Technology Atomic Energy Commission (AEC) and
its Programmes-Indian Space Research Organization (ISRO) and its Programmes-
Defence Research and Development Organisation (DRDO) and its Programmes-Missile
Technology and its Development-Bio Technology-Green, White and Blue Revolutions-
Development of Communication - Railways, Roadways, Airways.
186

UNIT V
Makers of Contemporary India: Nehru, Patel, Indra Gandhi, CV Raman,
Radhakrishnan, Visveswarayya, HJ Bhaba, Vikram Sarabhai, HN SethnaShanti Swarup
Bhatnagar, BC Roy, M.S Swarninathan, Vargheese Kurian and APJ AbdulKaIam.

BOOKS FOR REFERENCE
1. Basu, D.D., Introduction to Indian Constitution, Culcutta, 2002.
2. Bipan Chandra, India After Independencel947- 2000, New Delhi,
3. J ohn. Gilbert; G., Contemporary History of India, New Delhi, 2006.
4. Pylee, M.V., Indian Constitution, 2000.
5. Paul R. Brass, The Politics of India Since Independence, New York,2001.
6: RajaniKothari, Politics in India, New Delhi, 2003.
7. Sumit Sarkar, Modem India, New Delhi, 2004.
8. Dr. Sobitha Bai, Contemporary History of India 1947 2009 A.D., Marthandam.

187
Elective paper - 1
TWENTIETH CENTURY WORLD
UNIT I
Legacy of the Nineteenth Century Modern State and its evolution - Growth of
Capitalism and Imperialism Liberalism - Socialism - Nationalism.
UNIT II
World order upto 1919, First World War - its Nature, Peace Settlements and
Consequences Reparation and war debts; Daws plan young Plan, Disarmament
and concern for security Washington Naval conference, Locarno pact Kellogg
Briand Pact - Russian Revolution Establishment of Socialist State Economic and
Political Policies - Lenin
UNIT III
League of Nations : Collective Security - Great Depression Rise of Totalitarian
powers - Stalinism - Nazism and Fascism J apan - Second World War Surrender of
J apan and Germany New Political Order - Sunyatson and Chinese Revolution
Communist Revolution in China.
UNIT IV
Cold War Era: Ideological and Political Basis - Pacts and Treaties - UNO and
World Peace - Regional issues: Cuba, Korea, Palestine; Berlin wall demolition end of
cold war.
UNIT V
Civil Rights Movement in USA - Ending the, Ea of Apartheid - Nelson Mandela,
Rise - Disintegration of Socialist Bloc - Change in the Political Order- Bi -Polar to Uni
Polar world BRICS, G8, G20, WTO

188

1. Palmer and Perkins - International Relations
2. William Schuman - International Politics
3. Margantha, Hans J ., - Politics Among Nations
4. E.H. Carr - The World between Two World Wars
5. - do- - The Twenty Years Crisis, 1919-1939.
6. Charles P. Schleicher - Introduction to International Relations.
7. M.S. Rajan - United Nations and Domestic J urisdiction
8. Hartman - World in Crisis
9. Eric Hobsbawm - Twentieth Century World
10. William R. Keyler - The Twentienth Century world.

********************
189
APPENDIX- BA16
MANONMANIAM SUNDARANAR UNIVERSITY, TIRUNELVELI-12
M.A., ENGLISH
AND
M.A.ENGLISH WITH COMPUTER APPLICATIONS
CBCS- For affiliated colleges
(Effective from the Academic year 2012-2013 onwards)

The following corrections have been made in the syllabus for M.A.English &
M.A.English with Computer Application courses for those who have joined the
courses from the academic year 2012-2013.
Name of the
Course
Semester Title of the Paper &
Unit
Corrections made

M.A.English
III Critical Theory II-
Unit III
Edward said: Introduction in Culture
and Imperialism instead of
Edward said : Culture and Imperialism
(Page No.158 of Appendix AZ90)
III Literature in
Translation Unit V
Fiction II instead of Drama

M.A.,English
with
Computer
Application
III Critical Theory II-
Unit III
Edward said: Introduction in Culture
and Imperialism instead of
Edward said : Culture and Imperialism
III Literature in
Translation Unit V
Fiction II instead of Drama
.*********
190
APPENDIX-BA17
M. PHIL., ZOOLOGY
FOR AFFILIATED COLLEGES
(For those who joined the course from the academic year 2013-2014 onwards)
Scheme of Examination:

NO Internal passing minimum for Theory, Dissertation and Viva-Voce
External pass 50% Theory
Total Passing minimum -50%

Subject Exam
Hours
Teaching
Hours/weak
Credits TotalMarks Passing
Minimum 25 75
SEMESTER I
Paper I:
Research
Methodology

Paper II:
Advances in
Animal
Biotechnology
and
Nanotechnology

SEMESTER II
PAPER III
Optional

3

3

3

6

6

6

8

8

8

100

100

100

50

50

50

Dissertation
related to the
optional paper
(chose any
one of from 6)
24 credits Total Marks 300
Project Viva
150 50 200 ( credits 16)
Total 500
191
SEMESTER I
Paper I: Research Methodology
Paper II: Advances in Animal Biotechnology and Nanotechnology
SEMESTER II
Paper III (Optional)
1. Climate change and insect biodiversity
2. Aquatic Ecology
3. Recent advances in aquaculture technologies
4. Sericulture
5. Systematics, evolution, phylogeography, phylogenetics and
conservation of freshwater fishes.
6. Remote sensing and Geographic Information system. (GIS)
Eligibility for Admission:
M.Sc. in Zoology/ Life Sciences/ Marine Biology/ Environmental Sciences/
Biotechnology/ Fishery Science/ Wild life Biology/ Aquaculture/ Bioinformatics/
Entomology/ Sericulture.
Internal 50, External 150
Dissertation shall be evaluated by the external examiner for 150 marks. This will be
treated as external mark (150). The viva-voce examination shall carry a maximum of 50
marks (Guide 25 another examiner 25). This will be treated as Internal marks (50).
Qualification norms for the appointment of teachers to handle the classes:
Ph.D or M.Phil with 5 years Research Experience.

192
SEMESTER I
Paper 1- Research Methodology
Unit I:
Sources of research data- methods of collection, analysis and interpretation.
organization of research paper, web based literature survey, citation index, impact
factor, copy right, plagiarism.
Unit II:
High Performance Liquid Chromatography (HPLC) and its applications; SDS
PAGE and Gradient Gel Electrophoresis, separation of nucleic acids; Gel
Documentation, Isoelectric focussing, Southern,Northern and Western blotting
techniques; Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR), Microscopy- SEM, TEM, Flourescence.
Unit III:
Immunology: Radio Immuno Assay (RIA), ELISA&Hybridoma technology and
their applications; Rapid Immunodiagnostic procedures Microbiology; Colony Forming
Unit (CFU); Evaluation of antimicrobial activity Kirby- Bauer procedure; Minimal
Inhibitory Concentration (MIC); Qualitative analysis of water; Most Probable Number
(MPN) index and Membrane filter technique; Cultivation of anaerobic microorganisms:
GasPak system and Minimal Inhibitory Concentration (MIC).
Unit IV:
Diversity indices, using of softwares for calculating Biodiversity methods.
Unit V:
Bioinformatics-definition: Biological databases; Sequence comparison; Multiple
sequence alignment; Profiles, motifs and feature identification; Phylogenetic data
analysis, Bioinformatics in genomes; Bioinformatics software.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Rana, S.V.S. 2005. Biotechniques Theory and Practice, Rastogi Publishers,
Meerut, India, 259 pp.
2. Veerakumari, L. 2006. Bioinstrumentation, M.J .P. Publishers, Chennai, 556 pp.
3. Das, H.K. 2005. Text Book of Biotechnology (2
nd
Edition), Wiley Dreamtech India
Pvt. Ltd., 1495pp.
4. Odum, E.P. 1983. Basic Ecology, Holt Saunders Publishing, J apan, 613pp.
5. Dash, M.C. 2001. Fundamentals of Ecology, Tata McGraw-Hill publishing Co. Ltd.,
NewDelhi, 525 pp.
6. Altmann, J . 1974. Observational study of behaviour: sampling methods,
Behaviour,49: 227-267.
193
SEMESTER I
Paper II Advances in Animal Biotechnology and Nanotechnology
Unit I:
Cell dynamics, recombinant DNA technology, Introducing DNA into animal cells:
Injection, electrophoration, viral vectors Allitic exchange, vector less mode of gene
transfer Tissue culture in biomedical and biochemical research; regulatory proteins,
blood products vaccines and hormones.
Unit II:
Transgenic animals, fertilization and embryo transfer, foreign gene expressions
IPM Mapping and sequencing the Human genome, The human genome project
&ethical, legal and social issues. Ethical issues in animal biotechnology Genetically
modified organisms, phylogenetics using mitogenomes.
Unit III:
Utility of Biotechnology and genetic engineering. Genomics and proteomics DNA
fingerprinting diagnostic and forensics Gene therapy, probes monoclonal
antibodies detection to genetic diseases, DNA bar-coding of animals.
Unit IV:
Nanotechnology basics Introduction to nanoworld, classification of nano materials,
application of nano crystals, nano factories, mechano chemistry, nano biosensors
optical biosensors DNA sensors Quantum dots application in biotechnology Is
nanotechnology bad or good?
Unit V:
Nanotechnology in biomedical applications nanomedicines and drug delivery
systems, health and environmental impacts of nanotechnology.

Reference Books:
1. Balasubramanian, D., C.F.A. Bryce, K.Dharmalingam, J .Green and Kunthala
J ayaraman 2005, University press (India) private limited 502 pp.
2. Gupta, P.K.K..K Roy and M. Prasad DNA chips micro arrays and Genomics current
Science Vo.77, p875-884.
194
3. Kumar, H.D., 1998 Modern concepts of Biotechnology, vikas publishing house pvt.
Ltd., New Delhi.
4. Niemeyer, C.M., C.A. Mirkin (2004). Nano biotechnology: concepts applications and
Perspectives, Wiley VCH, ISBN: 3527306587.
5. Ratledge, C. and B. Kristiansen, basic biotechnology, Cambridge University Press.
6. Singh, B.D., 2003. Biotechnology, Kalyani Publications, Chennai.
7. Sree Krishna, V. Bioethics and Biosafety in Biotechnology, New Age International
Publishers., New Delhi.
8. Subbiah Balaji 2010. Nanobiotechnology. MJ P Publishers, Chennai.
9. Willner, E. Katz (eds) (2005). Bioelectronics: from Therapy to Applications, Wiley
VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, ISBN: 352730690.

SEMESTER II
Paper - III
OPTIONAL: 1

CLIMATE CHANGE AND INSECT BIODIVERSITY
Unit I:
Insect evolution and importance of insects in ecosystems, evolutionary
processes, molecular basis for ecological genetics.
Unit II:
Insects and temperature, climate change and insect ecology, phenology,
diapauses, seasonality, nutritional ecology.
Unit III:
Plant-herbivore interactions, plant defense theory, fundamentals of population
dynamics, evolutionary interactions between prey and predator.
Unit IV:
Mutualism, pollination ecology, ecosystem function and services, north
expansion and south contractions of insect distribution altitudinal and latitudinal shifts.

195
Unit V:
Micro and macro evolutionary processes of insects by climate change, species
interactions, species extinctors, community changes, Rising carbondioxide levels on
pathogens and diseases.

Reference Books:
1. Rainers,s &C.Petzoldt (eds.) 2005. Integrated crop and pest Management
guidelines for commercial vegetable production. http://www.ny.sees.cornell.edu
2. Kareiva, P.M., J .C. Kingslover and R.B. Huey 1993(eds.)
3. Biotic interactions and global change, Sinauer Associates.
4. Speight, M.R., M.D. Hunter and A.D. Walt 1999 Ecology of Insects and applications.
Blackwell Scientific Ltd.
5. Samways, M.J . 2005 Insect diversity conservation Cambridge University press.
6. Huggaker, C.B. and A.P. Gutiercz 1998. Ecological Entomology, Wiley publishing
house pvt. Ltd.

OPTIONAL: 2
AQUATIC ECOLOGY
Unit I:
Structure of aquatic system, lotic and lentic, estuarine and coastal marine, climate
change on aquatic ecosystems, Running waters river continuem, flood pulse concept.
Unit II:
Auatic animals Phytoplankton, Zooplankton, Periphyton in streams and lakes,
macrophytes, aquatic invertebrates and fishes, community structure of animals.
Unit III:
Biogeography community assembly disturbance introuduced species in lakes and
reservoirs.

196
Unit IV:
Patterns of diversity inn aquatic ecosystems, threats to aquatic ecosystems,
conservation of aquatic systems, Restoration of lakes, rivers and freshwater wetlands,
Management of swamps, seagrass beds in estuarine and coastal marine systems.
Unit V:
Policies and Acts related to Aquatic ecosystems, Indian water policy,
transboundary river disputes, River water sharing, Interlinking of rivers in India.
References:
1. Wetzel, R.G. 2001. Limnology, Academic Press.
2. Dodds, W.K. 2007. Freshwater Ecology Concepts and Environmental Applications,
Academic Press.
3. Allan, J .D. 1995. Stream Ecology, structure and function of running waters, Kluwer
Academic publishers.
4. Hauer, F. R and G.A. Lamberti, 1996. Methods in stream Ecology, Academic Press.
5. Pielox, E.C. 1998. Freshwater Univeristy of Chicago Press, Illinois.
6. Castro, P. and M.E. Huber, 1997. Marine Biology, Mc Graw Hill company IUCN
wetlands.
OPTIONAL: 3
RECENT ADVANCES IN AQUACULTURE TECHNOLOGIES
Unit I:
Culture ecosystems of fin fishes and shellfishes Freshwater, brackish and
sew-water systems Characteristics and features
Unit II :
Aquaculture engineering Site selection, layout, plan, design and construction of
fresh and brackish water farms and its components. Aerators and pumps in aqua farms,
Open sea farming Design fabrication and construction of raft and retaining structures -
seaweed farming
Unit III:
Species selection and seed production of fin fishes and shellfishes. Genetic and
socio-economic considerations for species selection. Seed resources natural,
hatchery production. Hatchery technology problems encountered in large-scale
production

197
Unit IV:
Maintenance and management of aqua farms of fin fishes and shellfishes pre-
stocking and post-stocking management - determination of stocking density. Nutritional
requirements Natural foods Formulation of diets Storage and feeding techniques
Live food organisms mass culture. Harvesting size, methods, production estimation.
Major diseases in aquaculture. Best management practices (BMP)

Unit V:
Advances in aquaculture grow-out technology Integrated aquaculture
Utilization of sewage. Friendly ecosystem through aquaculture. Environmental issues
connected with aquaculture.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Badrach, J E et al. (1972). AQUACULTURE Wiley Intersciences.
2. Boyd, C.D. (1979). Water Quality in warm water fish ponds.
3. J hingran, A.G. 1983 Fish and Fisheries of India. Hindustan Publishing Corporation,
India.
4. Pilliai, T.V.R and M.N. Kutti., 2005. Aquaculture Principles and practices, Blackwell
Publishing Ltd, 640 pp.
5. Pillai, T.V.R Aquaculture and the environment, 2004, Blackwell Publishing Ltd,
208 pp.
6. J ohn liu, 2007. Aquaculture genome technologies Blackwell Publishing Ltd, 528 pp.
7. David Scarfe, A Cheng-Sheng Lee and Patricia O Bryen Aquaculture biosecurity
2006, Blackwell Publishing Ltd, 188 pp.
8. Odd- Ivar Lekang, 2007, Aquaculture Engineering, Blackwell Publishing Ltd, 352 pp.

198

OPTIONAL: 4
SERICULTURE

Unit I
Introduction Definition Scope state of the art of silk industries in China, J apan
and India; Mulberry and Non Mulberry Silk Industry in India.
Mulberry Silkworm races Classification on the basis of the origin and voltinism
characteristic features. Seed organization seed Cocoon production silkworm egg
production Pure, hybrid.
Non mulberry silkworms different species habit and habitats; Food plants (a)
Tasar food plants Terminalia species Shorea Robusta (b) Muga food plants
Listsea Polyantha Guercus sp. (c) Eri food plants Castor, Tapioca.
Unit II
Mulberry growth and nutrition: Importance of oil in Mulberry cultivation Sources
of nutrients in soil Role of essential elements in plant growth of Mulberry. Propagation
(a) Seedlings Methods of raising seedlings. (b) saplings selection of plants for
cutting (c) grafting: Selection of stock and scion physiological features grafting
types- stem, root, and bud techniques (d) layering: types techniques. Nursery raising:
layout: bed size oil composition.
Mulberry Forms: bush, middlings and low trees, monocrop and mixed crop pattern.
Suitable variety for cultivation manuring. Planting system: Row and pit system
advantages and disadvantages - Intercultivation Time and type of initial harvests.
Unit III:
Silk worm Systematic position Order Lepidoptera Family Bombycidae, life
history of Bombyx mori morphology of egg, larva, pupa and adult. Morphology and
anatomy of the organ systems in silkworm Digestive System including mouth parts
excretory, respiratory, circulatory, muscular, nervous and reproductive Systems Silk
gland structure silk proteins, moulting and hormonal control of metamorphosis.
199
Rearing: Selection of site model house, Rearing appliances, Disinfection: Types of

disinfection concentration of disinfectants Selection of races for rearing Biovoltine
and multivoltine their advantages and disadvantages. Incubation influence of
environmental conditions on egg development black boxing. Chawki rearing:
Brushing different types loose eggs and sheet eggs. Cellular and mass brushing
Selection of leaf for brushing Time of transportation and storage of leaf for Chawki
worms- environmental conditions leaf requirement different Chawki rearing methods
box rearing Cellular rearing bed cleaning with new feeding schedule spacing
Symptoms and care during moulting periods. Late age rearing: Spacing- leaf
requirement- environmental conditions feeding and bed cleaning schedules
methods of rearing: Shelf, shoot and floor rearing- advantage and disadvantages Bed
cleaning schedules. Mounting: Types of mountages bamboo plastic, evolving
rotary- bottle brush- advantages and disadvantages Spinning- environmental
conditions for spinning. Harvesting of cocoons; Time of harvest Sorting of cocoons
preservation, transportation of cocoons leaf cocoon ratio cost of cocoon production.

Unit IV:
Diseases of Silkworm Introduction and Classification of different types of
Silkworm diseases, Protozoan diseases pebrine symptom and mode of infection
prevention and control. Bacterial disease Flacherie- Symptoms Causative agents
factors influencing Flacherie Sources and mode of infection prevention and control,
viral diseases grasserie Symptoms mode of infection- defection, prevention and
control Fungal diseases Muscardine Symptoms of different types of fungal diseases
Causative agents mode of infection Prevention and control. Aspergillus diseases
symptoms Causative agents mode of infection prevention and control, General
account of disinfection and relative efficiencies of different disinfections.
Disease of mulberry: Classification of diseases of mulberry. Fungal diseases of
Mulberry and their occurrence Symptoms and control, a) leaf spot, b) leaf rust, c)
powdery mildew, d) Leaf blight, e) Root rot bacterial viral and mycoplasmal diseases
of mulberry control measures.
200
Root knot nematode diseases of mulberry its occurrence Symptoms and

control. Mineral deficiency Symptoms mulberry and reclamation, Fungicide
formulations and method of applications.
Unit V:
Cocoon marketing Cocoon markets Transport of Cocoons Compositin of
cocoon Physical characters of Cocoon considered for commercial purposes
Defective Cocoons.
\ Silk reeling: Stifling Storage of Cocoons Sorting of Cocoon Deflossing
Cocoon riddling Coccon mixing or blending Cocoon boiling and brushing - Brushing
Reeling operations Reeling Appliances Re-reeling finishing Raw silk Testing
Silk wastes.
REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Danding, S B J ayant J ayaswal K Giridhar 2000. Handbook of Sericulture
technologies. Central silk Board. Banglore, India.
2. Gang, G and J Sulochana Chetty 1991. An introduction to sericulture, Oxford & IBH
publishing Co. Pvt,Ltd. New Delhi, India.

OPTIONAL: 5
SYSTEMATICS, EVOLUTION, PHYLOGEOGRAPHY, PHYLOGENETICS AND
CONSERVATION OF FRESHWATER FISHES
Unit I:
Taxonomic methods, genetic variability, speciation, hybridization, nomenclature.
Unit II:
Evolution of chondrichthys, osteichthys, Actinopterygii, structural changes in
Actinoppterygians, evolutionary trends in teleosts.
Unit III:
Zoogeography of freshwater fishes Africa, Neotropical, Oriental, Palaeartic,
Nearctic, Australian regions, plate tectonics and distribution of fishes phylogeography,
phylogenetics using mitogenomes, phenology and osteology.

201
Unit IV:
Tropical freshwater lakes and streams physico-chemical features, fish
communities speciation in African cichlids, lessons from tropical fishes.
Unit V:
Threats to fish biodiversity, habitat degradation, conservation of fish genomes,
Danio rerio model verterbrate for genomic and biomedical studies, mitogenomes in
fish conservation.

References:
1. Moyle, and J .J .Cech, J r. 2006. Fishes on introduction to ichthyology, Prentice Hall.
2. Rehm, H. 2006. Protein biochemistry and proteomics Academic Press.
3. Ray, W.L. Grossmen, Moldave K. (eds) 2008. Recombinant DNA technology,
Academic Press.
4. Arratia, G. 1997. Basel teleosts and teleostean phylogeny Paleo Itchthyologica,
7:1-168.
5. Ricardo Betancur, R et al. 2013. The Tree of Life and a new classification of bony
fishes, PLOS currents Tree of Life, 1-44.

OPTIONAL: 6
REMOTE SENSING AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEM.(GIS)
Unit I:
Basic principles Electromagnetic spectrum, spectral reflectance, Multi and hyper
spectral imaging systems remote sensing platforms, data products, aerial data and
satellite data, types of remote sensing, advantages of remote sensing.
Unit II:
Types of sensors, Earth resource and environmental satellites, image, restoration,
extraction, Hardwares and softwaes in image processing and their uses. Satellite Data
products, Interpretation, Image processing structure of digital image, image restoration,
image enhancement, information extraction, Hardware and software image processing.

202
Unit III:
Remote sensing in natural resources monitoring, Geological overview, mineral and
oil exploration Drainage network, Landforms and geomorphology land use, land cover
mapping, Soil mapping and wetland mapping. Hazardous mapping.
Unit IV:
Land use and land cover with Geographic Information system, Digital Terrain
Models, elevation models, vegetation mapping, GIS.
Unit V:
Future trends in Remote sensing Remote Sensing, Geographic Information
System common applications, advantages of GIS, Essential elements of GIS, expert
system in GIS and ecosystem management. Hazardous Management landslides,
earthquakes, volcanoes, floods and , tsunami using Remote sensing and GIS.

REFERENCES:
1. Remote sensing in Geosciences 1998, Tripathi N.K and Vishwanath Bajpai, Anmol
publishing Pvt..Ltd, New Delhi, 299 pp.
2. Text Book of Remote Sensing 2005, Agarwal C.S and Garg. P.K Wheeler publishing ,
NewDelhi, Allahabad, 196 pp.
3. Remote Sensing 2007. Floyd F. Sabins, W.H. Freeman and company, 494 pp.
4. Chandra, A.M.2006. Remote sensing and Geograybical Information system. Narosa
Publishing House, New Delhi 308 pp.
*******

203

APPENDIX - BA18

M. Sc. NANOSCIENCE
Modified Syllabus
For those who have joined the course from the
Academic year 2013-2014 and afterwards
CBCS- For Colleges
COURSE STRUCTURE AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION UNDER CBCS SYSTEM

Sl.
No
Title Hrs Credits
Internal
Marks
External
Marks
First semester
1 INTRODUCTION TO NANOSCIENCE 5 4 25 75
2 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY - I 5 4 25 75
3 INORGANIC CHEMISTRY I 5 4 25 75
4 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY I 5 4 25 75
Second semester
5 SYNTHESIS OF NANOMATERIALS 5 4 25 75
6 NANOCOMPOSITES 5 4 25 75
7 INORGANIC CHEMISTRY -II 5 4 25 75
8 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY - II 5 4 25 75
9 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY PRACTICAL 6 4 40 60
10 INORGANIC CHEMISTRY PRACTICAL 6 4 40 60
11 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY PRACTICAL 6 4 40 60

204

Third Semester 40 60
12
CHARACTERIZATION OF NANO
MATERIALS
5 4 25 75
13 NANOBIOTECHNOLOGY 5 4 25 75
14 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY II 5 4 25 75
15 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY - III 5 4 25 75
Fourth Semester
16 CARBON NANOMATERIALS 5 4 25 75
17 PROPERTIES OF NANOMATERIALS 5 4 25 75
18 INORGANIC CHEMISTRY - III 5 4 25 75
19 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY III 5 4 25 75
20 NANOSCIENCE PRACTICAL -I 6 4 40 60
21 NANOSCIENCE PRACTICAL -II 6 4 40 60
22 PROJECT AND VIVA VOCE 10 6 - 100
Total number of papers = 22
Total number of hours = 120
Total number of credits = 90
Eligibility qualification for admission to M. Sc. Nanoscience
B.Sc Chemistry; B.Sc Applied Chemistry; B.Sc Industrial Chemistry: B.Sc
Nanoscience & Nanochemistry; B.Sc Biochemistry, other degrees equivalent to B.Sc
Chemistry Degree.
Evaluation:
The evaluation for each course consists of two components that is internal and external
Theory; External: internal = 75:25
Practical; External: internal = 60:40
External
Theory
The external evaluation will be based on the examinations to be conducted at the end of
each semester
Practical
Practical examinations will be conducted at the end of second and fourth semesters.
Viva-voce examination will also be conducted during the practical examination

Internal
The internal component consists of the following:

205

Theory:
The 25 marks for the internal component has been divided as follows;
3 compulsory test, out of which average of the best two tests = 15 Marks
Assignment = 04 Marks
Seminar = 06 Marks
----------------
Total = 25 Marks
----------------
Practical:
External: internal = 60:40
And the internal components of 40 marks is divided as follows:
For the periodical class assessment = 25 Marks
Record = 05 Marks
One test = 10 Marks
------------------
Total = 40 Marks
--------------------
There is no internal passing minimum. There is a passing minimum of 50% for
external and overall components.

Project and viva- voce

The project report evaluation and the viva voce will be conducted by both the External
examiner and the guide at the end of the IV semester

The break up for the project work
Dissertation evaluation = 60 Marks
Viva voce = 40 Marks
-----------------
Total = 100 Marks
------------------

206

M. Sc. Nanoscience

Model question paper format for all theory papers

Time: 3Hrs Max Marks: 75
Answer ALL Questions

Part - A
Ten Questions 10x1=10
Two questions from each unit (multiple choice)

Part - B
Five Questions : 5X5 = 25
Two questions from each unit (either /or type)

Part C
Five Questions : 5x8 = 40
Two questions from each unit (either /or type)

First Semester

1. INTRODUCTION TO NANOSCIENCE
UNIT I
Background to nanotechnology -scientific revolutions -types of nanotechnology and
nano machines -atomic structure -molecules & phases -energy -molecular and atomic
size -surfaces and dimensional space -top down and bottom up. Misnomers and
misconception of Nanotechnology.

UNIT II
Basic problems and limitations -opportunities at the nanoscale -time and length scale in
structures -energy landscapes -basic intermolecular forces -interdynamic aspects of
intermolecular forces -Evolution of Band structures and Fermi surface.

UNIT III
Definition of a nano system -dimensionality and size dependent phenomena; Quantum
dots, Nanowires and Nanotubes, 2D films; Nano & mesopores size dependent
variation in Magnetic, electronic transport, reactivity etc.

UNIT IV
Forces between atoms and molecules, particles and grain boundaries, surfaces -strong
intermolecular forces -van der Waals and electrostatic forces between surfaces -
similarities and differences between intermolecular and interparticle forces -covalent
and coulomb interactions -interactions involving polar molecules and polarization -weak
intermolecular forces and total intermolecular pair potentials

207

UNIT V
Forces between solvation, hydration; polymers at surfaces; adhesion - thermodynamics
of self assembly; micelles, bilayers, vesicles -bionanomachines - biological membranes.

REFERENCE:
1. Nanotechnology: basic science and emerging technologies -Mick Wilson, Kamali
Kannangara, Geoff Smith, Michelle Simmons, Burkhard Raguse, Overseas Press
(2005).
2. Amorphous and Nanocrystalline Materials: Preparation, Properties, and Applications,
A.lnoue, K.Hashimoto (Eds.,) (2000)
3. Understanding Nanotechnology, Scientific American, editors at Scientific American,
Warner Books (2002)
4. Introduction to Nanotechnology by Charles P. Poole, Frank J. Owens, Wiley-
Interscience (2003).
5. www. nanonet.rice.edu/intronanosci/
6. www.acclab.helsinki.fi/-knordlun/nanotiede/
7. Nanotechnology: A Gentle Introduction to the Next Big Idea, Mark A. Ratner, Daniel
Ratner, Mark Ratne, Prentice Hall PTR; 1st edition (2002)
8. Nano : The Essentials' by T.Pradeep

2. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY I

Unit I: AROMATICITY AND NOVEL RING SYSTEM
Aromaticity: Benzenoid and non benzenoid compounds generations and reactions
sextet theory MO theory Huckels rule Annulenes and hetero annulenes Anti
and homo aromaticity
Nomenclature of bicyclic and tricyclic systems structure and synthesis of
Adamantane Congressane Alternant and non alternant Azulene and
sydnones.

Unit II: STUDY OF ORGANIC REACTION MECHANISM
Reaction mechanism Energy diagram of simple Organic reactions Transition state
and Intermediate. Kinetic and Thermodynamic requirements of reactions Hammond
Postulate and microscopic reversibility. Kinetic and Thermodynamic control of product
formation. Kinetic and Non kinetic methods of determination Primary and secondary
isotope effectTesting and Trapping of intermediates, Isotopic labeling, Crossover
experiments and stereo chemical evidence.
LFER : Hammett equation Physical significance of and Applications and
Limitations Taft equation.

Unit III: STEREOCHEMISTRY AND CONFORMATIONS ANALYSIS
Concept of chirality: chirality Enantiotopic, diastereotopic hydrogens and prochiral
centres axial and planar chirality stereochemistry of compounds containing two
dissimilar asymmetric carbons and ansa compounds. R/S notations of allenes and
Biphenyl derivatives E/Z notation of compounds containing one and two double

208

bonds. Stereospecific and stereoselective synthesis Methods of Asymmetric synthesis
including enzymatic and catalytic process Crams rule and Prelogs rule Cram
chelation model and Felkin Aln model.
Conformations of mono and disubstituted cyclohexanes-effect of hydrogen bonding,
dipole and steric effects on the disubstituted cyclohexanes-conformation and reactivity
of acyclic and cyclic compounds (6members)- conformation of decalin and
perhydrophenanthrene-curtin-Hammett principle.

Unit IV: MOLECULAR REARRANGEMENTS
Types of rearrangements : Nucleophilic , electrophilic and Free radical reactions
Nature of migration migrating aptitude and memory effects, ring enlargement and ring
contraction. Reaction and mechanism of the following : Carbon to carbon migration
Wagner Meerwein, Pinacol Pinacolone, Benzil Benzilic acid, Arndt Eistert
synthesis, Demjanov and dienone-phenol rearrangements. Carbon to oxygen migration
Baeyer Villiger and Darkin rearrangements. Carbon to Nitrogen migration Lossen,
Neber and curtius rearrangements. Miscellaneous : Von Richter rearrangement and
Fischer - Indole synthesis.

Unit V: REAGENTS IN ORGANIC SYNTHESIS
Gilmans reagent LDA DCC 1,3 dithane (umpolung synthesis ) Tri nbutyl tin
hydride Aluminium isopropoxide chloro trimethyl silane. Fetizons reagent Lemieux
Von Rudloff reagent LemieuxJohnson reagent Woodward and prevost
hydroxylation. Phase transfer catalysts Merrifield resin Vaskas catalyst wilkinsons
catalyst Ziegler Natta catalyst.
2,3-Dichloro-5,6-dicyano-1,4-benzoquinone (DDQ), DMSO, Super hydrides- K and L
selectrides -Dess-martin-periodinane- Bakers yeast Quaternary ammonium salt and
crown ethers

REFERENCES

1. P. Sykes, A Guide book to mechanism in organic chemistry, Orient Longman, 1989.
2. S.M. Mukherji and S.P. singh, Reaction mechanism in Organic Chemistry ,
Macmillan India Ltd, 1978.
3. M. Mukerji, S.P. Singh, and R.P. Kapoor, Organic chemistry, Vol . I and II, Wiley
Eastern Ltd., 1985.
4. J.March, Advanced organic chemistry, Fourth Edition, John Wiley and Sons,
Newyork, 2006.
5. I.L. Finar, Organic Chemistry, Vol I and II, ELBS, fifth Editon, 2001.
6. F.A. Carey and R.A Sundberg, Advanced Organic Chemistry (part A and B) plenum
publishers, 2000.
7. E.S. Gould, Mechanism and structure in organic chemistry Holt, Rinehart and
Winston Inc., 1959
8. S.H. Pine, Organic Chemistry , 5th Edition, Mc Craw Hill International Edition, 1987.
9. E.L. Eliel, Stereochemistry of Carbon compounds, Mc Craw Hill 1999.
10. E.L. Eliel and S.H. Wilen, Stereochemistry of organic compounds, John Wiley and
sons, Inc., 2003.

209

11. P.S. Kalsi, Stereo chemistry Conformation and mechanism New Age
international (p) Ltd., 2000.
12. P.Ramesh, Basic Principles of organic stereochemistry, Meenu Publications,
Madurai, First Edition, 2005.
13. D. Nasipuri, Stereochemistry of organic compounds Principles and
applications,Wiley Eastern Ltd., 1991.
14. J.M. Harris and C. Wamser John, Fundamentals of organic reaction mechanism
Wiley and sons
15. F.A Carey,Organic Chemistry, Tata Mc Graw Hill, fifth reprint, 2005.
16. T.H. Lowry and K.S Richardson, Mechanism and Theory in Organic
Chemistry,Houper and Row Publishers Newyork, 1987
17. V.M. Potapov, Stereochemistry Mir Publishers ,1979
18. R.O.C.Norman, Principles of Organic Synthesis, Chapman Hall, London, 1993.
19. Raj K. Bansal, Reaction mechanism in Organic chemistry, Tata Mc Graw Hill, Third
Editon, 10th reprint, 2005.
20. Gurdeep R. Chatwal, Reaction mechanism and Reagents in organic
chemistry,Himalaya publishing House, Bombay 1992.
21. J.N. Gurtu and R. Kapoor, Organic Reactions and Reagents, S.Chand and
company Pvt. Ltd.,
22. Gurdeep Chatwal,Organic Chemistry of Natural Products, Vol.I and II, Himalaya
Publishing House, Bombay 1992.
23. O.P. Agarwal, Chemistry of Natural Products,Vol I and II, Goel publishing House,
Meerut, 1984.
24. V.K. Ahluwalia and R.K. Parshar, Organic Reaction mechanism,second Edition
,Narosa publishing House,2005.
25. H.O. House, Modern synthetic Reaction,Second Edition , W.A. Benjamin,
Inc.,London, 1972.
26. R.K. Mackie, M.M. Smith and R.A. Aitken,Guide Book to Organic Synthesis
Second Edition, Longman Seientific and Technical, Singapore, 1990.
27. K. Nakanishi, Natural Product Chemistry,Blackie Publications, Vols, I, II, III.
28. R.H. Thomson, Chemistry of Natural Products Wiley, Newyork, 1996.
29. R.T. Morrison and R.N. Boyd,Organic Chemistry sixth Edition, Prentice Hall, 1994.
30. Michael B. Smith, Organic Synthesis, Mc Graw Hill international Edition , 1994.
31. Bhupinder Mehta, Manju Mehta, Organic Chemistry, PHI Learning, New Delhi, 2011

210

3. INORGANIC CHEMISTRY I

Unit I: CHEMICAL BONDING AND STEREOCHEMISTRY
VSEPR theory Concept of hybridization and structure of molecules- Walsh diagrams
Bents rule apicophilicity M.O. theory symmetry and overlap M.O. diagrams of
homo
and hetero diatomic molecules and BeH
2
.
Geometrical isomerism in complexes of coordination numbers 4 to 7 with examples
Fluxionality Fluxional molecules and their characterization Planar tetrahedral,
Trigonal
bipyramidal square Pyramidal interconversions.

Unit II: SOLID STATE CHEMISTRY I
Efficiency of packing in crystals Limiting radius ratio Description of crystal
structures - calcite, zinc blende, wurtzite, rutile, fluorite, antifluorite, CsCl, CdI
2
, K2NiF
4

spinels and perovskite.

Principles and measurements of X-ray diffraction studies. Electron diffractions by
gases principle and measurements - determination of structures comparison
between
electron, neutron and X-ray diffraction.

Unit III: SOLID STATE CHEMISTRY II
Electronic structure of solids - Free electron and band theory - Types of solids
conductors and insulators- intrinsic and extrinsic semiconductors - Band structure and
applications. Crystal defects in solids line and plane defects - Point defects
Schottky
and Frenkel defects Non-stoichiometric defects - Preparation and properties of
nonstoichiometric compounds - Colour centres - Solid electrolytes and their
applications.
Optical and electrical properties of semiconductors - Photovoltaic effect - Hall effect -
p-n and n-p-n junctions and their applications as rectifier and transistor - Super
conductivity
high temperature super conductors, properties and applications - BCS theory - Cooper
electrons - Meissener effect and levitation.

UNIT IV : APPLICATION OF SPECTROSCOPY TO THE STUDY OF INORGANIC
COMPOUNDS -I
VB theory and CFT Splitting of d-orbitals under different geometries CFSE
evidence for CFSE structure of spinels factors affecting CFSE spectrochemical
series Jahn-Teller distortion M.O. theory of bonding sigma and _-bonding in
coordination compounds
Electronic spectroscopy : L-S coupling and j-j coupling schemes , micro states ,
Hunds rule and term symbols . Selection rules for electronic transition and hole
formalism splitting of terms Orgel and Tanabe Sugano diagrams Evaluation of 10
Dq and B for octahedral d
2
and d
8
systems. Charge transfer spectra. Electronic spectra
of lanthanide and actinide complexes .

211

Unit V: APPLICATION OF SPECTROSCOPY TO THE STUDY OF INORGANIC
COMPOUNDS -II
Application of IR and Raman spectra in the study of coordination compounds :
Application to metal carbonyls and nitrosyls geometrical and linkage isomerism
detection of inter and intramolecular hydrogen bonding stretching mode analysis of
metal carbonyls.
Mossbauer spectroscopy: Principle application of isomer shift , quadrupole
interactions and magnetic hyperfine splitting in the study of iron and tin compounds .

REFERENCES INORGANIC CHEMISTRY I
1. James E. Huheey, Ellen A. Keiter and Richard L. Keiter, Inorganic chemistry:
principles Structure and Reactivity, 4th Ed., Harper College Publishers, 1993.
2. F. Albert Cotton, Geoffrey Wilkinson, Carlos A. Marilo and Manfred Bochman,
Advanced Inorganic Chemistry, Wiley Interscience Publication, 6th Ed., 1999.
3. G.S. Manku, Theoretical Principles of Inorganic chemistry, Tata McGraw Hill,
12th reprint, 2004.
4. K.F. Purcell and J.C. Kotz, Advanced Inorganic Chemistry, Saunders Golden
Publishers.
5. B.E. Douglas, D.H. McDaniel and J.J. Alexander, Concepts and Models of Inorganic
Chemistry, John Wiley and Sons Ltd. 2nd Ed., 1983.
6. M.c. Day Jr and J. Selbin., Theoretical Inorganic Chemistry, 2nd Ed., East West
Press, 2000.
7. J.D. Lee, Concise Inorganic Chemistry, ELBS, 2006.
8. A. R. West, Solid State Chemistry and its Application, John Wiley & Sons, (Asia),
1998.
9. T. Kutty, J. Tareen, Fundamentals of Crystal Chemistry, University Press, 1st Ed.,
2001.
10. L.V. Azaroff, Introduction to Solids, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Ltd., India, 1989.
11. C. Kittel, Introduction to Solid State Physics, Wiley Eastern Ltd., 5th Ed., 1993.
12. H.V. Keer, Principles of the Solid State, Wiley Eastern Ltd., 1993.
13. D.K. Chakrabarthy, Solid State Chemistry, New Age International.
14. A.F. Wells, Structural Inorganic Chemistry, Oxford Science Publication, London,
1979.
15. M.T. Weller, Inorganic Materials Chemistry, Oxford University Press, Reprint 1996.
16. B. Sahoo, N. C. Nayak, A. Samantaray, P.K. Pujapanda, Inorganic Chemistry, PHI
Learning, New Delhi, 2012.
R.S.Drago , Physical Methods in Inorganic Chemistry ,W.B.Saunders ,1977.
E.A.V.Ebsworth David ,W.H.Rankin Stephen Credock ,Structural Methods in Inorganic
Chemistry ,ELBS , IV 1988.

212

4. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY I

UNIT I: Classical Thermodynamics
Thermodynamics systems of variable composition: Partial molar quantities
Chemical Potential, partial molar volume and partial molar heat content. Gibbs-Duhem
equation. Determination of these partial molar quantities. Variation of chemical potential
with temperature and pressure. Thermodynamics of real gases and real solutions;
Fugacity: Methods of determination. Dependence on temperature, pressure and
composition. Activity and activity coefficient: Standard states, determination of activity
and activity coefficient of non-electrolytes and electrolytes.

UNIT II: Statistical Thermodynamics
Thermodynamic probability and entropy Maxwell-Boltzman, Bose-Einstein and
Fermi-Dirac statistics and applications Partition functions and entropies for
translational, rotational, vibrational and electronic motions of monoatomic and diatomic
molecules Calculations of thermodynamic functions and equilibrium constants
Specific heat of solids Einstein and Debye theories.

Unit III: CHEMICAL KINETICS
Collision theory of reaction rate steric factor Theory of absolute reaction rates
Thermodynamic treatment Unimolecular reactions Lindemann, Hinshelwood,
RRK, RRKM and Slater theories Chain reactions Study of kinetics of chain reactions
like H
2
-Br
2
reaction, Decomposition of acetaldehyde and N
2
O
4
Explosive reactions
Study of H
2
-O
2
reaction Ionic reactions in solution Factors influencing the reaction
rate Salt effect Influence of pressure Kinetic isotope effect.

Unit IV: CHEMICAL DYNAMICS
Study of fast reactions General features Reactions in flow system, continuous
and stopped flow Chemical relaxation methods, temperature and pressure jump
methods Shock tube techniques Flash photolysis Pulse radiolysis.
Concept of Linear Free Energy Relationship derivation of Hammett equation-
significance of substituent and reaction constants Taft equation Thermodynamic
implications of LFER.

Unit - V: Adsorption and surface phenomenon
Physisorption and chemisorption, adsorption and desorption, adsorption
isotherms-Langmuir and B. E. T. equation and significance in surface area
determination, surface films, adsorption from solution, Gibb's adsorption equation:
derivation, significance. Kinetics of unimolecular and bimolecular surface reactions.
Application of photoelectron spectroscopy, ESCA and Auger spectroscopy to the study
of surfaces,
Surface activity, surface active agents and their classification, micellisation,
critical micelle concentration ( cmc), thermodynamics of micellisation , factors affecting
cmc, methods of determination of cmc , use of surfactants in oil recovery.

213

References
1. S. Glasstone, Thermodynamics for chemists, Van Nostrand Co, New York, 1969.
2. K.G. Denbigh, Thermodynamic of Steady State, Methien and Co. Ltd., London,
1951.
3. L.K. Nash, Elements of Chemical Thermodynamics, Addison Wesly, 1962.
4. G.M.Barrow, Physical Chemistry, McGraw Hill, 1988.
5. J.C. Kuriacose and J. Rajaram, Thermodynamics, Shohan lal and Co. Delhi,
1986.
6. J. Rajaram and J.C. Kuriacose, Thermodynamics, 2
nd
Ed., S.N. Chand & Co.,
New Delhi, 1993.
7. D.N. Bajpai, Advanced Physical Chemistry, S. Chand & Co., New Delhi, 1998.
8. S.H. Maron and J.B. Lando, Fundamentals of Physical Chemistry, MacMillan
International Education, New York, 1974.
9. M.C. Gupta, Statistical Thermodynamics, New Age International (P) Ltd., New
Delhi, 2
nd
Edition, 1998.
10. K.J. Laidler, Chemical Kinetics, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2
nd
Edition, 18
th

reprint 1994.
11. K.J. Laidler, Theories of Chemical Reaction Rates, McGraw Hill, 1988.
12. F. Wilkinson, Chemical Kinetics and Reacton Mechanism, Van Nostrand
Reinhold Co., New York, 1980.
13. G.L. Agarwal, Basic Chemical Kinetics, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 1996.
14. R.G. Forest and Pearson, Kinetics and Mechanism, Wiley, New York, 1961.
15. Moore and R.G. Pearson, Kinetics and Mechanism, 1981.
16. C. Capellos and B.H.J. Bielski, Kinetics Systems, Wiley Interscience, New York,
1972.
17. I. Amdur and G.G. Hammes, Chemical Kinetics, Principles and Selected Topics,
McGraw Hill, New York, 1968.
18. G.M. Harrus, Chemical Kinetics, D.C. Health and Co., 1966.
19. P.W. Atkins, Physical Chemistry, ELBS Ed., 1998.
20. P.L. Houston, Chemical Kinetics and reaction Dynamics, McGraw Hill,
International Edition 2001.
21. J. Rajaram and J.C. Kuriacose, Kinetics and Mechanisms or Chemical
transformations, Macmillan India Ltd., 1
st
reprint 1998.
22. Ira Levine, Physical Chemistry, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 5
th
Edition 2004.

214

23. Symmetry, Orbitals and spectra by M. Orchin & H. Jaffe, Willey.
24. Chemical applications of group theory by F. A. Cotton Willey .
25. Symmetry in chemistry by H. Jaffe and M . Orchin , Jhon willey.
26. Group theory and its applications to chemistry by K. V. Raman.
27. Group theory and spectroscopy by K. Veera Reddy.
28. Group Theory and Its Chemical Applications. Author, P. K. Bhattacharya.
Group theory by Gobinathan and Ramakrishnan

Second semester
1. SYNTHESIS OF NANOMATERIALS

UNIT I
Nano outline -introduction -various preparation techniques -basic concepts of
nanostructured materials -nucleation: surface nucleation growth -grain size distribution -
nano particle transport in low density media -vapour nano phase thermodynamics -
coagulation of nano particles, determination of grain size aggregate formation -mass
fractal morphologies. Hydro thermal methods

UNIT II
Film deposition methods -introduction -fundamentals of film deposition - thermal
evaporation -Spray Pyrolysis, Flame Pyrolysis -molecular beam epitaxy - pulsed laser
deposition -sputter deposition -chemical vapour deposition -layer by layer growth and
ultra thin films -chemical solution deposition -Langmuir Blodgelt films.

UNIT III
Sol-gel processing -fundamentals of sol-gel process -sol-gel synthesis methods for
oxides -other inorganic and nano composites -the Pecheni method silica gel -Zirconia
and Yttrium gel -aluminosilicate gel -polymer nano composites.

UNIT IV
Types of nanotubes -formation of nanotubes -methods and reactants - arcing in the
presence of cobalt -laser methods -ball milling -chemical vapour deposition methods -
Catalytic route -properties of nano tubes -plasma arcing - electro deposition -pyrolytic
synthesis -zeolites and templated powders layered silicates, soft chemical & combustion
methods, Graphene.

UNIT V
Synthesis of special nanomaterials: Introduction -Micro and mesoporous materials-
Core-shell structures -Organic-inorganic hybrids -Intercalation compounds -
Nanocomposites and nanograined materials. Microbial synthesis of Nanomaterials.

215

REFERENCE:

1. www.eng.uc.edu/-gbeaucag/Classes/NanoPowder.html
2. Nanoelectronics and information technology: Advanced electronic materials and
novel devices (2nd edition), Rainer Waser (Ed.), Wiley-VCH Verlag, Weiheim (2005).
3. Recent Advances in the Liquid-phase syntheses if inorganic nanoparticles, Brain
L.Cushing, Vladimir L.Kolesnichenko, Charles J. O'Connor, Chem Rev.104 (2004)
3893-3946.
4. Nanocomposite science and technology, Pulickel M.Ajayan, Linda S.Schadler, Paul
V.Braun, Wiley-VCH Verlag, Weiheim (2003).
5. Amorphous and Nanocrystalline Materials: Preparation, Properties, and, Applications,
A.lnoue, K.Hashimoto (Eds.,) (2000). '.
6. Nanostructures and Nanomaterials -Synthesis, Properties and Applications by
Guozhong Cao.

2. NANOCOMPOSITES
UNIT I
Introduction of Nanocomposites: Nanocomposites- Definition - Nanocomposites past
and present- Nomenclature -Solids -Atomic and molecular solids -Role of statistics in
materials -Primary , secondary and tertiary structure - Transitions

UNIT II
Properties and features of nanocomposites: Physics of modulus - Continuum
measurements -Yield -Fracture -Rubbery elasticity and viscoelasticity - Composites and
nanocomposites -Surface mechanical properties -Diffusion and permeability -Features
of nanocomposites -basics of polymer nano compos1tes

UNIT III
Processing of nanocomposites: Viscosity -Types of flow -Viscosity - Experimental
viscosity -Non-newtonian Flow -Low-viscosity processing Solvent processing -Particle
behavior -In situ polymerization -Post-Forming -Hazards of solvent Processing -Melt,
high -shear, and direct processing

UNIT IV
Characterization of nanocomposites: Introduction to characterization - Experiment
design -Sample preparation -Imaging -Structural characterization - Scales in
nanocomposites -Texture -Electromagnetic energy -Visualization - Physicochemical
analysis -Characterization of physical properties -Identification -Mechanical -Surface
mechanical properties.

UNIT V
Applications of nanocomposites: Nanocomposites -Optical, structural applications -
Nanoparticulate systems with organic matrices -Applications - Biodegradable protein
nanocomposites -Applications Polypropylene nanocomposites - Application as exterior
automatic components -Hybrid nanocomposite materials - Application for corrosion
protection

216

Reference:

1. Thomas E. Twardow ski, Introduction to Nanocomposite Materials -Properties,
Processing, Characterization, DesTech Publications, April 2007
2. Boston New york Washing ton, DC. and Woodhead publishing Itd, England, 2006.
3. Parag Diwan and Ashish Bharadwaj. Nanocomposites Pentagon Press
4. Nanocomposite Science and Technology Pulickel M. Ajayan , Linda S. Schadler,
Paul V. Braun, 2006, Wiley-VCH

3. INORGANIC CHEMISTRY II

Unit I: COORDINATION CHEMISTRY
Stability of complexes - stabilisation of unusual oxidation states- determination of
stability constants by potentiometric and spectrophotometric methods- factors affecting
stability- chelate and template effects.
Ligand substitution reactions of square planar complexes- Trans effect and its theories
of trans effect in synthesis of complexes- Substitution reactions in octahedral complexes
acid hydrolysis, base hydrolysis and anation reactions- Electron transfer reactions
Inner sphere and outer sphere processes- outer sphere process in photochemical
reactions.

Unit II: ORGANOMETALLIC CHEMISTRY - I
Introduction - History-EAN and its correlation to stability- Synthesis and structures of
metal carbonyls- carbonylate anions, carbonyl hydride complexes and metal nitrosyls-
Isolobal analogy- IR study of metal carbonyls- Synthesis, properties and structural
features of metal complexes with carbene, alkene, alkyne and arene. Hapticity-
Metallocenes- synthesis, properties and bonding in ferrocene - covalent versus ionic
bonding in beryllocene, clusters and catalysis, hydride and dihydrogen complexes,
fluxionality.

Unit III: ORGANOMETALLIC CHEMISTRY - II
Oxidative addition and reductive elimination- insertion and elimination reactions,
nucleophilic and electrophilic attack of coordinating ligands- Catalysis by organometallic
compounds - Homogeneous catalysis- alkene hydrogenation- synthesis gas and water-
gas shift reaction- hydroformylation- carbonylation of alcohols and oxygenation of
olefins- Heterogeneous catalysis- Fischer-Tropsch process and ZieglerNatta
polymerization - Immobilized homogeneous catalysts.

UNIT IV : THERMOANALYTICAL AND SPECTROANALYTICAL METHODS
Theory and principles of thermogravimetric analysis , differential thermal analysis and
differential scanning colorimetrycharacteristic features of TGA and DTA curves-factors
affecting TGA and DTA curves- complementary nature of TGA and DTA
applications of thermal methods in analytical chemistry- thermometric titrations- the
study of minerals and polymers.
Principle and applications of colorimetry,spectrophotometry, nephelometry,
turbidimetry , fluorimetry and atomic absorption spectroscopy.

217

Unit V: ELECTROANALYTICAL METHODS
Voltametry : Polarographic analysis - applications, quantitative determination,
determination of equilibrium constant for complex formation - organic polarography -
advanced voltametric techniques - rapid - scan techniques - pulse techniques AC
techniques - stripping techniques - coulometry - classification - controlled current
coulometrycontrolled potential coulometry - advantage of coulometric methods -
amperometry - amperometric sensors - amperometric tritrations - chronomethods -
Chronopotentiometry - Chrono coulometry - cyclic voltametry.

REFERENCES
Principles, Structure and Reactivity, 4th Ed., Harper Collins College Publishers, 1993.
2. F. Albert Cotton, Geoffrey Wilkinson, Carlos A. ManIc and Manfred
Bochman,Advanced Inorganic Chemistry, Wiley lntersceince Publication, 6th Ed., 1999.
3. D. Bannerje, Coordination Chemistry, Tata McGraw Hill, 1993.
4. G.S. Manku, Theoretical Principles of Inorganic Chemistry Tata McGraw Hill,12th
reprint 2004.
5. K.F. Purcell and J.C. Kotz, Advanced Inorganic Chemistry, Saunders
GolderPublishers.
6. B.E. Douglas, D.H. McDaniel and J.J. Alexander, Concepts and Models of
InorganicChemistry, John Wiley and Sons Ltd., 2nd Ed., 1983.
7. M.C. Day Jr and J. Selbin, Theoretical Inorganic Chemistry, 2nd Ed., East West
Press,2000.
9. D.F. Shriver, P.W. Atkins and C.H. Langford, Inorganic Chemistry, ELBS,
OxfordUniversity Press, 1994.
10. W.L. Jolly, Modern Inorganic Chemistry, McGraw Hill Company, 2nd Ed., 1991.
11. R.S. Drago, Physical Methods in Inorganic Chemistry, Saunders College Publishers.
12. E.A.V. Ebsworth, D.W.H. Rankin and S. Cradock, Structural Methods in Inorganic
Chemistry, ELBS, 1988.
13. D.A. Skoog, F. James Holler and J.A. Nieman, Principles of Instrumental
Analysis,Saunders, 1992.
14. H.H. Willard, L.L. Merritt and J.A. Dean, Instrumental Methods of Analysis, CBS
Publishers, 6th edition, 1986.
15. G.H. Jeffery et.aL, Vogels Textbook of. Quantitative Chemical Analysis, Revised
5th edition, ELBS, 1989.
16. R.A. Day and A.L. Underwood, QuantitativeAnalysis, Prentice Hall, 1999

218

4. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY II

Unit I: ULTRAVIOLET, INFRA RED SPECTROSCOPY, ORD AND CD

UV: The absorption laws Types of electronic transitions effects of solvent and
Hydrogen bonding on
max
values. Woodward Fieser rules to calculate
max
values
of conjugated dienes and , - unsaturated ketones. IR: Characteristic of IR absorptions
of different functional groups factors influencing absorption of carbonyl and hydroxyl
groups electronic effect, hydrogen bonding and Fermi resonance. Optical rotatory
dispersion (ORD): Octant rule - - halo ketone rule and their applications-Circular
Dichroism.

Unit II: NMR SPECTROSCOPY
H1NMR spectroscopy: Basic Principle number of signals chemical shift Factors
influencing chemical shift - spinspin coupling classification of spin systems analysis
of AX, AMX and ABX systems Geminal, Vicinal and long range couplingsNOE in
stereochemistry FTNMR. C13 spectroscopy: Principle of proton decoupled C13
spectroscopy - comparison with H1NMR chemical shifts (aliphatic, olefinic, alkynic,
aromatic and carbonyl compounds) 2D NMR spectroscopy: H1H1COSY, H1C13
COSY, NOESY, DEPT and INADEQUATE spectra.

Unit III: MASS SPECTROSCOPY
Basic Principles Techniques of Ion Production E I, C I, FD, FAB, ESI MS, MALDI
M S Base peak molecular ion nitrogen rule metastable ion isotope ion
daughter ions McLafferty rearrangement RDA General rules for fragmentation
pattern Fragmentation pattern of simple compounds of hydrocarbons, alcohols,
amines, aldehyde, ketone, ether, ester, acids and phenols Detection of structure
through mass spectral fragmentation. One conjunction problem based on the above
spectroscopic techniques is compulsory under section c. Problems shall be based on
the reference books.

Unit IV: ALKALOIDS AND STEROIDS
Alkaloids: Degradation studies HEM , Emde and Von Braun The structural
determination and synthesis of Quinine, Morphine, Cocaine, Strychnine and Reserpine
Biosynthesis of alkaloids.
Classification- structural elucidation of cholesterol and ergosterol-irradiated products of
ergosterol- structural elucidation of androsterone, testosterone, progesterone,
Oestrone.Conversion of cholesterol into androsterone, progesterone, testosterone, 5-
and 5 -cholanic acid. Conversion of Oestrone to Oestriol, Oestradiol and vice-versa.
structural elucidation of equilenin (synthesis not expected)- Bile acids (general study)
Conformational structure of cholestane and Coprostane

Unit V: VITAMINS AND TERPENOIDS
Vitamins: structural determination of vitamins A1, B1, B2, B6, C, D and E.
Terpenoids : General methods to elucidate the structure of terpenes structural
determination of pinene, Camphor, Zingiberene, Cadinene, - Santonin, abietic acid
and sqalene. Bio synthesis of mono and di terpenoids.

219

REFERENCES
1. J. March, Advanced organic chemistry, Fourth Edition, John Wiley and sons, New
York, 2006.
2. R.T. Morrison and R.N. Boyd, Organic Chemistry, sixth Edition, Prentice Hall, 1994.
3. I.L. Finar, Organic Chemistry, volume 2, sixth Edition, Pearson Education Inc.,
Singapore, 2006.
4. Y.R. Sharma,Fundamentals of Organic spectroscopy.
5. P.S. Kalsi, Spectroscopy of organic spectroscopy, second Edition , New Age
International publishers Limited, 1995.
6. Jag Mohan, Organic Analytical Chemistry Theory and Practice, Narosa Publishing
House, 2003.
7. W.Kemp, Organic spectroscopy, Third Edition, Macmillan, 1994.
8. S.M. Silverstein, G.V.Bassler and T.C. Morril, Spectrometric Identification of organic
compounds, sixth Edition, Wiley 2004.
9. D.H.Williams and Ian Fleming, Spectroscopic methods in organic chemistry,fifth
Editon, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 1988.
10. F.W. Wherli and T. Wirthilin, Interpretation of carbon 13 spectra, Heyson and
sons,
London.
11. V.R. Dani, Organic spectroscopy, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 1995.
12. J.R. Dyer, Application of Absorption spectroscopy, prentice Hall, 1987.
13. Pavia, Lampmann, Kriz and Vyuyan, spectroscopy, cengage learning India Private
Ltd., First Indian Reprint,2008.
14. D.H. William and R.D. Bower, Mass spectrometry principles and Applications, I.
Howe, Mc Graw Hill.
15. R.M. Silverstein and F.X.Webster, Spectrophotometric Identification of Organic
Compounds John Wiley and Sons, Ine., Sixth Edition, 1997.
16. F.A. Carey and J.Sundberg,Advanced Organic chemistry part A and B, Plenum
Press, 2005.
17. Gurdeep Chatwal,Organic Chemistry of Natural products, Vol I and II, Himalaya
Publishing House, Bombay,1992.
18. O.P. Agarwal, Chemistry of Natural Products,Vol I and II, Goel Publishing House,
Meerut, 1984.
19. M. Mukerji, S.P. Singh, and R.P. Kapoor, Organic Chemistry, Vol I and II, Wiley
Eastern Ltd., 1985.
20. I.L. Finar, Organic Chemistry , Vol. I. ELBS fifth Edition,2001.
21. R.O.C. Normon, principles of organic synthesis Chapman and Hall 1994.
22. W. Carruthers, some modern methods & Organic synthesis Cambridge University
Press.
23. E.L. Eliel, stereochemistry of carbon compounds Mc Craw Hill, 1999.
24. ORD and CD in chemistry and Bio chemistry Academic press.
25. F.A. Carey, Organic chemistry Tata Mc Graw Hill, Delhi, 5th edition 2005.

220

ORGANIC CHEMISTRY PRACTICAL

A. Separation of Organic mixture of Analysis:
Separation and analysis of atleast 6 two component mixtures. Determination
of two physical constants of components and derivatives is expected.
B. Single stage preparation:
1. Preparation of 1,2,3,4- tetrahydrocarbazone from cyclohexanone.
2. Preparation of Resacoteophenone from resorcinol.
3. Preparation of dinitrodiphenylamine from aniline.
4. Preparation of benzoquinone from hydroquinone.
5. Preparation of benzpinacol from benzophenone.
6. Preparation of di--naphthol from -naphthol.
C. For class work only:
1. Estimation of Ethylmethylketone.
2. Estimation of Glucose- Bertrands method.
References:
1. F.C.Mann and B.C. Saunders, Practical Organic Chemistry, Fourth edition,ELBS
1970.
2. A.I. Vogel, A textbook of Practical organic chemistry.
3. A.N. Vishnoi, Advanced practical organic chemistry.

INORGANIC CHEMISTRY PRACTICAL

1. Qualititative analysis of inorganic mixture two less familiar cations W, Tl,Te, Se,
Mo,Ce, Th, Zr,V, U, Ti and Li.
2. Volumetric analysis
a. Estimation of Cu by iodimetric titration; Zn by redox titration
b. Estimaton of Cu, Zn and Mg by EDTA titration in the presence of either Pb or
Ba.
3. Preparation of single stage inorganic complexes ( a minimum of 5 complexes).
Cousre Work only: Characterisation of any one metal complex by UV and IR
spectral techniques.

221

PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY PRACTICAL

A. CONDUCTIVITY
1. Determination of solubility product of a sparingly soluble salt
2. Determination of Ka by using Ostwald distribution method.
3. Titrations
(i) HCl + CH
3
COOH vs NaOH
(ii) NH
4
Cl + HCl vs NaOH
(iii) CH
3
COOH + CH
3
COONa vs NaOH
(iv) CH
3
COOH + CH
3
COONa vs HCl

B. THERMOMETRY
4. Determination of solution enthalpy
(i) Oxalic acid water
(ii) Naphthalene - toluene

C. ABSORPTION :
5. Adsorption of acetic acid/oxalic acid on activated charcoal verification of
Freundlich isotherm determination of unknown concentration.

D. POTENTIOMETRY :

6. Determination of formation constant of [Ag(NH
3
)
2
]
+
complex.
7. Determination of pH of buffer solutions using quinhydrone electrode.
8. Determination of dissociation constant of a weak acid.
9. Determination of solubility product of springly soluble salts by concentration cell
method and chemical cell method.

POTENTIOMETRIC TITRATION :

i) Redox
9. FAS Ce
4+

10. Fe
2+
- KMnO
4

11. KI - KMnO
4

ii) Precipitation
12. Kcl AgNO
3

13. Kcl + KI - AgNO
3

222

Third Semester

1. NANOBIOTECHNOLOGY
UNIT I
Self-Assembly of nanostructured materials Nonascience Nanobiology-
Nanotechnology and nonobiotechnology cellular nanostructures Cell surface layers-
Molecular motors Action fibers

UNIT II
Cancer detection/diagnosis via nanotechnologies and nanosensors - Biomimetic
amplification of nanoparticle homing to tumors -Polymer genomics: An insight into
pharmacology and toxicology of nanomedicines.

UNIT III
Introduction to challenges to macromolecular drug delivery -Nanocontaniner - Liposome
nanocontainers -Biopolymer nanocontainers -nanocapsules Applications in drug and
gene target delivery -Lipid-based nanoparticles for nucleic acid delivery -
Nanotechnology approaches for drug and small molecule delivery across the blood
brain barrier- Fluorocarbon nanoparticles as multifunctional drug delivery vehicles.

UNIT IV
Introduction to controlled fabrication of hierarchically branched nanopores, nanotubes
and nanowires -Integration of cell membranes and nanotube transistors - Manufacturing
of nanochannels with controlled dimensions using protease nanolithography- Controlled
synthesis of nonspherical microparticles using microfluidics -Introduction to
bioelectronics and biosensing devices -Nano circuitry -Applications in tissue engineering
-Nanoprobes -Protein polymer nanomachines.

UNIT V
Imaging -Animal models: Live and in color- Sentinel lymph node mapping of the pleural
space -A biomagnetic system for in vivo cancer imaging -Quantum dots for live cells -In
vivo imaging and diagnostics -Luminescent nanoparticle probes for bioimaging.

Reference:
1. Nanobiotechnology- Concepts, Applications and Perspectives by C. M. Niemeyer and
C. A. Mirkin ,
2. Biotechnology: Lessons from Nature by David S.Goodsell
3. Handbook of Nanostructured Biomaterials and Their Applications in
Nanobiotechnology by H.S.Nalwa

223

2. CHARACTERIZATION OF NANO MATERIALS
UNIT I
Electron microscopes -Scanning Electron Microscopes Transmission Electron
Microscopes -Scanning Probe Microscopy -Atomic Force Microscopy - Scanning
Tunneling Microscope -Scanning Non-linear Dielectric microscopy - Nanomanipulator -
nanotweezers EDOX--XPS -ICP .

UNIT II
Mechanical characterization -modulus and load carrying capability of nano
region/compression -micro hardness -fatigue -failure stress and strain toughness - glass
transition and relaxation behaviour -abrasion and wear resistance, super plasticity-
Nano indentation.

UNIT III
Neutron and X-ray diffraction -Debye-Scherer formula -dislocation density - micro strain
-comparison of X-ray and neutron powder pattern -the Rietveld for powder pattern -
macro molecular crystallography using synchrotron radiation -role for neutron scattering
in nanoscience.

UNIT IV
Optics -photonics of nanotechnology -properties of light and nano technology-interaction
of light with nano systems -absorbance, Surface plasma excitation, Size dependent PL -
nano holes and photons -imaging -solar energy absorbents using nano particles -nano
technology and day light -photonic crystals -wave guides and control of light paths.

UNIT V
UV-Vis-NIR spectrometer, band gap measurement -FTIR spectrometer, principle and
application -Photoluminescence spectrometer, principle and application- force
spectroscopy biofunctionalized nanoparticles for SERS and SPR.

Reference:
1. Nanotechnology: basic science and emerging technologies -Mick Wilson, Kamali
Kannangara, Geoff Smith, Michelle Simmons, Burkhard Raguse, Overseas Press
(2005).
2. Nanocomposite science and technology, Pulickel M.Ajayan, Linda S.Schadler, Paul
V.Braun, Wiley-VCH Verlag, Weiheim (2003).
3. www .eng .uc. edu/-gbeaucag/Classes/XRD/Neutron DiffractionatLN L. pdf
4. Scanning Probe Microscopy: Analytical Methods (Nanoscience and Nanotechnology)'
by R. Wiesendanger
5. Advanced X-ray Techniques in Research and Industries by A.K.Singh(ed.)
6. Transmission Electron Micrscopy of Materials by G. Thomas
7. Physical Principles of Microscopy: An introduction to TEM, SEM and AFM by
R.F.Egerton
8. Instrumental Methods of Analysis (7th edn.) by Willard, Merritt, dean and Settle
9. Scanning Electron Microscopy and X-ray Microanalysis by J.Goldstein
10. Principles of Instrumental Analysis (5th edn.) by D.A.Stook, E.J.Holler and
T.A.Nieman

224

3. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY II
Unit I: QUANTUM MECHANICS I
Inadequacy of classical mechanics Planks quantum theory - Compton effect -
wave particle duality - uncertainty principle . Operators and their algebra , Eigen value
and Eigen functions. Quantum mechanical postulates, Schrodinger equations(Time
dependent and Time independent). Particle in a box (1D and 3D), Quantum mechanical
tunneling and transmission coefficient rigid rotor and harmonic oscillator.
Unit II: QUANTUM MECHANICS II
The hydrogen atom radial distribution and spherical harmonics functions
shapes of atomic orbitals. Approximation methods: variation theorem, application of
variation method to hydrogen and helium atoms. Perturbation theory (First order):
application to helium atom. Pauli exclusion principle - Slater determinant and HF-SCF
methods to He atom. Born-Oppenheimer approximations: LCAO-MO and VB treatments
of H
2
molecule. Huckel theory: application to ethylene, butadiene and benzene.
Calculation of electron density and bond order.

Unit III: GROUP THEORY I
Symmetry elements, symmetry operations and point groups, properties of group,
symmetry and dipole moment, symmetry and optical activity, symmetry operations as a
group, multiplication table. Classes of symmetry operations and matrix representations
of operations. Reducible and irreducible representations, orthogonality theorem.
Properties of irreducible representations. Constructions of character table for point
groups (C
2v,
C
3v,
C
2h,
C
4v
and D
2
). Explanations for the complete character table for a
point group.

Unit IV: GROUP THEORY II : Applications of group theory
Symmetry selection rules for infrared, Raman and electronic Spectra. Standard
reduction formula. Determination of representations of vibrational modes in non-linear
molecules (H
2
0, NH
3
and Trans N
2
F
2
). Infrared and Raman activities of normal modes of
vibrations. Rule of mutual exclusion.
Electronic Spectra of Ethylene and formaldehyde molecules. Hybrid orbital in
non-linear molecules (CH
4
, XeF
4
, BF
3
,and PF
5
). Projection operators and symmetry
adapted linear combinations(SALC). Simplification of HMO calculations using group
theory. Calculation of delocalization of energy in 1,3-butadiene and cyclopropenyl
systems.

225

Unit V: Electrochemistry
Electrode-electrolyte interface, adsorption at electrified interface, electrical
double layer, electrocapillary phenomenon-Lipmann equation.Polarization and over
potential, Butler-Volmer equation for one step and multistep electron transfer reactions,
Tafel equation, significance of I
0
and transfer coefficient, polarizable and non
polarizable electrodes, mechanism of hydrogen and oxygen evolution reactions.
Corrosion and polarization of metals - Pourbaix diagrams, Evans diagram, Fuel cells,
electrode deposition-principle and applications.

References
1. D. A. McQuairrie: Quantum Chemistry, Oxford University press, Oxford,1982.
2. P. W Atkins:. Molecular Quantum Mechanics, Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1983.
3. R. K. Prasad: Quantum Chemistry through Problems and Solutions, New Age
International, 1997.
4. A.K. Chandra: Introduction to Quantum Chemistry, Tata McGraw Hill, 1994.
5. H. K. Moudgil: Text Book of Physical Chemistry, Eastern Economy Publ.Co.Ltd.,
New Delhi,2010.
6. W. Levine: Quantum Chemistry, Prentice Hall, 1994.
7. Sen: Quantum Chemistry, Tata McGraw-Hall, 1992.
8. G. Aruldhas, Quantum Mechanics, 2
nd
Ed., PHI Learning, New Delhi, 2011.
11. Symmetry in chemistry by H. Jaffe and M . Orchin , Jhon willey.
15. Group theory by Gobinathan and Ramakrishnan.
16. Vibrational spectroscopy by D.N.Satyanarayana.
17. Physical chemistry. by F. Daniels and A. Alberty.
18. An Introduction to Electrochemistry by S. Glasstone.
19. Modern Electrochemistry Vol. I & II by J. O. M. Bockris and A.K.N. Reddy .
20. Physical Chemistry by P. W. Atkins. ELBS.
21. Physical chemistry of surfaces: A. W. Adamson.
22. Theories of chemical reaction rates by A. J. K. laidler.
23. Text book of physical Chemistry by H.K. Moudgil.

226

4. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY - III
Unit-I
Aliphatic nucleophilic substitution and Elimination Reactions:

Aliphatic nucleophilic substitution : Mechanism of S
N
1, S
N
2, S
N
i, S
N
1, S
N
2 and S
N
i
reactions- Effect of substrate, nucleophile, leaving group and solvent on the rate of
substitution- Ambient nucleophile- NGP- Mechanism of esterifications and ester
hydrolysis (B
AC
2 and A
AC
2 mechanisms only)
Elimination reaction: E
1
, E
2
and E
1
CB mechanisms- Factors influencing elimination
reactions- Hofmann and Satyzeff rules- Pyrolytic elimination- Chugaev and cope
reactions.

Unit-II
Aromatic nucleophilic substitution Reaction and Addition to carbon-carbon
multiple bonds
Aromatic nucleophilic substitution reaction: Unimolecular, Bimolecular and Benzyne
mechanisms.
Catalytic hydrogenation- Birch reduction-Dieckmann condensation-Mannich reaction-
Wittig reaction- Sharpless asymmetric epoxidation-addition of hydrogen and hydrogen
halides to carbon-carbon double bonds-Michael addition (1,2 and 1,4).

Unit-III
Reactive intermediates and rearrangements
Carbenes: Generation, stability, structure, reactions and stereochemistry of carbenes-
Wolff rearrangement of acyl carbenes and its synthetic applications.
Nitrenes: Generation, stability, reaction of nitrenes- Mechanism of rearranegements
through Nitrene intermediate: Schmidt, Hoffmann, Beckmann rearrangements.
Carbanion: Mechanism of rearrangements involving carbanion as intermediate:
Steven, Sommelet Hauser and Favorski rearrangements.
Arynes : Generation, Structure, Stability, reactions and trapping of arynes- cine
substitution.

Unit-IV
Organic photochemistry and pericyclic reactions
Photosensitization- cis-trans isomerisation- photo oxidation and reductions- Norris type-I
and II reactions- Paterno-Buchi reaction- Barton reaction- Di- methane rearrangement.
Atomic and molecular orbitals-Woodward-Hoffmann rules, FMO and correlation diagram
approaches: Electrocyclic reaction- con and dis rotatory motions for 4n and 4n+2system
(butadiene and 1,3,5-hexatriene)- Stereochemical course of electro cyclic reaction in
terms of conservation of orbital symmetry.
Cycloaddiation- suprafacial and antarafacial additions, [2+2] and [4+2] reactions
(ethylene and butadiene)- Sigmatropic rearrangements - [i,j] shift of C-H and C-C bonds
(1+3 and 1+5system)

227

Unit-V
Heterocyclic and biomolecules
Synthesis and reactions of oxazole, imidazole, thiazole, coumarins benzopyrones and
anthocyanins-synthesis of flavones, flavonol and quercetin-Biosynthesis of flavonoids.
Pyranose and furanose forms of aldohexose and ketohexose-methods used for the
determination of ring size-A Detailed study on the structure of maltose, sucrose and
lactose- A brief study on starch and cellulose.
Nucleoproteins and nucleic acid-chemistry and Heredity- genetic code.

REFERENCES

1.J.March, Advanced organic chemistry, Fourth Edition, John Wiley and Sons,
Newyork, 2006.
2. Depuy, E.C.H. and Chapman, O.S., Molecular reactions and photochemistry ,
Prentice Hall, New York, 1988.
3.I.L. Finar, Organic Chemistry, volume 2, sixth Edition, Pearson Education Inc.,
Singapore, 2006.
4.Raj K. Bansal, Organic Reaction mechanisms, Tata Mc Graw Hill, Third Editon,
2007
5.Singh, J., and Singh, J., Photochemistry and Pericyclic reaction, New Age
International, New Delhi, 2004
6.H.O. House, Modern synthetic Reaction,Second Edition , W.A. Benjamin, Inc.,
London, 1972
7.R.K. Mackie, M.M. Smith and R.A. Aitken,Guide Book to Organic Synthesis Second
Edition, Longman Seientific and Technical, Singapore, 1990.
8.Carrutherus , W., Some Modern Methods in Organic Syntheis, Third edition,
Cambridge University Press, New York, 1997.
9.F.A. Carey and J.Sundberg,Advanced Organic chemistry part A and B, Plenum
Press, 2005.
10.Michael B. Smith, Organic Synthesis, Mc Graw Hill international Edition , 1994
11.P. Sykes, A Guide book to mechanism in organic chemistry, Orient Longman,
1989.
12.Gurdeep R. Chatwal, Reaction mechanism and Reagents in organic
chemistryHimalaya publishing House, Bombay 1992.
13. R.T. Morrison and R.N. Boyd,Organic Chemistry sixth Edition, Prentice Hall,1994
14.R.O.C .Norman, Principles of organic synthesis- Chapman and hall, London.
15.De Mayo, Molecular rearrangements
Winston Inc., 1959
17. F.A. Carey, Organic chemistry Tata Mc Graw Hill, Delhi, 5
th
edition 2005.
18. Stryer, L., Biochemistry, Fifth edition, W.H.Freeman and company, San
Francisco, 2002.
19. Jain, J.L., Fundamentals of Biochemistry,Fourth edition, S.Chand & Company
Limited, New Delhi.2007
20. Bansal, K., Heterocyclic Chemistry, Fourth edition, New Age International, New
Delhi, 2005

228

Fourth Semester
1. CARBON NANOMATERIALS
UNIT I
Well known allotropes of carbon Diamond and graphite Their crystal structures
Distinguishing features Discovery of fullerenes (0 D Carbon nanomaterials) Laser
ablation and arc-discharge methods - Structures of C
60
& C
70
UV, IR, Raman and
13
C
NMR spectra of C
60
& C
70
Cyclic voltammetric studies of C
60
& C
70
Higher fullerenes
Some chemical reactions of C
60
- like reduction, halogenation, Friedel-Crafts reaction,
[2+2], [3+2] and [4+2] cycloaddition reactions.

UNIT II
1D Carbon nanomaterials - Carbon nanotubes (CNTs) Iijimas observation
MWCNT and SWCNTs- Characterization by TEM - Methods of preparation of
MWCNTs Laser ablation & arc-discharge methods, decomposition of hydrocarbons by
catalysts, organometallics as sources, microwave method Separation and purification
of MWCNTs Synthesis of SWCNTs Laser ablation, arc-discharge, HiPco methods
Metallic and semiconductor SWCNTs Properties Electrical, mechanical and
vibrational (Raman spetra).

UNIT III
Chemistry of CNTs Functionalization of CNTs Covalent chemistry at the open ends
of SWCNTs Fluorination of CNTs and fluorine substitution reactions Cycloadditions
1,3-dipolar, nitrenes cycloadditons, nucleophilic and radical additons Non-covalent
bonding surfactant molecules adsorbed on nanotube surfaces Filling the inner cavity
of CNTs by C
60
.

UNIT IV
Novel nano-forms of carbon Carbon nanohorns, cup-stacked CNTs, carbon nanotori,
carbon nano-onions, carbon nanobuds Graphene (2 D Carbon nanomaterial)
Preparation Exfoliation, from the tip of graphite, reduction of graphite oxide and by
the opening of CNTs Characterization by Raman spectrum Mechanical properties,
conductivity, Quantum Hall effect. Inorganic fullerene like molecules MoS
2
& WS
2

Boron nitride nanotubes.

UNIT V
Applications of carbon nanomaterials Fullerides as superconductors Fullerene
nanocar CNTs in field emission, shielding, FETs & logic gates Hydrogen storage in
CNTs and Fuel cells Mechanical reinforcement by CNTs Nanocomposites of CNTs
CNTs in chemical sensors, catalysis Analytical applications of CNTs Adsorption of
dioxin, adsorption of substituted phenols from industrial wastes and determination of
their concentration some commercial products CNTs in cancer therapy
Hyperthermia and carrier for direct drug delivery

229

References
1. C. N. R. Rao (ed.), Special Issue of Fullerenes, Indian J. Chem., A & B, 1992, May.
2. W. Edward Billiups and M.A. Ciufolini (eds.), Buckminsterfullerenes, VCH
Publishers, New York, 1999.
3. Y. Gogatsi (ed.), Carbon Nanomaterials, C R C., Taylor & Francis, New York, 2006.
4. K. Tanaka, T. Yamabe and K. Fukui (eds.), The Science and Technology of Carbon
Nanotubes, Elsevier, Amsterdam, 1999.
5. T.W. Ebbesen (ed.), Carbon Nanotubes: Preparation and Properties, CRC Press,
Boca Raton, FL., 1997.
6. C. P. Poole, Jr., and F. I. Owens, Introduction to Nanotechnology, JohnWiley &
Sons, Inc., New Jersey, 2003.
7. T. Pradeep, NANO: The Essentials: Understanding Nanoscience and
Nanotechnology, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co., Ltd., New Delhi, 2007.
8. L. Dai (ed.), Carbon Nanotechnology, Elsevier, 2006;
9. A. K. Geim and K. S. Novoselov, Nature Mat., 2007, 6, 183.
10. C. N. R. Rao et al., J. Mater. Chem., 2009, 19, 2457; A. K. Geim, Science, 2009,
324, 1530.
11. G. Park and R. S. Ruoff, Nat. Nanotechnol., 2009, 6, 183.
12. Y. Gogotsi (ed.), Nanotubes and Nanofibres, CRC, Taylor & Francis, New York,
2006.
J. L. Delgado, M. A. Herranz and N. Martin, J. Mater. Chem., 2008, 18, 1417.

2. PROPERTIES OF NANOMATERIALS

UNIT-I: ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
Introduction - Energy Storage Basics - General Information: Electrical Energy Storage
Devices and Impact of Nanomaterials Batteries Capacitors - Gold Standards (State
of the Art) for Both Batteries and Capacitors - Electrochemical Properties of Nanoscale
Materials - Aerogels and Structure-Directed Mesoporous and Macroporous Solids -
Nanoparticles - Nanotubes, Nanowires, and Nanorolls. Nanoscale Mechanics -
Introduction Mechanical properties Density Considered as an Example Property
The Elasticity of Nanomaterials Elasticity of Bulk Nanomaterials Plastic Deformation
of Nanomaterials - The Physical Basis of Yield Strength Crystals and Crystal Plasticity
From Crystal Plasticity to Polycrystal Plasticity.

UNIT-II: NANOOPTICS
Absorption: direct and indirect bandgap transitions - Emission: photoluminescence and
Raman Scattering - Emission: chemiluminescence and Electroluminescence - Shape
dependent optical properties - Optical absorption - Optical emission - Surface plasmon
resonance (SPR) - Surface enhanced Raman scattering (SERS)

UNIT-III: NANOCATALYSIS
Introduction nanomaterials in catalysis metals recent progress nanostructured
adsorbant metals controlled pore size materials pelletized nanocrystal
nanoparticles as new chemical reagents metals metal oxide reactions
nanocomposite polymers fluids, inks and dyes block co polymers and dendrimers
nanocrystal superlattices.

230

UNIT-IV: NANOMAGNETISM
Introduction fundamental concepts magnetic materials dia, para and
ferromagnetism - magnetic phenomena in ferromagnetic materials magnetic
anisotropy magnetic domains hysteresis small particle magnetism single domain
particles coercivity of single domain particles superparamagnetism the coercivity
of small particles - review of some issue in nanoscale magnetism.

UNIT-V: NANOELECTRONICS
Basics of nanoelectronics - Single electron transistor Principle Coulomb Blockade
effect performance of the single electron transistor Bioelectronics molecular
processor DNA analyzer as biochip DNA computer Quantum computer.

Reference

1. Nanomaterials : Mechanics and Mechanisms, K. T. Ramesh, Springer 2009.
2. Nanoscale materials in chemistry, Edited by Kenneth J. Klabunde, John Wiley &
Sons, 2009.
3. Nanoscale materials in chemistry, Edited by Kenneth J. Klabunde, John Wiley &
Sons, 2001.
4. Nanoscopic materials; Size dependent phenomena, Emil Roduner, RSC publishing,
2006.
5. Optical properties and spectroscopy of nanomaterials, Jin Zhong Zhang, World
Scientific, 2009.
6. Nanoelectronics and nanosystems K. Goser, P. Glsektter and J. Dienstuhl,
Springer 2008.

3. INORGANIC CHEMISTRY - III

UNIT I : NUCLEAR CHEMISTRY- I
Atomic nuclei : classification , composition and stability nuclear shell structure
nuclear reactions : types , Q-value , threshold energy , cross sections and excitation
functions nuclear reaction models : optical and compound nucleus models . Direct
nuclear reactions transfer reactions : stripping and pick-up high energy reactions :
neutron evaporation and spallation heavy ion reactions photonuclear reactions.
Nuclear fusion and stellar energy nuclear fission : mass and charge distribution of
fission products fission energy fission neutrons theory of nuclear fission
spontaneous fission .

UNIT II : NUCLEAR CHEMISTRY - II
Nuclear reactors : classification , components , reproduction factor and design
parameter fuel materials and their production. Breeder reactor : fast breeder test
reactor reprocessing of spent fuels : aqueous and non-aqueous processes disposal
of gaseous , liquids and solid radioactive wastes radiation hazards and protection
Indias nuclear reactors . Radio isotopes : preparation, application of radio isotopes in

231

elucidating reaction mechanisms and structural determinations . Analytical applications :
radio chromatography , neutron activation analysis , neutron absorptiometry and
radiometric titrations hot atom chemistry synthesis of transuraniens .

UNIT III : INORGANIC CHAINS , RINGS , CAGES AND CLUSTERS
Hetero catenation - silicates - classification and structure-property correlation .
Polyacids structures of isopoly and heteropoly anions - polymeric sulphur nitride -
borazines phosphazenes - phosphazene polymers - boranes and carboranes
structure and bonding in boranes. Metal-metal bonds and metal atom clusters -
carbonyl type - anionic and hydrido clusters- non- carbonyl type octahedral clusters
and triangular clusters .

UNIT-IV : APPLICATION OF SPECTROSCOPY TO THE STUDY OF INORGANIC
COMPOUNDS-III
NMR SPECTROSCOPY: 31P, 19F and 15N - NMR - introduction - applications in
structural problems evaluation of rate constants monitoring the course of reaction
NMR of fluxional molecules NMR of paramagnetic molecules contact shifts and
shift reagents.
ESR spectroscopy: Principles presentation of the spectrum hyperfine
splittingfactors affecting the magnitude of g-values zero- field splitting and Kramers
degeneracy anisotropy in the hyperfine coupling constant. Application of ESR in the
study of transition metal complexes. J-T distortion: studies of Cu(II) complexes.

UNIT-V : BIOINORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Essential and trace elements in biological system biological importance and toxicity
of elements such as Fe , Cu , Zn , Co , Mo , W , V , Mn , and Cr in biological system.
Metallo porphyrins chlorophyll photosynthetic electron transport sequence
biological electron carriers : iron-sulphur proteins , cytochromes and blue copper
proteins oxygen carriers: haemoglobin and myoglobin - Haemoglobin modelling :
synthetic oxygen carriers . Corrin ring system - vitamin B
12
, Fixation of nitrogen in
vitro and in vivo.

REFERENCES

Samuel Glasstone , Source Book of Atomic Energy , East West Pvt.Ltd., 1969.
H.J.Arnikar , Essentials of Nuclear Chemistry , Wiley Eastern Ltd., 4
th
Edition ,2000 .
G.Friedlander , J.W.Kennedy , E.S.Macies and Julian Malcolm , Nuclear and Radiation
Chemistry , A . Wiley Interscience publication ,1981.
James .E.Huheey , Ellen .A. Keiter and Richard .L. Keiter , Inorganic Chemistry :
Principles of Structure and Reactivity , 4
th
Edition , Harper Collins College Publishers ,
1993 .
F.Albert Cotton , Geoffrey Wilkinson , Carlos .A.Manic and Manfred Bochman ,
Advanced Inorganic Chemistry ,Wiley Interscience Publication , 6
th
edition , 1999 .
G.S.Manku , Theoretical Principles of Inorganic Chemistry , Tata McGraw Hill, 12 reprint
2004.

232

K.F.Purcell and J.C.Kotz ,Advanced Inorganic Chemistry , Saunders Golden Publishers
.
B.E.Douglas , D.H.McDaniel and J.J.Alexander , Concepts and Models of Inorganic
Chemistry , John Wiley and Sons Ltd . 2
nd
Edition , 1983.
J.D.Lee , Concise Inorganic Chemistry , Blackwell Science Ltd., 5
th
Edition, Reprint
2003.
M.C.Day Jr. And J.Selbin.,Theoretical Inorganic Chemistry , 2
nd
Edition , East West
Press , 2000.
R.S.Drago , Physical Methods in Inorganic Chemistry ,W.B.Saunders ,1977.
E.A.V.Ebsworth David ,W.H.Rankin Stephen Credock ,Structural Methods in Inorganic
Chemistry ,ELBS , IV 1988.
D.E.Fenton ,BioCoordination Chemistry , Oxford Science Publications ,1995.
I.Bertini, H.B.Gray ,S.J.Lippard and J.S.Valantine , Bioinorganic Chemistry , Viva Books
Pvt. Ltd., 1998.
.
4. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY - III
Unit-I: Introduction of spectroscopy and Rotational Spectra
Characterization of electromagnetic radiation. Regions of Spectrum, transition
probability, the width and intensity of spectral transitions.
Classification of molecules according to their moment of inertia. Rotational spectra of
rigid and nonrigid diatomic molecules. The intensities of spectral lines. The effect of
isotopic substitution. Polyatomic and symmetric top molecules. The stark effect.

Unit- II: Infrared spectroscopy and Raman Spectroscopy
Diatomic molecules : Molecules as harmonic oscillator, Force constant, zero point
energy, isotope effect. The Anharmonic oscillator, the diatomic vibrating rotator.
Polyatomic molecules-Fundamental vibrations and their symmetry, overtone and
combination frequencies, concept of group frequencies, Fermi resonance and FTIR.
Raman Spectroscopy
Rayleigh scattering . Raman Scattering, classical and quantum theories of Raman
effect. Rotational Raman Spectra for linear and symmetric top molecules. Vibrational
Raman Spectra , rotational fine structure. Polarization of light and the Raman effect.
Technique and instrumentation- Laser Raman spectrometer. Structure determination
from Raman and Infra-red spectroscopy.

Unit III: Electronic Spectroscopy
Electronic spectroscopy of diatomic molecules. Born oppenheimer approximation.
Sequences and progressions, the vibrational course structure and rotational fine
structure of electronic band. The Franck-Condon principle, dissociation energy and
dissociation products. Birje-Sponer extrapolation. The fortrat diagram. Predissociation,
Photoelectron spectroscopy: principle, instrumentation,X-ray and UV-PES. ESCA
applications, Auger electron spectroscopy

233

Unit -IV: Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy
The theory of PMR spectra, Chemical shift, factors affecting chemical shift, relaxation
times and spinspin interactions. NMR of simple AX and AMX type molecules.
Calculation of coupling constants, Techniques and instrumentation of continuous wave
and FT-NMR spectroscopy.
13
C,
19
F and
31
P NMR spectra-principle and applications.
Electron Spin Resonance Spectroscopy
Basic principles , factors affecting g value, hyperfine splitting . Deuterium, Methyl,
benzene, naphthalene, anthrazene, xylene(o, m, p-), p-benzosemiquinone radicals,
calculation of electron density- McConnel equation, Fine structure in ESR- Zero field
shifting and Kramers degeneracy. Double resonance-ELDOR and ENDOR, study of
unstable paramagnetic species, spin labeling studies of bio-molecules.

Unit V: Quadrupole resonance and Mssbauer Spectroscopy
(a)Nuclear quadrupole resonance: Basic principle, comparison with NMR, splitting of
quadrupole energy levels, asymmetry parameter, Applications- hydrogen bonding,
phase transition, substituent effect and Pi- bond character.
(b) Mssbauer parameters: Isomer shifts, quadrupole splitting, Magnetic hyperfine
interaction, Doppler effect/shift. Application of Mssbauer Spectroscopy:- (i) covalently
bonded compounds, (ii) oxidation states of metal ion in compounds,(iii) Structural
detetrmination, (iv) magnetically ordered compounds (i.e Ferromagnetic &
antiferromagnetic compounds).

REFFERENCES
1. Fundamental of molecular spectroscopy by C. N. Banwell Tata McGrew Hill.
2. Molecular structure and spectroscopy, IInd edition 2011 by G. Aruldhas.
3. Molecular spectroscopy by K.V.Raman, R.Gopalan and P.S.Raghavan.
4. Spectroscopy, Vol. 1,2 and 3 by B.P. Straughan and S.Walker.
5. Molecular spectroscopy by Sindhu.
6. Basic principles of spectroscopy by R.Chang.
7. Molecular Spectroscopy by I. N. Levine , Willey interscience.
8. Molecular Spectroscopy by G. M. Barrow.
9. Physical Methods for Chemists,. 2nd ed., by R.S.Drago.
11. Graebeal, Molecular Spectroscopy Prientice Hall, 1968.
12. A. Carrington and Machlachlon, Magnetic Resonance, Harper & Row. 1967.
13. A. Rahman, Nuclear Magnetic Resonance- Basic Principles, Springer-Verlag,
Newyork, 1986.
14. J.A. Weil, J.R. Bolton and J.E. Wertz, Electron Paramagnetic Resonance; Wiley
Interscience: 1994.

234

NANOSCIENCE PRACTICALS- I

1. Synthesis of ZnS nanoparticles by chemical route and determination of band
gap through UV-Vis spectroscopy
2. Synthesis of CdS nanoparticles by chemical route and X-ray powder
diffraction pattern analysis
3. Synthesis of oxide nanostructures/ nanocomposites and determination of
resistance by impedance spectroscopy technique
4. Synthesis of BaTiO
3
nanostructure by mechanical ball milling
5. Synthesis of Cu/Ag nanopartcle through Micellar route and film thickness
measurement using weigh method
6. Hydrolysis method of sample preparation
7. Sol-Gel method of sample preparation and characterization by FTIR
8. Preparation of nanoparticles by co-precipitation method
9. ZnO nanopowder preparation by using NaOH as capping agent and
characterization by AFM
10. Synthesis of TiO2 nano particles by sonochemical method
11. X-ray diffraction pattern of nano-ZnO powder and thin films; determination of
particle size

NANOSCIENCE PRACTICALS- II

NANOTHIN FILMS

1. Electroless of deposition of Cu/Ni on glass substrate
2. Preparation of Cu/Ni thin film by using electrodeposion
3. Nanostructured thin film preparation by using the spray pyrolysis method
4. Nanostructured thin film preparation by using the sol-gel process
5. Nanostructured thin film preparation by using the chemical bath technique
6. Nanostructured thin film preparation by using the spin-coating process
7. Nanostructured thin film preparation by using the dip-coating method

235

NANOBIOLOGY
8. Quantitation of proteins and sugars
9. Analysis of oils : iodine number, saponification value, acid number
10. Agarose gel electrophoresis
11. SDS-Poly Acrylamide Gel Electrophoresis (SDS-PAGE)
12. Titration of amino acids
13. Colorimetric determination of pKa
14. Model building using space filling/ ball and stuck models
15. Reaction of amino acids, sugars and lipids
16. Nanomicrobial degradation of various xenobiotics (e.g. pesticides,
organochlorines, pyretheroids, PAH)

PROJECT

The research project should be completed and the Dissertation (Report) should
be submitted for evaluation. The project report is expected to provide clear answers for
following questions:
(i) Why this particular investigation was selected?
(ii) How was the investigation carried out?(Describing the methodology used);
(iii) What are the results obtained? (Reporting the results obtained);
(iv) How are the results interpreted? (Discussing the results);
(v) What are the conclusions derived?

Note:
Project for PG students shall be group projects Each group contain 3 or 4
students
The students are asked to submit their project report on or before the last
working day of the fourth semester end

236

APPENDIX-BA19


M.Sc. Conservation of Marine Environment
CBCS-For Colleges UGC Innovative Programme
(For those who joined the course in June 2013 2014 and afterwards)

Eligibility for Admission:

Candidates with B.Sc., Degree in Zoology, Botany, Geology, Microbiology,
Biochemistry, and Biotechnology with 50% marks and above obtained from
Manonmaniam Sundaranar University or equivalent to B.Sc., Zoology / Botany, Geology,
Microbiology, Biochemistry, and Biotechnology as recognized by Manonmaniam
Sundaranar University with 50% marks and above are eligible to be admitted in to this
course. However, the relaxation to 50% for SC, ST and MBC candidates is allowed as
per the State Government norms.
M.Sc. Conservation of Marine Environment
COURSE CONTENT
I Semester
Course code Subject
CME1 Marine Invertebrates and Prochordates
CME2 Marine Vertebrates
CME3 Physical Oceanography
CME4 Chemical Oceanography
CME5 Elective: Marine Biotechnology
CMEP1 Practical I

II Semester
CME6 Biological Oceanography
CME7 Marine Ecology and Microbiology
CME8 Marine Biodiversity importance and threats
CME9 Fisheries and Quantitative Biology
CME10 Elective: Marine Pollution
CMEP2 Practical II

III Semester
CME11 SCUBA Diving
CME12 GIS and Remote Sensing
CME13 Marine Environment Conservation Strategies
CME14 Marine Policy and Socio-economics
CME15 Elective: Integrated Coastal Zone Management
CME16 Elective: Environmental Impact Assessment and Disaster
Management
CMEP3 Practical III

IV Semester CMPER Project work

237

Course Structure and Examination under CBCS System

Course
code
Subject Title Hrs Credits
Internal
Marks
External
Marks
Total
marks
First Year - I Semester
Subject

CME1
Marine Invertebrates and
Prochordates
6 4 25 75 100
CME2 Marine Vertebrates 5 4 25 75 100
CME3 Physical Oceanography 5 4 25 75 100
CME4 Chemical Oceanography 5 4 25 75 100
CME5
Elective :
Marine Biotechnology
5 5 25 75 100
CMEP1 Practical I 4 4 40 60 100
II Semester
CME6 Biological Oceanography 5 4 25 75 100
CME7
Marine Ecology and
Microbiology
5 4 25 75 100
CME8
Marine Biodiversity
importance and threats
6 4 25 75 100
CME9
Fisheries and
Quantitative Biology
5 4 25 75 100
CME10
Elective:
Marine Pollution
5 5 25 75 100
CMEP2 Practical II 4 4 40 60 100
Second Year - III Semester
CME11 Scuba Diving 4 4 25 75 100
CME12 GIS and remote sensing 4 4 25 75 100
CME13
Marine Environment
Conservation Strategies
4 4 25 75 100
CME14
Marine Policy and Socio-
economics
4 4 25 75 100
CME15
Elective:
Integrated Coastal Zone
Management
5 5 25 75 100
CME16
Elective:
Environmental Impact
Assessment and
Disaster Management
5 5 25 75 100
CMEP3 Practical III 4 4 40 60 100
IV Semester
CMEPR Project work 10 40 60 100

238

SEMESTER I
PAPER-CME1-MARINE INVERTEBRATES AND PROCHORDATES

Unit 1

Classification of animation kingdom upto phylum Life history and phylogenetic
relationship of Protozoa, and Porifera (Sponges). Coelenterata Polymorphism Life
history of J elly Fish Theories on Coral reefs Distribution & economic importance of
coral reefs.

Unit 2

Functional morphology Development and evolution of following. a. Nemertinea b.
Entoprocta, c. Ectoprocta, d. Phoronida and e. Pogonophora.

Unit 3

Chaetognatha Classification Distribution Morphology and anatomy Embryology
and evolution Brachiopoda Classification Morphology Paleontology and
evolution. Polychaeta Classification Morphology, reproduction and adaptive
radiation.

Unit 4

Crustacea Classification Comparative morphology Crustacean appendages
Larval forms and evolution Paleontology. Echinodermata water vascular system
Life History of Sea Urchin.

Unit 5

Mollusca Classification General characters Torsion adaptive radiation.
Prochordates Classification and Comparative morphology, reproduction and early
development including larvae.

References:
1. Highnam, K.C. And Hill, L. (1979), The Comparative Endocrinology of
Invertebrates, ELBS & Edward Arnold (Publishers) Ltd., London.
2. Hyman, G.H., The Invertebrates, Vol. I to VII, McGraw Hill Book Co., Inc., N.Y.
3. Vasantika Kashyap (1997), Life of Invertebrates, Vikas Publishing House Pvt.
Ltd., New Delhi.
4. Barnes, R.D., 1974. Invertebrate Zoology, Toppan Company Limited, Tokyo,
J apan.
5. Kotpal, R.L., Minor Phyla, Rastogi Publication, Meerut.

239

PAPER-CME2-MARINE VERTEBRATES
Unit 1

Chordate features and theories on the origin of chordates. Classification and evolution
of jawless and primitive jawed vertebrates. Evolution and adaptive radiation of
elasmobranches and bony fishes. Origin of Amphibia, distribution, anatomical
peculiarities and affinities of urodele and apoda.

Unit 2

Origin of reptiles Adaptive radiation of contemporary reptiles Sea Turtles Mammal
like reptiles Origin, rise and fall of Mesozoic marine reptiles.

Unit 3

General characters of mammals Aquatic mammals classification, adaptations and
evolution of Cetacea and Sirenia.

Unit 4

Aquatic adaptations Structural, functional and behavioural adaptation of aquatic
animals Comparative anatomy of skin derivatives.

Unit 5

Gametogenesis, fertilization, types of eggs, cleavage, gastrulation in fishes with special
reference to marine fishes.

References:
1. Colbert, H. Edwin, 1989. Evolution of the Vertebrates, II Ed., Wiley Eastern
Limited, New Delhi.
2. Harrey Pough, J ohn B. Heisher, William N. Mcfarland, 1990. Vertebrate Life,
Macmillan Publishing Co., N.Y.
3. J ollie, M., 1962. Chordate Morphology, Reinholt Publishing Corporation, N.Y.
4. Kent, G.C., 1976. Comparitive anatomy of the Vertebrates, McGraw Hill Book
Co., Inc., New York.
5. Romer, A.S., 1974. The Vertebrate Body, W.B. Saunders, London.

240

PAPER-CME3 PHYSICAL OCEANOGRAPHY

Unit 1

Oceanography Introduction, history. Origin of Oceans. Bottom topography Abyssal
hills and plains Submarine canyons Oceanic trenches.

Unit 2

Physical properties of sea water density, viscosity, surface tension, conductivity and
their interrelationship, UV radiation, Acoustics. Light in the sea. Temperature
distribution heat budget.

Unit 3

Ocean circulation General surface circulation forces causing currents monsoon
and trade winds wind driven and thermohaline circulation boundary currents
Langmuir circulation geostrophic currents turbidity currents upwelling.

Unit 4

Waves formation of swell Internal and standing waves tidal waves storm surges
Tides tide generating forces tidal currents tidal effects in coastal areas.

Unit 5

Sedimentation origin and physical properties of sediments. Classification of marine
sediments (lithogenous biogenous and cosmogenous). Distribution and transport of
sediments. Determination of age of sediments.

References:
1. Sverdrup,H.U., M.W.J ohnson and R.H. Flemming 1958. The Oceans - their
Physics, Chemistry and General Biology. Prentice-Hall Inc. New J ersey.
2. Duxbury, A. C., A. B. Duxbury and K.A. Sverdrup, 2000. An introduction to the
World's oceans. Wm. C. Brown Publishers.
3. Stowe, K., 1996. Exploring Ocean Science. J ohn Wiley Sons Inc.
4. McCormick,J .M. and J .V. Thiruvathakal, 1976. Elements of Oceanography.
W.B.Saunders, Philadelphia.
5. Flickard, G.L. and W.J . Emery, 1995. Descriptive Physical Oceanography - an
Introduction (fifth edition). Pergamon Press, London.

241

PAPER-CME4 CHEMICAL OCEANOGRAPHY

Unit 1

Marine chemistry Introduction. Physical and chemical properties of water. Difference
between fresh water, sea water and brackish water. Chemical composition of seawater.
Ionic composition of seawater Major and minor constituents - Major and minor
elements trace elements their importance and distribution - Concept of chlorinity and
salinity of seawater methods of measurement.

Unit 2

Dissolved gases carbon-di-oxide-origin, importance and distribution. CO
2
CO
3

system. Dissolved oxygen origin and factors governing the distribution, BOD and COD.
N
2
, H
2
S, methane noble gases their origin, distribution and importance.

Unit 3

Organic matter dissolved and particulate sources, classification, composition,
distribution, seasonal variation and estimation - Humic substances and their role in the
chemistry, fertility and biogeochemistry of the sea interaction with heavy metals and
significance in detoxification.

Unit 4

Nutrients Inorganic plant nutrients origin, role in the fertility of the sea. Kinds of
nitrogen, phosphorus and silicon in the sea analytical methods, distribution and
cyclingNew and regenerated reproduction, N: P ratio and significance. Mineral
wealth of the sea salts, glauconite, petroleum, phosphorite, manganese nodules etc.
potential and economics of extraction.

Unit 5

Desalinationtechniques. Marine corrosioncauses, prevention and protection from
corrosion. Radio nuclides in the sea origin, distribution and use as tracers of water
mass.

References:
1. Riley, J .P. and R. Chester, 1971. Introduction to Marine Chemistry. Academic Press,
London.
2. Riley, J .P. and G. Skirrow, 1975-1984. Chemical Oceanography, Vols. 1- 8.
Academic Press, London.
3. Strickland, J .D.H. and T.R. Parsons, 1972. A Practical Handbook of
4. Seawater Analysis. Fisheries Board of Canada, Ottawa, Bulletin, 167.
5. Broecker W.S., 1974. 2nd edition, Chemical Oceanography. Harcout Brace,
J ovanovich.

242

PAPER-CME5 MARINE BIOTECHNOLOGY

Unit-1
Definition of gene, prokaryotic and eukaryotic gene and its expression -Vectors- types of
vectors-Restriction Enzymes: Type I, II, III-commonly used restriction enzymes resulting
blunt ends and cohesive ends. Ligases- DNA replication - DNA polymerases, RNA
primer, Primosome complex, helicase, ssb proteins; discontinuous synthesis.
Transcription- DNA-RNA hybrid, enzymes involved in RNA synthesis; Reverse
transcription; Protein Synthesis - translation factors - mRNA, tRNA and rRNA. Structure
and function; genetic code. Genetic Recombination - homogenous & heterogenous
genetic recombinations, DNA repair.

Unit-2
Genetic Engineering Recombinant DNA- Construction of Genomic DNA libraries.
Construction of cDNA libraries- Nick translation, probes using oligos, RNA, DNA and
auto radiogram. DNA sequencing - Sangers Dideoxy sequencing and Maxam & Gilbert
sequencing. Automated DNA sequencing using fluorescence. PCR basic principles.
Gene cloning and analysis of cloned genes. Transgenic animals Transgenic fish,
GMO and their risks. DNA Bar coding methods and its applications.

Unit-3
Bioactivities of Marine Natural Products. An introduction to the marine natural products -
Antibiotic-tumor, repellent, anti-parasitic, Microbial, antifouling. Commercial potential
and development of marine natural products - actinomycetes, bacteria, algae, sponges.
Chitosan as a biomaterial. Algal products - carrageenan, algin, Beta-carotene, agar and
vitamins. Dinoflagellates as a source of bioactive compounds: A brief introduction of
isolation, chemistry and pharmacology of saxitoxin, brevitoxin and ciguatoxin
Tunicromes. Phytochemical classes of phytochemical mechanism of action of
phytochemical- extraction of phytochemical from micro and macroalgae Techniques -
Applications. Microalgal biotechnology - Single Cell Protein(SCP) Biomass Production
of Spirulina maxima.

Unit-4
Marine toxins - Chemistry, Toxicity, occurrence and detection. Marine organisms and
Biotoxins - J ellyfish, anemone, horseshoe crab, sting ray and lionfish. Biotoxins-
Mycotoxins, Zootoxins, Phytotoxins, cone snail. Hydrophilic and lipophilic
toxins.Syndrome PSP, NSP, DSP,CFP. Isolation techniques: Liquid Liquid
extraction, membrane separation methods and Chromatography (TLC, HPLC) and
conventional techniques. Characterization techniques: IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectra.

243

Unit-5
Biotechnology applications in Aquaculture. Tissue Culture: Culture techniques of plant
(marine algae and mangroves) and animal (crustaceans, molluscs & fishes) tissues,
preservation of germplasms, cryopreservation of tissue cultures, in vitro fertilization
technique. Gene manipulations to improve strains: Industrial applications of tissue
culture Techniques protoplast fusion. Diseases in marine organisms: Application of
biotechnology in disease diagnosis, prevention and control gene probes and their
industrial applications. Role of biotechnology in environmental pollution control:
Indicator organisms, Test organisms, Monitoring organisms, Enzymes.

References:
1. David H.Attway & Oskar R.Zabosky: Marine Biotechnology: Volume 1,2,3,
Plenum Press, 1993.
2. W.Old & Primrose: Principles of gene manipulation SB Univ. Press.Cambridge.
3. Lewin.B: GENES V, J ohn Wiley.
4. Watson et al : Molecular Biology of Gene. Benj. Cumm.
5. G. Reed et al : Industrial Microbiology. C.B.S. Publishers.
6. H H Rehm & G. Reed : Biotechnology Vol. IV.
7. R.R.Colwell (ed), Biotechnology of Marine Science, 1982.
8. R.R.Colwell et. al (eds) Biotechnology of Marine polysaccharides, 1985.
9. A. M. Chakravarthy: Biodegradation and detoxification of Environmental
pollutants, CRC Press, 1928.
10. Rita Colwell (Ed): Biotechnology in Marine Sciences, Academic Press, 1981.

244

PAPER - CMEP1 - PRACTICAL I

1. Water sampling devices Mayers water sampler; Light measuring devices
Secchi disc
2. Analysis of seawater - Salinity, Alkalinity, Dissolved oxygen, Nitrite, Nitrate.
3. Bottom sampling devices Van Veen grab corer
4. Analysis of sediment organic carbon, sediment texture
5. Determination of primary production using light and dark bottle techniques.
6. Chromatography TLC, GLC, HPLC principles.
7. Identification of coastal invertebrate fauna
8. Mounting of gastropod radulae.
9. Mouth Parts of Squilla and Balanus.
10. Anatomy of shrimp.
11. Nervous system of gastropods.
12. Alimentary Canal of gastropods.

SEMESTER II

PAPER CME6 BIOLOGICAL OCEANOGRAPHY

Unit 1
PlanktonPhytoplankton-classification, diatoms and dinoflagellates-identification
features. Methods of collection of phytoplankton and zooplankton Estimation of
standing crop Wet and dry weight estimations Plankton volume settling and
displacement methods Determination of plankton biomass.

Unit 2
Adaptations of plankton-structural and Physiological mechanisms. Marine fungi and
Actinomycetes Occurrence and distribution adaptations Ecological role
Economic significance.

Unit 3
Plankton production-primary and secondary production. Methods of estimation of
primary and secondary production. Influencing factors on primary production. Regional
difference in (primary and secondary) production. Phytoplankton and zooplankton
interrelations. Red tide phenomenon Its causes and effects Bioactive Substances,
their potential and uses.

Unit 4
Seaweeds taxonomy, identification features, occurrence and distribution in India,
economic importance, production-agar, algin, carragenan, culture. Sea grass
classification, identification, morphological and anatomical adaptations, occurrence and
distribution in India, ecological role. Chemical ecology-ecological role of metabolites,
host-bacteria interactions.

245

Unit 5
Mangroves and salt marshes classification, identification, distribution, adaptations,
ecological role, uses, need for conservation. Remote sensing technique for biological
resources assessment.

References:
1. Lalli, C.M. & T.R. Parsons, Biological Oceanography: An introduction (2
nd
Ed).
2. Raymont, J .E.G., 1973. Plankton and Productivity in the Oceans. Pergamon Press,
London.
3. Yale Dawson, E., 1966. Marine Botany: an Introduction. Hole Reinhart and Winston
Inc., New York.
4. Sverdrup, H.U., M.W. J ohnson and R.H. Fleming, 1959. The Oceans their
5. Physics, Chemistry and General Biology. Prentice- H" Inc., New J ersey.
6. Clinton J . Dawes, 1988. Marine Botany. J ohn'Wiley & Sons Inc.
7. Nair, N.B. & D.M. Thampy, 1980. A text book of Marine Biology, Macmillan.

PAPER CME7 - MARINE ECOLOGY AND MICROBIOLOGY

Unit 1
Marine environment divisions and classification. Pelagic Division Neritic and
Oceanic environments, planktonic and nektonic adaptations. Benthic Division
Intertidal ecology rocky shores sandy shores muddy shores environmental
factors zonation fauna and their adaptations. Deep-Sea Ecology characteristics
features of the deep sea adaptations.

Unit 2
Marine Ecosystems - Concept Principal components. Marine ecosystem analysis and
modeling. Marine food chains Trophic structure Food web Ecological pyramids
Energy flow Evolution and management of Ecosystem Systems ecology and
modeling. Animal association in the marine environment endoecism Inquilinism
Phoresis Epizoism Mutualism Commensalism Symbiosis Parasitism. Prey-
predator relationship Density dependent and density independent factors.

Unit 3
Community Ecology - Community concept Structure and composition Diversity and
stability Concept of niche Succession. Zoogeography with reference to the Indian
Ocean, Arctic and Antarctic fauna. Marine borers and foulers, their biology and
adaptations. Biofouling primary film. Influence of environmental factors Succession
among fouling organisms Economic importance Antifouling measures imposex.
Relationship between fouling and corrosion.

Unit 4
History and scope of microbiology composition of microbes Prokaryotes and
Eukaryotes-distinguishing features. Cyanobacteria. Significance in Oceanographic
studies Influence of physical, chemical and biological factors on marine
microorganisms. Microorganisms and marine animals relationship, commensals,
symbionts and parasites. Role in the cycling of minerals carbon, nitrogen and

246

phosphorus cycle-decomposition of organic matter. Methods of studying the marine
microorganisms isolation of bacteria from water and sediment samples culture and
enumeration Total and viable counts Identification.

Unit 5
Seafood Microbiology - Microbial spoilage of fish. Microbial hazards in fish and fishery
products. Food poisoning Bacterial toxins botulism, Staphylococcal food poisoning,
Salmonellosis. Mycotoxins Aflatoxins production and occurrence mode of action.
HACCP. Halotolerant and halophobic bacteria. Microorganisms and water pollution
pathogens-distribution-indicators of pollution (Faecal coliforms) Prevention and control.
Biodegradation microbial degradation biodegradation of xenobiotics. Bioremediation
case histories constraints and priorities.

References:

1. Sverdrup, H.U., M.W. J ohnson and R.H. Fleming, 1959. The Oceans - their
Physics, Chemistry and General Biology. Prentice- H" Inc., New J ersey.
2. Rheinhemer, G., 1980. Aquatic Microbiology, J ohn Wiley & Sons, pp. 235.
3. Processcott, L. M., J . D. Chan and N. R. Kerig, 1993. Microbiology, WEB MCc
Graw Hill, pp. 962.
4. Pelczar, M. J . J ., E. C. S. Chan and N. r. Kreig, 1993. Microbiology concepts
and applications.
5. Dube, H. C., 1994. A text book of fungi, bacteria and viruses, Vikas Publishing
House, pp. 240.
6. Davis, D., Dulbecco, R., Eisen, H. N. and Ginsberg, H. S., 1990. Microbiology.
Third Ed., Harper and Row Publishers, Hagerstown.
7. A.D. Bonnell, Quality assurance in seafood processing a practical guide,
Chapen and Hall, London
8. Charles L. Cutting. Fish processing and preservation. Agro-botanical Publishers,
India
9. Connel, J .J ., 1975. Control of Fish Quality, Fishing News Books Ltd.
10. Aitikin, A., 1982. Fish handling & processing 2nd edition, Min. Agr. Fish and Food,
U.K.

247

PAPER CME8 - MARINE BIODIVERSITY IMPORTANCE AND THREATS

Unit 1

Definition Types of Biodiversity Species, ecosystem and Genetic biodiversity.
Importance of Marine Biological Diversity Products from marine life: Food, Medicine
and Raw materials seaweeds, seagrass, significance of three dimensional structure of
mangrove plantation Ecosystem services from sea.

Unit 2

Threats to Marine biological diversity : Proximate threats over exploitation of marine
invertebrates (crustaceans and molluscs), pisces (fish), reptile (sea turtle), marine
mammals (whale, dolphin), Physical alterations mining, dredging, navigation,
simplification, fragmentation, marinas, jetties, pollution oil spilage, chemicals,
radionucleocides transfer through ballast water global warming and its impact on
marine biodiversity.

Unit 3

Impediments to Marine conservation: Insufficient scientific information available with
traditional users of sea, scientists but not complete, inadequate transfer of information
improve vertical transfer to horizontal transfer, decision makers, cultural and biological
diversity fundamental ecological shift, tragedy of the commons, economic valuation
value of species and ecosystem that do not enter markets, internalization of
externalities.

Unit 4

Conservation of biodiversity: areas of diversity, areas to be protected, larval and nursery
grounds. Risk factors for populations: demography sex ratio, anthropogenic
uncertainty, low recruitment, mortality - Tools for conservation of marine biodiversity:
political advocacy Expanding knowledge base science, research, planning,
regulating threats, economic tools, protecting areas, active manipulation.

Unit 5

Hurdles in enforcement of existing laws / regulation insitu conservation exsitu
conservation alternate livelihood programmes

248

References:

1. Chapman, V. J ., 1976. Mangrove vegetation. J . Gramer, Berlin.
2. Peter Mc Roy, C. and G. Helferich, 1977. Seagrass Ecosystems. A Scientific
respective. Marcel Dekker Inc., Ney York.
3. Yale Eawson, E., 1966. Marine Botany: An introduction. Hole Reinhart and
Winston Inc., New York.
4. Kaestner, A., 1967. Invertebrate Zoology. Vol. I to III. Wiley Interscience
Publishers.
5. Carl E. Bond, 1979. Biology of Fisheries. W. B. Saunders Company, Philadelphia.
6. King, M., 1995. Fisheries Biology, Assessment and management, Fishing News
Books.
7. Nikolshi, G. V., 1969. Theory of fish population dynamics as the biological
background for rational exploitation and management of fishery resources. Otto
Koeltz Science Publishers, Berlin.
8. Naskar K. and R. Mandal, 1999. Ecology and Biodiversity of Indian mangroves.
Daya Publishers, 361.
9. Agarwal et al., 1996. Biodiversity and Environment, APH pp. 351.
10. Heywood, V. H,m 1995. Global Biodiversity Assessment, UNEP, pp. 1140.
11. Miller, R. I., 1994. Mapping the Diversity of Nature, Chapman & Hall, 218.
12. Zar,J .H. 1974, Biostatistical analysis, Prentice Hall, New J ercy, 620 p.

PAPER CME9 FISHERIES AND QUANTITATIVE BIOLOGY

Unit 1

Fishes General morphology and outline classification Marine fisheries of India.
Anatomy digestive, circulatory, respiratory, nervous and reproductive system of
marine teleost fish.

Unit 2

Maturation and spawning habits of marine fishes process of maturation methods to
determine spawning Biotic and abiotic factors affecting spawning in fishes. Population
dynamics fishing method, Unit stock, Recruitment, Mortality. Migration Fish tagging
and marking.

Unit 3

Survey of fishery resources Methods-acoustic method, aerial method. Survey of fish
eggs and larvae, analyzing population features. Sampling techniques Biometry of fish.
Age and growth Otolith. Fish diseases. Principal methods of exploitation of sea fishes
Indigenous and modern gears and crafts.

249

Unit 4

Biostatistics-Collection and representation of data. Probability distributions and their
properties hypothesis testing analysis of frequencies. Experimental design and
sampling theory analysis of variance correlation regression non-parametric tests
probability theory. Test of significance The chi-square rest. Computer application for
fish stock assessment - Estimation of age & growth, mortality and biomass - ELEFAN,
FISAT, BIOMASS, CEDA, YIELD

Unit 5

Biodiversity indices univariate method Shannon-Weiner index, Simpson index,
similarity and dissimilarity index Graphical/distributional techniques. Multivariate
method-cluster analysis, non-metric multi dimensional scaling. Mathematical modeling
types building a model-planning, implementation, evaluation, sensitivity analysis.
Computer applications in biostatistics.

References:

1. Fikret Berkes, Robin Mahon, Patrick McConney, Richard Pollnac, Robert Pomeroy,
2001. Managing Small-scale Fisheries: Alternative Directions and Methods. IDRC,
250 pages.
2. T. R. McClanahan, , Charles R. C. Sheppard, David O. Obura, Coral Reefs of the
Indian Ocean: Their Ecology and Conservation, Published 2000, Oxford University
Press, 525 pages
3. Cushing D.H., 1975. Marine ecology and fisheries, Cambridge University press
4. J hingran V.G., 1991. Fish and fisheries of India, Hindustan Publ. Corpn.
5. Robert S. Pomeroy, Rebecca Rivera-Guieb, Fishery Co-management: A Practical
Handbook, Published 2006, IDRC, 264 pages
6. Rgnvaldur Hannesson , Manuel Barange , Samuel F. Herrick, Global Ocean
Ecosystems Dynamics (Program), Climate change and the economics of the world's
fisheries: examples of small pelagic stocks. Published 2006, Edward Elgar
Publishinh, 310 pages
7. Tim McClanahan, J uan Carlos Castilla, Fisheries Management: Progress towards
sustainability, Published 2007, Blackwell Publishing, 352 pages
8. Gupta S.C., Fundamentals or Statistics, Himalaya publishing House Delhi.

250

PAPER CME10 MARINE POLLUTION

Unit 1

Marine pollution definition. Major pollutants sources, transport path, dynamics.
Toxicology lethal and sublethal effects of pollutants to marine organisms,
bioconcentration, bioaccumulation and biomagnification methods of toxicity testing
factors influencing toxicity synergistic and antagonistic effects role of microcosms
and mesocosms.

Unit 2

Sewage industrial, agricultural and domestic discharge compositions of sewage
disposal system (river drainage, piped disposal and sludge dumping) impact of
sewage disposal on marine environment treatment methods (primary, secondary and
tertiary). Detergents composition eutrophication and ecological significance
interference in the sewage treatment systems.

Unit 3

Heavy metal pollution essential and nonessential sources, distribution, fate-
analytical approaches, toxicity and diseases. Pesticide pollution classification and
composition organochlorines, organophosphates, carbamates etc. sources
transport, distribution and fate in the marine environment. Analytical approaches,
biological concern and ecological impacts with special reference to fishes, marine birds
and marine mammals.

Unit 4

Oil pollution composition, sources role of weathering forces on the fate of spilled oil
biological impacts of oil on fishes, birds, mammals and marine plants treatment
techniques (chemical, biological and mechanical). Thermal pollution sources waste
heat disposal uses of waste heat role of biocides (chlorine) ecological impacts.

Unit 5

Radioactive pollution sources (natural and artificial) distribution, biological effects of
radiation. Plastics and litter impact of mining and dredging operations in the marine
environment. Environmental monitoring methods for critical pollutants objective, status,
limitations biological indicators natural bioaccumulations (mussel watch) water
quality assessment.

251

References:

1. Sharma PD (recent ed.). Environmental Biology and Toxicology, Rastogi Publication,
Meerut.
2. Gormack, D. 1983. Responses to Oil and Chemical Marine Pollution, Science
Publishers.
3. J ohnston R. (Ed.), 1976. Marine Pollution, Academic Press,
4. Olson, TA, F.J . Burgess (recent ed.) Pollution and Marine Ecology, Interscience
Pub., New York.
5. Park, PK., Kester, DR, J W. Deudall and BH. Ketchum, 1983 Wastes in the Ocean
Vol- I, II, and III, Wiley Interscience Publishers.
6. J ohnston,R. (recent ed.) Marine Pollution, Holt Rinchart and Winston, New York.
7. Yven Breton, David Brown, Brain Davy, Milton Hougton, and Luis Overes (eds):
Coastal Resource Management in the Wider Caribbean Resilience, Adaptation and
Community Diversity, Published 2006, Ian Randle Publishers, 265 pages
8. Carl J . Sindermann: Coastal pollution: effects on living resources and humans,
Published 2006, CRC Press, 280 pages
9. Don Hinrichsenand Stephen Olsen: Coastal Waters of the World: Trends, Threats,
and Strategies, Published 1997, Island Press, 275 pages

PAPER - CMEP2 - Practical II

1. Interstitial fauna and meiofauna methods of collection and sorting.
2. Pelagic and benthic fauna of marine environment Collection and identification.
3. Field trips to study: Animal communities in different biotopes Mud flat Sandy
and rocky shore Mangrove Oyster bed. Burrowing fauna (c) Epifauna (d)
Boring animals (e) Fouling animals (f) Symbionts (g) Parasites (h) Epizoites (i)
Commensals (j) tubiculous organisms (k) Phytal fauna.
4. Identification of locally available marine macro algae, sea grasses and mangrove.
5. Collection, Identification of phytoplankton and zooplankton (Diatom,
Dinoflagellates, Hydromedusae, Copepods)
6. Bacteria culture Media constituents, defined media preparation and
sterilization.
7. Sterilization Principles and methods.
8. Enumeration of microorganisms Bacteria, Actinomycetes and Fungi.
9. Staining simple, gram, spore and capsule staining staining fungi.
10. Growth of microorganisms colony count, MPN calculation of generation time.
11. Characterization and differentiation of bacteria - Hydrolysis of starch, Casein,
Gelatin and fat. Catalase and oxidase test. Antibiotic assay

252

SEMESTER III

PAPER - CME11 - SCUBA DIVING

Unit 1
Skin-diving - scientific diving-regulations and history. Underwater Diving Principle;
physics of diving; physiology of diving-indirect effects of pressure; underwater
environment, decompression theory and its application; Snorkeling-basics; Recreational
diving; Usefulness - marine research, maritime operations. PADI. Government

Unit 2
SCUBA equipment standards - mask, fins, Buoyancy control device, cylinder,
regulator, submersible pressure gauge, exposure suit, compass, dive watch, dive
computer, dive light, dive knife, floatation devices, compressor systems - concept,
design, handling and safety issues. Diving types-tropical, temperate, cold water and
tech diving. Snorkeling kit.
Safety first-concept; Code of conduct - pre-dive procedure, dive planning, pre-dive
safety check-divers responsibility, equipment evaluation, post-dive safety checks.

Unit 3
Dive emergencies-procedure, rescue techniques. Buddy system. Safety stop in deep
dives. Equipment maintenance mask cleaning, regulator clearing/recovery. Air quality
standards. Medical requirements diver evaluation and monitoring, conditions for
disqualification. Record maintenance.

Unit 4
Underwater data gathering techniques - Quadrats and Transects; Mapping; Tagging;
behavior and ecology; site selection, location and relocation; specialized equipment for
data gathering Archaeology.

Unit 5
Underwater resource assessment techniques Coral reef and seagrass assessment,
monitoring. Visual senses. Marine Protected Areas. Photography- digital underwater
photo system-still and video-uses in monitoring and documentation. Commercial diving.

253

Reference
1. Michael Ange, 2005. Diver Down: Real-World SCUBA Accidents and How to Avoid
edition. International Marine/Ragged Mountain Press; pp.192.
2. Dan Orr and Eric Douglas, 2007. Scuba Diving Safety. Human Kinetics. Pp.196.
3. J ack Drafahl and Sue Drafahl, 2005. Master Guide for Underwater Digital
Photography. Amherst Media, Inc. pp. 128.
4. B. R. Wienke, 2001. Technical diving in depth. Best Publishing Company. Pp. 460.
5. Dennis Graver, 2009. Scuba Diving. Human Kinetics. Pp.233.
6. Martin Edge, 2006. The Underwater Photographer: Digital and Traditional
Techniques. Focal Press. Pp.408.
7. Dive Manual - http://www.sfos.uaf.edu/dive/manual/contents.html
8. Wilkinson, C., A. Green, J . Almany and S. Dionne, 2003 Monitoring coral reef marine
protected areas: version 1. A practical guide on how monitoring can supporteffective
management of MPAs. Australian Institute of Marine Science, Townsville,Australia
and IUCN Global Marine Program, Gland 1196, Switzerland.
9. J ohn N. Heine, 1999. Scientific Diving Techniques, A Practical Guide for the
Research Diver. Best Publishing Company. Pp. 225
10. Mumby, P. and E. Green, 2000. Mapping of coral reefs and macro algae,p. 155-174.
In: A.J . Edwards (ed.) Coastal Management Source Book 3, UNESCO,

254

PAPER - CME12 - GIS AND REMOTE SENSING
Unit 1
Overview and Definition. Fundamentals of Maps and Map Interpretation, Remote
Sensing application to Ground Water Environment, mining of mineral resources,
Landslides, Land subsidence and earthquake, Waste land mapping, Ecology,
environmental Impact Assessment.

Unit 2
Acquisitions of multi spectral images from space-borne platforms visual range. IR
bands. Types of sensors. Data from ERS and other satellites. Data resolution, band
width requirement for various themes. Data formats.

Unit 3
Processing of data: rectification and classification, edge extraction, spatial and wave
number domain filtering, estimation of band ratio, principal component analysis.
Normalized Difference Vegetation Index, histogram equalization, density slicing , linear
feature extraction.

Unit 4
Thematic application: application of remote sensing in the field of ground water
exploration, identification of surface feature, drainage pattern and catchment delineation,
identification of structural patterns and thermal spots from IR bands.

Unit 5
Delineation of coastal features, study of ocean waves from ERS data. A brief outline of
Digital Image processing, EOS and NASA's Mission to Planet Earth, The Basic and
application of Geological Information System (GIS), Global Positioning Systems,
Integration of Information Technology for Resource Assessment.

References:
1. Alexey Bunkin and Konstantin Voliak 2001 Laser Remote Sensing of the Ocean:
Mthods and Applications, Wiley & Sons, NY.
2. Peter M. Atkinson and Nicholas J . Tate, 1996 Advances in Remote Sensing and GIS
Analysis, ISBN Powells Edn.
3. Robert A. Schowengerdt, 1998, Remote Sensing BookHq.
4. Robert A. Schowengerdt, Basic Principles of Remote Sensing, (recent ed.) Wiley &
Sons, NY.
5. Thomas M. Lillies and Ralph W. Kiefer, (recent ed.) Remote Sensing and Image
Interpretation, Book News Inc.
6. Gert A. Schultz, Ewin T.Engman, E.T. Engman, 2000, Remote Sensing in Hydrology
and Water Management, Spinger-Verlag, berlin, Germany.
7. C.A. Brebbia and P. Pascolo, 2002, Management Information Systems 2002: GIS
and Remote Sensing Volume IV, Wit Press

255

PAPER - CME13 - MARINE ENVIRONNENT CONSERVATION STRATEGIES

Unit 1

Threats to ecosystem and resources anthropogenic and natural pollution industrial
& domestic, destructive & over fishing practices, coral mining, mangrove deforestation,
denudation of seagrass beds and trawling. Marine mammals and sea turtle threats
and effects.

Unit 2

Marine bio-resources Methods of exploitation. Endangered and vulnerable species.
Climate change - loss of habitat and fishery, sea level rise and resources, migration of
fishes, adaptation and management; Diseases causes, monitoring and management

Unit 3

Beach sand mineral deposits with special reference to India Marine metalliferous muds
and placer deposits classification of placer deposits - Important placer minerals in
India composition and resource status - Garnet, Zircon, Monzite, Limenite and
Magnetite. Effect of mining on environment and biological resources mining impact on
ecologically sensitive ecosystems. Eco-friendly mining practices. Processing and
potential environmental impact management mechanism and strategies in mineral
mining for sustainability. Remote sensing in mineral utilization and management.

Unit 4

Conservation and management of marine resources concepts, mechanisms and
action plan; coastal ecosystem restoration - Artificial reefs, coral restoration, seagrass
restoration and mangrove restoration; Bio-resources culture & sea ranching.

Unit 5

Government initiatives in marine environment conservation and management laws,
regulation, outreach and enforcement; Role of NGOs, research institutions; Local
community participation.

256

References:
1. Victor Rajamanickam, G. 2001. Handbook of Placer Mineral Deposits, New
Academic Publishers, 327 pages
2. India's mineral resources - Krishnaswamy, S.
3. Metallic and Industrial minerals - Lamey Carl, A.
4. A treatise on industrial minerals of India-Sinha, R.L.
5. Introduction to India's economic minerals - Sharma, N.L. & Ram . K.S.
6. Bell, F. G. ; Donnelly, Laurance J ., 2006, Mining and Its Impact on the Environment,
Taylor & Francis Group, 547 p.
7. Duxbury, A.C., A.B. Duxbury and K.A. Sverdrup. 2000. An introduction to the
Worlds Oceans. 6
th
Edition. McGraw Hill Companies Inc.
8. Stowe, K., 1996. Exploring Ocean Science, J ohn Wiley & Sons Inc.
9. Iversen, E.S., 1996. Living Marine Resources. Chapman & Hall, New York.
10. Firth, F.E., 1971. The Encyclopaedia of Marine Resources, Von Nostrand Reinholt,
New York.
11. Sverdrup, H.U., M.W. J ohnson and R.H. Fleming, 1959. The Oceans - their Physics,
Chemistry and General Biology. Prentice- H" Inc., New J ersey.

PAPER - CME14 - MARINE POLICY AND SOCIO-ECONOMICS

Unit 1

Scientific expeditions for ascertaining the wealth of the sea. The three major oceans
their relative importance Historical evolution of ideas: Oceans as a common heritage
of mankind. Evolving law of the sea The Geneva Conventions UNCLOS Series.
United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea 1982 (UNCLOS), the Atlantic treaty
and its salient features, including CCAMLR, CEP, SOAR; the Seabed treaty, scientific;
earth summit UNCED; Geneva Conventions. Role of Intergovernmental Oceanographic
Commission (IOC) and Man and the Biosphere Programme of the United Nations
Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) Concepts of ecosystem-
based management and marine spatial planning.

Unit 2
The Regional Seas programmes of the UN their global significance. The Antarctic
Treaty and its importance. CITES convention. Navigation and communication. Exclusive
Economic Zone. Marine International Relations. Scientific, economic and geo-political
aspects of seabed exploration and mining The seabed treaty. Mining act, law,
regulations in India. National and International Biodiversity Conventions - Endangered
marine animals, CITES Convention, Marine biosphere reserves, National marine parks,
Marine Protected areas and Sanctuaries.

Unit 3
Coastal population - Socio-demographic and economic conditions, traditions and culture,
caste and religion, women and children, leadership, issues and problems: Basic
facilities communication, drinking water, sanitation and housing. Education and health
issues - education (formal and informal). Environmental issues - exploitation and
developmental activities - socio-religious and cultural factors influencing environment
degradation.

257

Unit 4
Fisheries investment projects, finance and project planning. Fisheries extension service
for development Importance of training in fisheries development - training methods -
trainers-training - follow-up programmes - entrepreneurship development Role of
GOMBRT.

Unit 5
Economics of fish marketing, role of middle man, market trend, domestic and export -
economic utilization of fishery resources - role of women. Empowerment of fisher
women - development of new social paradigm that focuses on sustainability and justice.
Impact of resources depletion alternative and additional livelihood food security -
maintenance of bio-potential areas - Socio-economic monitoring and assessment.

References:

1. Christie, Donna R., and Richard G. Hildreth. 1999. Coastal and Ocean Management
Law in a Nutshell. 2nd ed. , West Publishing Company
2. Maraist, Frank L. 1996. Admiralty in a Nutshell. 3rd ed., West Publishing Company
3. Sohn, Louis, and Kristen Gustafson. 1984. The Law of the Sea in a Nutshell, West
Publishing Company
4. Burke, William T. 1995. International Law of the Sea: Documents and Notes, West
Publishing Company
5. Kalo, J oseph, et al. 1999. Coastal and Ocean Law: Cases and Materials. 3rd ed. ,
West Publishing Company
6. Schoenbaum, Thomas J . 1994. Admiralty and Maritime Law. 2nd ed., West
Publishing Company
7. Third United Nations Conference on the Law of the Sea: Documents 1973-1982 (18
vols.); and The Law of the Sea: Documents 1983-1992 (15 vols.).
8. Moore, J ohn Norton, ed. International and United States Documents on Oceans Law
and Policy. Buffalo, NY: William S. Hein & Co., 1986. 5 vols.
9. The Law of the Sea: A Bibliography on the Law of the Sea, 1968-1988
Compiled by the UN Office (now Division) for Ocean Affairs and the Law of the Sea.
Books and articles are listed for all the major law of the sea topics.
10. Butler, LMD., Elliott et al, 2001 Strategies to overcome oppression and
discrimination for marginalized groups, Lewiston, NY. Edwin Mellen Press.
11. Hoon, V., G. Sriskanthan, P. Townsley, B. Cattermoul, L. Bunce And B. Pomeroy,
2008. Socioeconomic Monitoring Guidelines for Coastal Managers in South Asia:
SocMon South Asia. IUCN/CORDIO.
12. Loper, C., R. Pomeroy, V. Hoon, P. McConney, M. Pena, A. Sanders, G.
Sriskanthan, S. Vergara, M. Pido, R. Vave, C. Vieux and I. Wanyonyi, 2008.
Socioeconomic conditions along the worlds tropical coasts: 2008. SocMon Global
Report, 56 pp.

258

PAPER - CME15 - INTEGRATED COASTAL ZONE MANAGEMENT

Unit 1

Coastal Zone - definition, importance, coastal resources, developmental activities and
their impacts on the coastal ecosystems. Ports and Harbours Dredging navigational
routes shore-front construction and their impacts, global and national coastal
problems such as loss of habitats, sea level change, degradation of water quality and
fisheries resource depletion. Shore-line changes.

Unit 2

Coastal management issues - boundaries of coastal zone - major ecological, social and
economic trends and their importance; environmental economics of integrated coastal
zone management (ICZM); comparison between developed and developing countries,
temperate and tropical countries and their ICZM.

Unit 3

Marine Biosphere Reserves Marine Parks Sanctuaries Concept, implementation
and management. Management action plan ecosystem and species. MAB
UNESCOs role in the establishment and functioning of Marine biospheres - Great
Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority concept and functional mechanism. Marine
Biospheres, National Marine Parks and Sanctuaries in India role and function.

Unit 4

Role of National and International agencies and organizations in ocean management
FAO, UNEP, MPEDA, WOCE, DOD, OOETb of UN, WHOI, IOI (Malta), International
Maritime Institute (Sweden), Law of the Sea Institute (Rhode Island), International
Maritime Satellite Organization (INMARSAT), IUCN (Switzerland), SCAR, SCOR,
Marine Pollution Commission on Sustainable Development.

Unit 5

Integrated Ocean Management - Change of resource utilization pattern Capacity
building trans boundary issues Climate change issues - International treaties
community based ocean management livelihood associated conservation and
management mechanism. Coastal Zone Regulation in India, Coastal Management Plan
in India, marine biodiversity act.

259

References:
1. Biliana Cicin-Sain, Robert W. Knecht, , Dosoo J ang, Gregory, W. Fisk, 1998.
University of Delaware Center for the Study of Marine Policy, Intergovermental,
Oceanographic Commission, Unesco, University of Delaware College of Marine
Studies Integrated Coastal and Ocean Management: Concepts and Practices, Island
Press, 543 pages.
2. Yvan Breton, 2006. Integrated Coastal Zone Management of Coral Reefs: Decision
Support , IDRC, 300 pages.
3. Robert Kay, J acqueline Alder, 2005. Coastal Planning and Management, Taylor &
Francis, 380 pages.
4. Bhaskar Nath, 2003. Environmental Management in Practice: Managing the
Ecosystem, Published 1999, Routledge, 297 pages
Peter J acques, Zachary A. Smith, Ocean politics and policy: a reference handbook,
ABC-CLIO, 267 pages.
5. Lawrence J uda, 1996. International Law and Ocean Use Management, Routledge,
345 pages.

PAPER - CME16 - ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND DISASTER
MANAGEMENT

Unit 1

Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) - Overview and history Origin - development
and legislative background - principles types and purpose importance necessity
global, national and local priorities and usefulness environmental law. EIA process
and stages - screening and scoping criteria - impact identification and evaluation
techniques: checklist, matrix, networks, systems modeling techniques for identifying
impacts.

Unit 2

Environmental impact prediction - prediction methods, criteria for selecting methods -
prediction techniques - use of primary and secondary data. Planning process and
decision making: decision paths, the scope for public involvement, relationship with
economic and social impact assessment. Mitigation and compensation measures -
monitoring and evaluation: environmental and socio-economics. Other related issues:
Strategic Environmental Assessment. Contribution of Environmental Impact
Assessment and Strategic Environmental Assessment (SEA) to sustainable
development.

Unit 3
Hazard - introduction and overview natural disasters Effects and developmental
problems. Types Earthquake, cyclones, floods, land slides, drought, coastal erosion,
tsunami Histories of earlier hazards. Coastal hazards- magnitudes and frequencies
global scenario of coastal hazards and impacts. Disaster management system
Concepts & Procedures - institutional mechanism policy preparedness and
response Capacity building and resource development financial mechanism.

260

Unit 4
Disaster management initiatives - State, national and international levels Early
Warning Systems - Policies and Laws socio-political issues. Community based
disaster management - socio-economic vulnerability community response capabilities,
preparedness and mitigation, risk management - issues that impact communities such
as shelter, livelihood, food security, etc. - community empowerment through access to
resources, participation, equity, education and awareness.

Unit 5
Disaster mitigation mechanism in the coastal areas mapping the Zones of Risk
identifying the Elements at Risk (societal, infrastructural, and analyses and damage
assessment) mitigation of physical vulnerabilities hard and soft measures,
infrastructure development awareness creation, capacity building of stakeholders -
addressing livelihood issues, environmental degradation climate change and loss of
fishery sustainability issues.

References:
1. Carroll B & Turpin T, 2002, Environmental Impact Assessment Handbook; A
practical guide for planners, developers and communities, Thomas Telford
Publishing, ISBN 0727727818.
2. Glasson J , Therivel R & Chadwick A, 1999. Introduction to Environmental Impact
Assessment: principals & procedures, process, practice & prospects, ISBN
1857289455, UCL Press Ltd, University College London, Gower Street, London,
WC1E 6BT
3. Hyde, P & Reeve, P 2002, Essentials of Environmental Management, ISBN
0901357286, The Institution of Occupational Safety & Health.
4. Petts J , 1999, Handbook of Environmental Impact Assessment, Vol. 1 & 2, ISBN
0632047720 & 0632047712, Blackwell Science Ltd, Osney Mead, Oxford, 0X2 0EL,
5. Therivel R & Partidario MR, 1996, The Practice of Strategic Environmental
Assessment, ISBN 1853833738.
6. Environmental Impact Assessment, Canter, L.W., 1977, McGraw Hills New York.
7. Handbook of variables of environmental impact assessment Ann Arbor Science
1979.
8. Kees Bastmeijer and Timo Koivurova, 2007. Theory and Practice of Transboundary
Environmental Impact Assessment. Publisher: Martinus Nijhoff Publishers / Brill
Academic. 400 pp.
9. Damon P. Coppola, 2006. Introduction to International Disaster Management,
Butterworth-Heinemann, 547 pages.
10. Mark Pelling, 2003. The Vulnerability of Cities: Natural Disasters and Social
Resilience, Earthscan, 256 pages.
11. Alcira Kreimer, Margaret Arnold, Managing Disaster Risk in Emerging Economies,
Published 2000, World Bank Publications, 193 pages
12. Greg Bankoff, Georg Frerks, Dorothea, Hilhorst, 2004. Mapping Vulnerability:
Disasters, Development, and People, Earthscan, 236 pages.
13. U.S. National Committee for the Decade for Natural Disaster Reduction, Committee
on Geosciences, Richard E . Hallgren A Safer Future: Reducing the Impacts of
Natural Disasters, Published 1991, National Academies Press, 67 pages.

261

PAPER - CMEP3 - Practical III

1. Study of the external morphology of fishes
2. Dissection of 9
th
and 10
th
cranial nerves of shark, ray and teleost fishes.
3. Study of food and feeding habits of fishes.
4. Fecundity estimation and ova-diameter studies
5. Life history stages of fishes
6. Mini project on Environmental Impact assessment
7. Mini project on assessment of disaster vulnerability and preparedness of a
coastal village
8. Practical exposure to GIS and Remote sensing techniques
9. Demonstration-Analysis and estimation of critical pollutants in seawater,
sediments and organisms - Estimation of BOD and COD, Pesticide residues,
Petroleum hydrocarbons, Heavy metals (Cu, Cd, Pb, Hg), LC
50
values
sublethal effects of critical pollutants to fish and shellfishes.

SEMESTER IV

PAPER CMEPR PROJECT WORK
Group project work not more than two students in each group in the related
subjects.

262

Exam Scheme
For Theory Paper : External Marks : 75
Internal Marks : 25

Theory Paper- External Exam
Part A : 10 x 1 =10 (No Choice) Multiple Internal Choice - 10 Questions
Part B : 5 x 5 =25 (either OR) - 5 Questions
Part C ; 5 x 8 =40 (either OR) - 5 Questions
Total =75 Marks

Internal Assessment for Theory Paper
Average of' the best two from three compulsory test - 15 Marks
Assignment =4 Marks
Seminar =6 Marks
Total - 25 Marks

263

M.Sc. (CBCS) DEGREE EXAMINATION
I SEMESTER
CONSERVATION OF MARINE ENVIRONMENT- MAIN
CME4 - Physical Oceanography
Time: Three hours Maximum: 75 Marks
Part-A (10 x I =10 Marks)
Answer ALL questions
1. The first oceanographic expedition Challenger Expedition hapr>ened during
a) 1820-24
b)1872-76
c) 1873-77
d)1870-74

2. The title with two high and two low tides a day is called
a) Diurnal tide
b) Mixed tide
c) Semi-diurnal tide
d) Ebb tide

3. The area between high water line and low water line is called
a) Intertidal
b) Subtidal
c) Littoral
d) Iinterstitial

4. The inshore ocean zone is called
a) Oceanic
B Hadal
c) Neritic
d) Abyssal

264

5. The water layer in which temperature changes rapidly with increasing depth is
known as
a) Thermocline
b) Stenohaline
c) Euryhaline
d) Rathyal zone

6. The sediment formed due to weathering process is known as
a) Lilhogcnous
b) Cosmogenous
c) Biogenous
d) Hydrogenous

7. The zone of light penetration in the sea is called
a) Pelagic
b) Euphotic
c) Aphoiic
d) Epipelagic

8. Fkman transport theory explains the wind driven movement of
a) Bottom Ocean water
b) Deep ocean water
c) Surface Ocean water
d) Lagoon water

9. The area where waves are breaking as the water gets shallower closer to shore.
a) Intertidal
b) Hadal
c) Surge
d) Surf zone

265

10. Sail wedge estuary is the classification based on
a) Habitat
b) Geological feature
c) Biological component
d) Water circulation

Part-B(5X5 = 25Marks)
choosing either a or b
11. a) Write an account on the origin of ocean basin
(OR)
b) Write a short note on submarine canyons
12. a) Write in brief about light in the sea and its significance
(OR)
b) Give an account on temperature distribution in the sea
13. a) Explain the forces causing surface and deep currents
(OR)
b) Write a note on EI Nino
14. a) Give an account on estuarine circulation
(OR)
b) Write an account on internal and standing waves
15. a) Explain the origin and physical properties of marine sediments
(OR)
b) Give an account on tidal current

Part - C (5 X 8=40 Marks)
Answer ALL questions choosing, either a or b
16. a) Explain the classification of marine environment
(OR)
b) Write an account on bottom topography of the ocean

266

17. a) Give a detailed account on the history of oceanography
(OR)
b) Describe the physical properties of sea water and their interrelationship
18. a) Explain wave formation and their properties
(OR)
b) Write in detail the circulation pattern in the ocean
19. a) What are currents? Explain the types of currents and the significance of
upwelling
(OR)
b) Write an account on the origin, classification and zonation of estuaries
20. a) Explain types of tides and give an account on its effect on coastal areas
(OR)
b) Classify marine sediments and write an account on their distribution and transport

267

M.Sc. (CBCS) DEGREE EXAMINATION
I SEMESTER
CONSERVATION OF MARINE ENVIRONMENT-MAIN
CME5 - Chemical Oceanography
Time: Three hours Maximum: 75 Marks
Part-A (10 x 1 = 10 Marks)
1. The process by which (he water moves from the sea to the atmosphere
a) Precipitation
b) Transportation
c) Evaporation
d) Conduction

2. The most abundant element in seawater
a) Sodium
b) Chloride
c) Magnesium
d) Calcium

3.'The carbon dioxide dissolves in seawater to form
a) Carbonic acid
b) Calcium carbonate
c) Oxygen
d) Carbon monoxide

4. The organism that can converts ammonia into nitrite in the nitrogen cycle
a) Phytoplanktom
b) Zooplankton
c) Nitrosomonas
d) Virus
268

5. Hypoxia refers to
a) Low level of oxygen
b) High level of oxygen
c) Low level of Carbon dioxide
d) Low level of ammonia

6. The process by which elements are cycled between biotic and abiotic compartments
of earth is called
a) Photosynthesis
b) Biogeochemical cycle
c) Nitrogen cycle
d) Carbon cycle

7) The following does not have a gaseous state as part of its cycle
a) Nitrogen
b) Oxygen
c) Carbon
d) Phosphorus

8) The process of movement of water molecules from seawaier side to freshwater side
by pressure is called
a) Osmosis
b) Reverse osmosis
c) Ion exchange
d) Electro dialysis

9) Humic substances are renowned for their ability to
a) Chelate soil nutrients
b) Decrease soil fertility
c) Pollute seawater
d) Affect nutrient uptake
269

10) The process of electrochemical degradation of metals due to reaction with their
environment is known as
a) Desalination
b) Decomposition
c) Disintegration
d) Corrosion

Part -B (5X5 = 25 Marks)
Answer ALL questions choosing cither a or b
11. a) Give an account on the concept of chlorinity
(OR)
b) Explain the differences between freshwater and seawater
12. a) Write an account on the major and minor constituents of seawater
(OR)
b) Constancy of composition of seawater - Explain
13. a) Explain the origin of dissolved oxygen in the sea and give an account on it*.
importance
(OR)
b) Give an account on the origin and importance of noble gases
14. a) Write a short note on interaction between humic substances and heavy metals
(OR)
b) Describe the ecological significance of dissolved organic matter
15. a) Write an account on nitrogen cycle in the marine environment
(OR)
b) Explain the role of inorganic nutrients in the fertility of the sea

Part-C (5X8=40 Marks)
Answer ALL questions choosing cither a or b
16. a) Explain hydrological cycle and its significance
(OR)
b) What are humic substances'.' Explain their role in the fertility and
Bio geochemistry of the sea.
270

17. a) Write an account on trace elements and their importance in the marine
environment
(OR)
b) Explain carbonate system in the marine environment
18. a) Write in detail the origin, distribution and importance of CO
2
in marine
environment
(OR)
b) Give an account on the minerals of the sea
19. a) Give an account on the origin, distribution and ecological significance of
particulate organic matter
(OR)
b) Explain the origin and distribution radio nuclides
20. a) Write an account on phosphorus cycle in the sea
(OR)
b) Define desalination and explain the methods

271
APPENDIX- BA20
MANONMANIAM SUNDARANAR UNIVESITY, TIRUNELVELI-12
M.Sc CHEMISTRY - SPECIALISATION IN GREEN CHEMISTRY
CBCS-For Colleges
Effective from the Academic year 2013-2014
SYLLABUS AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
Scheme of Examination and Question pattern for M.Sc Chemistry (Specilisation in
Green Chemistry) Course is the same followed currently for M.Sc. Chemistry
course offered in affiliated colleges. The pattern is follows:
Course No. & Title Hours per
week
Credits Marks for
CA
Marks for
ESA
Total
Marks
L P
SEMESTER I
Organic Chemistry-I 5 5 25 75 100
Inorganic Chemistry-I 5 5 25 75 100
Physical Chemistry-I 5 5 25 75 100
Elective -Research
Methodology
3 3 25 75 100
Organic Chemistry
Practical-I
4 (To be continued in
Semester II)

Inorganic Chemistry
Practical-I
Semester II)

Physical Chemistry
Practical-I
Semester II)

Total Marks for Semester I
400

SEMESTER II
Organic Chemistry-II 6 5 25 75 100
Inorganic Chemistry-II 6 5 25 75 100
Physical Chemistry-II 6 5 25 75 100
Organic Chemistry
Practical-I
4 4 40 60 100
Inorganic Chemistry
Practical-I
4 4 40 60 100
Physical Chemistry
Practical-I
4 4 40 60 100
Total Marks for Semester II
600
272
SEMESTER III
Organic Chemistry-III 5 5 25 75 100
Inorganic Chemistry-III 5 5 25 75 100
Physical Chemistry-III 5 5 25 75 100
Project (Group) 3 3 25 75 100
Organic Chemistry
Practical-II
Semester IV)

Inorganic Chemistry
Practical-II
Semester IV)

Physical Chemistry
Practical-II
Semester IV)

Total Marks for SemesterIII
400

SEMESTER IV
Inorganic Chemistry-IV 6 5 25 75 100
Green Chemistry-I 6 5 25 75 100
Green Chemistry-II 6 5 25 75 100
Organic Chemistry
Practical-II
4 4 40 60 100
Inorganic Chemistry
Practical-II
4 4 40 60 100
Physical Chemistry
Practical-II
4 4 40 60 100
Total Marks for SemesterIV
600

Total Number of Courses : 20
Total Number of Hours : 120
Total Number of Credits : 90

273
Question Pattern
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 75
Part A : 10 Questions fully objective type
Two questions from each unit of a paper, Each question carries one mark
10 X 1 = 10 marks
Part B : 5 Descriptive questions of either a or b type (internal Choice) One question is
from one unit. Each question carries 5 mark. 5 X 5 = 25 Marks
Part C : 5 Descriptive type questions of either a or b type (internal type) One question
is from one unit. Each question carries 8 mark. 5 X 8 = 40 Marks
PROJECT
Project for this course shall be a group project. Each group consists of 3 4 students.
Students shall submit the project report (Dissertation) on or before the last working day
of III semester. Project evaluation will be done by guide and one External Examiner
appointed by the university.
Project evaluation : 75 Marks
Viva voce : 25 Marks
Total : 100 Marks
Eligibility criteria :
The eligibility norms for this course is the qualification in B.Sc. Chemistry course
or any degree considered equivalent to this.

274
SYLLABUS
FIRST SEMESTER
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY - I
UNIT I: AROMATICITY AND NOVEL RING SYSTEM
Aromaticity: Benzenoid and non benzenoid compounds generations and reactions
sextet theory MO theory Huckels rule Annulenes and hetero annulenes Anti and
homo aromaticity Fullerenes. Nomenclature of bicyclic and tricyclic systems
structure and synthesis of Adamantane Congressane Alternant and non alternant
Azulene and sydnones.
UNIT II: STUDY OF ORGANIC REACTION MECHANISM
Reaction mechanism Energy diagram of simple Organic reactions Transition state
and Intermediate.Kinetic and Thermodynamic requirements of reactions Hammond
Postulate and microscopic reversibility. Kinetic and Thermodynamic control of product
formation. Kinetic and Non kinetic methods of determination Primary and secondary
isotope effectTesting and Trapping of intermediates, Isotopic labeling, Crossover
experiments and stereo chemical evidence. LFER : Hammett equation Physical
significance of and Applications and Limitations Taft equation.
UNIT III: STEREOCHEMISTRY
Concept of chirality: chirality Enantiotopic, diastereotopic hydrogens and prochiral
centres axial and planar chirality stereochemistry of compounds containing two
dissimilar asymmetric carbons and ansa compounds. R/S notations of allenes and
Biphenyl derivatives E/z notation of compounds containing one and two double bonds.
Stereospecific and stereoselective synthesis Methods of Asymmetric synthesis
including enzymatic and catalytic process Crams rule and Prelogs rule Cram
chelation model and Felkin Aln model.
UNIT IV: MOLECULAR REARRANGEMENTS
Types of rearrangements : Nucleophilic , electrophilic and Free radical reactions
Nature of migration migrating aptitude and memory effects, ring enlargement and ring
contraction.
Reaction and mechanism of the following : Carbon to carbon migration Wagner
Meerwein, Pinacol Pinacolone, Benzil Benzilic acid, Arndt Eistert synthesis,
275
Demjanov and dienone-phenol rearrangements. Carbon to oxygen migration Baeyer

Villiger and Darkin rearrangements.Carbon to Nitrogen migration Lossen, Neber and
curtius rearrangements.Miscellaneous : Von Richter rearrangement and Fischer -
Indole synthesis.
UNIT V: REAGENTS IN ORGANIC SYNTHESIS
Gilmans reagent LDA DCC 1,3 dithane (umpolung synthesis ) Tri nbutyl tin
hydride Aluminium isopropoxide chloro trimethyl silane. Fetizons reagent Lemieux
Von Rudloff reagent LemieuxJohnson reagent Woodward and prevost
hydroxylation. Phase transfer catalysts Merrifield resin Vaskas catalyst wilkinsons
catalyst Ziegler Natta catalyst.
REFERENCES
1. P. Sykes, A Guide book to mechanism in organic chemistry, Orient Longman, 1989.
2. S.M. Mukherji and S.P. singh, Reaction mechanism in Organic Chemistry ,
Macmillan India Ltd, 1978.
3. M. Mukerji, S.P. Singh, and R.P. Kapoor, Organic chemistry, Vol .I and II, Wiley
Eastern Ltd., 1985.
4. J.March, Advanced organic chemistry, Fourth Edition, John Wiley and Sons,
Newyork, 2006.
5. I.L. Finar, Organic Chemistry, Vol I and II, ELBS, fifth Editon, 2001.
6. F.A. Carey and R.A Sundberg, Advanced Organic Chemistry (part A and B)
plenumpublishers, 2000.
7. E.S. Gould, Mechanism and structure in organic chemistry Holt, Rinehart
andWinston Inc., 1959
8. S.H. Pine, Organic Chemistry , 5th Edition, Mc Craw Hill International Edition, 1987.
9. E.L. Eliel, Stereochemistry of Carbon compounds, Mc Craw Hill 1999.
10. E.L. Eliel and S.H. Wilen, Stereochemistry of organic compounds, John Wiley
andsons, Inc., 2003.
11. P.S. Kalsi, Stereo chemistry Conformation and mechanism New Age
international(p) Ltd., 2000.
12. P.Ramesh, Basic Principles of organic stereochemistry, Meenu Publications,
Madurai,First Edition, 2005.
276
13. D. Nasipuri, Stereochemistry of organic compounds Principles and

applications,Wiley Eastern Ltd., 1991.
14. J.M. Harris and C. Wamser John, Fundamentals of organic reaction mechanism
Wiley and sons
15. F.A Carey,Organic Chemistry, Tata Mc Graw Hill, fifth reprint, 2005.
16. T.H. Lowry and K.S Richardson, Mechanism and Theory in Organic
Chemistry,Houper and Row Publishers Newyork, 1987
17. V.M. Potapov, Stereochemistry Mir Publishers ,1979
18. R.O.C.Norman, Principles of Organic Synthesis, Chapman Hall, London, 1993.
19. Raj K. Bansal, Reaction mechanism in Organic chemistry, Tata Mc Graw Hill,
ThirdEditon, 10th reprint, 2005.
20. Gurdeep R. Chatwal, Reaction mechanism and Reagents in organic
chemistry,Himalaya publishing House, Bombay 1992.
21. J.N. Gurtu and R. Kapoor, Organic Reactions and Reagents, S.Chand and
companyPvt. Ltd.,
22. Gurdeep Chatwal,Organic Chemistry of Natural Products, Vol.I and II,
HimalayaPublishing House, Bombay 1992.
23. O.P. Agarwal, Chemistry of Natural Products,Vol I and II, Goel publishing
House,Meerut, 1984.
24. V.K. Ahluwalia and R.K. Parshar, Organic Reaction mechanism,second Edition
,Narosa publishing House,2005.
25. H.O. House, Modern synthetic Reaction,Second Edition , W.A. Benjamin,
Inc.,London, 1972.
26. R.K. Mackie, M.M. Smith and R.A. Aitken,Guide Book to Organic Synthesis
SecondEdition, Longman Seientific and Technical, Singapore, 1990.
27. K. Nakanishi, Natural Product Chemistry,Blackie Publications, Vols, I, II, III.
28. R.H. Thomson, Chemistry of Natural Products Wiley, Newyork, 1996.
29. R.T. Morrison and R.N. Boyd,Organic Chemistry sixth Edition, Prentice Hall, 1994.
30. Michael B. Smith, Organic Synthesis, Mc Graw Hill international Edition , 1994.
31. Bhupinder Mehta, Manju Mehta, Organic Chemistry, PHI Learning, New Delhi,
2011.

277
INORGANIC CHEMISTRY I
UNIT I: CHEMICAL BONDING AND STEREOCHEMISTRY
VSEPR theory Concept of hybridization and structure of molecules- Walsh diagrams
Bents rule apicophilicity M.O. theory symmetry and overlap M.O. diagrams of
homo and hetero diatomic molecules and BeH2 . Geometrical isomerism in complexes
of coordination numbers 4 to 7 with examples Fluxionality Fluxional molecules and
their characterization Planar tetrahedral, Trigonal bipyramidal square Pyramidal
interconversions.
UNIT II: CHEMICAL BONDING AND NON-AQUEOUS SOLVENTS
Bond order bond energy bond length bond polarity Fajans rule partial ionic
character electronegativity and different scales of pauling, Mulliken, Aldrich and
Rochow and sanderson scale conversion to pauling scale periodicity of
electronegativity, electron affinity and ionic radius lattice energy Born Haber cycle
and numerical problems involving it for the calculation of electron affinity or lattice
energy-Covalent character in ionic compounds different types of electrostatic
interaction, hydrogen bonding. General properties and classification of solvents.Self
ionization and leveling effect.Reactions in non aqueous solvents solute-solvent
interaction.Liquid NH3 and Liquid SO2.
UNIT III: SOLID STATE CHEMISTRY I
Electronic structure of solids - Free electron and band theory - Types of solids
conductors and insulators- intrinsic and extrinsic semiconductors - Band structure and
applications. Crystal defects in solids line and plane defects - Point defects
Schottky and Frenkel defects Non-stoichiometric defects - Preparation and properties
of nonstoichiometric compounds - Colour centres - Solid electrolytes and their
applications. Optical and electrical properties of semiconductors - Photovoltaic effect -
Hall effect - p-n and n-p-n junctions and their applications as rectifier and transistor -
Super conductivity high temperature super conductors, properties and applications -
BCS theory - Cooper electrons - Meissener effect and levitation.
UNIT IV: SOLID STATE CHEMISTRY II
Efficiency of packing in crystals Limiting radius ratio Description of crystal
structures - calcite, zinc blende, wurtzite, rutile, fluorite, antifluorite, CsCl, CdI2, K2NiF4
spinels and perovskite. Principles of TGA, DTA and DSC-applicdation to simple salts,
278
oxy salts, carbonates and complex salts thermometric titrations. Principles and
measurements of X-ray diffraction studies. Electron diffractions by
gases principle and measurements - determination of structures comparison
between electron, neutron and X-ray diffraction.
UNIT V: LANTHANIDES AND ACTINIDES
Correlation of electronic structures, occurrence and properties of the elements -
Chemistry of separation of Np, Pu and Am from U & fission products - Common and
uncommon oxidation states - Comparison with transition elements - Lanthanide and
actinide contractions - Spectral and magnetic characteristics of lanthanides and
actinides - Similarities between actinides and lanthanides - Coordination compounds of
lanthanides - Use of lanthanide complexes as shift reagents.
REFERENCES
principles Structure and Reactivity, 4th Ed., Harper College Publishers, 1993.
2. F. Albert Cotton, Geoffrey Wilkinson, Carlos A. Marilo and Manfred Bochman,
Advanced Inorganic Chemistry, Wiley Interscience Publication, 6th Ed., 1999.
3. G.S. Manku, Theoretical Principles of Inorganic chemistry, Tata McGraw Hill, 12th
reprint, 2004.
4. K.F. Purcell and J.C. Kotz, Advanced Inorganic Chemistry, Saunders Golden
Publishers.
5. B.E. Douglas, D.H. McDaniel and J.J. Alexander, Concepts and Models of Inorganic
Chemistry, John Wiley and Sons Ltd. 2nd Ed., 1983.
6. M.c. Day Jr and J. Selbin., Theoretical Inorganic Chemistry, 2nd Ed., East West
Press, 2000.
8. A. R. West, Solid State Chemistry and its Application, John Wiley & Sons, (Asia),
1998.
9. T. Kutty, J. Tareen, Fundamentals of Crystal Chemistry, University Press, 1st
Ed.,2001.
10. L.V. Azaroff, Introduction to Solids, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Ltd., India, 1989.
11. C. Kittel, Introduction to Solid State Physics, Wiley Eastern Ltd., 5th Ed., 1993.
12. H.V. Keer, Principles of the Solid State, Wiley Eastern Ltd., 1993.
279
13. D.K. Chakrabarthy, Solid State Chemistry, New Age International.

14. A.F. Wells, Structural Inorganic Chemistry, Oxford Science Publication, London,
1979.
15. M.T. Weller, Inorganic Materials Chemistry, Oxford University Press, Reprint 1996.
16. B. Sahoo, N. C. Nayak, A. Samantaray, P.K. Pujapanda, Inorganic Chemistry,
PHILearning, New Delhi, 2012.
PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY I
UNIT 1: CLASSICAL THERMODYNAMICS
Thermodynamics systems of variable composition: Partial molar quantities Chemical
Potential, partial molar volume and partial molar heat content. Gibbs-Duhem
equation.Determination of these partial molar quantities.Variation of chemical potential
with temperature and pressure. Thermodynamics of real gases and real solutions;
Fugacity: Methods of determination. Dependence on temperature, pressure and
composition. Activity and activity coefficient: Standard states, determination of activity
and activity coefficient of non-electrolytes and electrolytes.

UNIT 2: IRREVERSIBLE THERMODYNAMICS
Non equilibrium process: General theory Conservat ion of mass and energy Entropy
production in open system by (i) heat (ii) matter and (iii) current flow. Onsager theory:
Validity and verification. ThermoelectricityElectrokinetic and thermo mechanical
effects.Application of irreversible thermodynamics to biological and nonlinear systems.

UNIT 3: CHEMICAL AND PHASE EQUILIBRIA
Reaction free energy/ Reaction Potential Reaction isotherm and direction of
spontaneity Standard reaction free energy its calculation from thermochemical,
electrochemical and equilibrium data Temperature coefficient of reaction free energy
and equilibrium constant. Gibbs phase rule its thermodynamic derivation Application
of phase rule to three component systems Formation of one pair, two pairs and three
pairs fo partially miscible liquids systems composed of two solids and a liquid.

280
UNIT 4: STATISTICAL THERMODYNAMICS

Thermodynamic probability and entropy Maxwell-Boltzman, Bose-Einstein and Fermi-
Dirac statistics and applications Partition functions and entropies for translational,
rotational, vibrational and electronic motions of monoatomic and diatomic molecules
Calculations of thermodynamic functions and equilibrium constants Specific heat of
solids Einstein and Debye theories.

UNIT 5: MACROMOLECULES
Polymerization in homogeneous and heterogeneous phases Kinetics and mechanism
of polymerization (Addition and Condensation) Kinetics of copolymerization
Properties of polymers: Glass transition temperature, crystallinity of polymers. Molecular
weights: Distribution, methods of determination Light Scattering, Ultracentrifuge,
Viscosity and Osmometry Gel Permeation Chromatography. Conducting polymers
Factors affecting the conductivity of conducting polymer Doping of conducting
polymers Nature of charge carriers in conducting polymers solitons, polarons and
bipolarons.

REFERENCE
1. S. Glasstone, Thermodynamics for chemists, Van Nostrand Co, New York, 1969.
2. K.G. Denbigh, Thermodynamic of Steady State, Methien and Co. Ltd., London, 1951.
3. L.K. Nash, Elements of Chemical Thermodynamics, Addison Wesly, 1962.
4. G.M.Barrow, Physical Chemistry, McGraw Hill, 1988.
5. J.C. Kuriacose and J. Rajaram, Thermodynamics, Shohan lal and Co. Delhi, 1986.
6. J. Rajaram and J.C. Kuriacose, Thermodynamics, 2nd Ed., S.N. Chand & Co.,
NewDelhi, 1993.
7. D.N. Bajpai, Advanced Physical Chemistry, S. Chand & Co., New Delhi, 1998.
8. S.H. Maron and J.B. Lando, Fundamentals of Physical Chemistry,
MacMillanInternational Education, New York, 1974.
9. M.C. Gupta, Statistical Thermodynamics, New Age International (P) Ltd., New
Delhi,2nd Edition, 1998.
10. G.K. Narula and V.K. Gupta, Material Science, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 1988.
281
11. F. Rodriguez, Principles of Polymer Science, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2nd
Ed.,1987.
12. F.W. Billmeyer Jr., Text book of Polymer Science, John Wiley and Sons, New
York,1984.
13. Premamoy Ghosh, Polymer Science and Technology, Tata McGraw Hill, New
Delhi,2nd Ed., 4th Reprint, 2005.
14. V.R. Gowarikar, N.V. Viswanathan and J. Sreedhar, Polymer Science, Wiley
Eastern,New Delhi, 1988.
15. C.E.H. Bawn, The chemisty of High Polymers, Butterworth and Co., London, 1948
16. E.A. Collins, J. Bares and E.W. Billmeyer, Experiments in Polymer Science,
WileyInterscience, New York, 1973.
17. G.S. Krishenbaum, Polymer Science Study Guide, Gordon Breach Science
Publishing,New York, 1973.
18. G. Odian, Principles of Polymerization, Mc Graw Hill Book Company, New York,
1973.
19. P.J. Flory, Principles of Polymer Chemistry, Cornell Press, Ithaca, 1971.
20. Degennes, P.G. Scaling, Concepts in Polymer Physics, Cornell University Press,
1979.
21. Young, R.J. and Lovell, P.A. Introduction to polymers. 2nd Ed. Chapman & Hall,
1991.
22. H.K. Moudgil, Text Book of Physical Chemistry, PHI Learning, New Delhi 2010.

ELECTIVE - RESEARCH METHODOLOGY
UNIT I: LITERATURE SURVEY AND CHOOSING A RESEARCH PROBLEM
Survey of literature including patents primary source secondary source including
reviews, treatise and monographs literature survey abstraction of research papers
possible ways of getting oneself familiar with current literature. Identification of research
problem assessing the status of the problem guidance from the supervisor actual
investigation and analysis of experimental results conclusions presenting scientific
seminar reporting the results in the form of communication, paper etc. writing thesis.

282
Unit II: SPECTROSCOPIC TECHNIQUES

Types of atomic spectroscopy emission methods absorption methods fluorescence
methods atomizers for atomic spectroscopy flame atomizers Electrothermal
atomizers inductively coupled plasma sources of radiation Applications of atomic
emission spectroscopy.Principle, instrumentation and data interpretation of TEM, SEM,
EDAX and XRD analysis.Calculation of particle size of nanoparticles from XRD spectra
Debye- Scherrer formula lattice constant findings.

UNIT III: CHROMATOGRAPHY
Gas Chromatography: Theory of chromatography column efficiency and column
equation sample injection sampling system for capillary columns and packed
columns detectors gas flow control system high resolution gas
chromatography/mass spectroscopy. HPLC: Principles of high performance liquid
chromatography the liquid chromatography the requirements of solvent pumping
and different pumping systems gradient elution, isocratic elution, sampling detectors
for liquid chromatography the mobile phase in HPLC solvent degassing column
technology column selection quantitative analysis by HPLC.

UNIT IV: RADIOCHEMICAL METHODS
General theoretical considerations special precautions for radiochemical studies
equipment for measuring radio activity G.M. Counter tracers and traces
determination of characteristics of GM counter determination of dead time of GM tube
determination of the absorption curve for 234Th 234Pa sample. Isotope dilution
analysis verification of the principle of isotope dilution analysis determination of
equilibrium constant of a reaction by ion-exchange method using tracers.

UNIT V: DATA ANALYSIS AND ARTICLE & PROPOSAL WRITINGS
Errors in chemical analysis classification of errors determination of accuracy of
methods improving accuracy of analysis significant figures mean, standard
deviation comparison of results : t test, f test and chi square test rejection of
results presentation of data.Idea of writing research articles - project proposals to the
funding agency.
283
REFERENCES
1. C. Mahadevan, Research Methodology, Sakuntala Publications, Nagercoil, 1st
Ed.,2000.
2. R.T. Bottle, The use of Chemical literature, Butterworths, 1969.
3. A.J. Durston, Thesis and assignment writing.
4. R.M.Silverstein, G.C. Bassler and Morril, Spectrometric identification of organic
compounds.
5. J.Dyer, Applications of absorption spectroscopy of organic compounds.
6. D.L.Pavia, G.M.Lampman and G.S.Kniz Jr., Introduction to spectroscopy A guide
forstudents of organic chemistry.
7. H.Willard, L.Merrit Jr.and A.Dean, Instrumental methods of analysis.
8. D.A.Skoog and M.West, Principles of instrumental analysis.
9. B.K.Sharma, Instrumental methods of chemical analysis.
10. D.A. Skoog and M.West, Fundamentals of analytical chemistry.
11. J.D.Dick, Analytical chemistry.
12. S.M.Khopkar, Basic concepts of analytical chemistry.
13. C.N.Banwell, Fundamentals of molecular spectroscopy.
14. R.Chang, Basic principles of spectroscopy.
15. R.O.Bullet, Preparing thesis and other manuscripts.
16. http://www.dst.gov.in/whats_new/whats_new07/tsd-format.pdf
17. http://www.ugc.ac.in/financialsupport/xiplan/mrpxiplan.pdf

SECOND SEMESTER
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY - II
UNIT I: ULTRAVIOLET, INFRA RED SPECTROSCOPY, ORD AND CD
UV: The absorption laws Types of electronic transitions effects of solvent and
Hydrogen bonding on
max
values. Woodward Fieser rules to calculate
max
values
of conjugated dienes and , - unsaturated ketones. IR: Characteristic of IR absorptions
of different functional groups factors influencing absorption of carbonyl and hydroxyl
groups electronic effect, hydrogen bonding and Fermi resonance. Optical rotatory
dispersion (ORD): Octant rule - - halo ketone rule and their applications-Circular
Dichroism.
284
UNIT II: NMR SPECTROSCOPY

H1NMR spectroscopy: Basic Principle number of signals chemical shift Factors
influencing chemical shift - spinspin coupling classification of spin systems analysis
of AX, AMX and ABX systems Geminal, Vicinal and long range couplingsNOE in
stereochemistry FTNMR.C13 spectroscopy: Principle of proton decoupled C
13

spectroscopy - comparison with H
1
NMR chemical shifts (aliphatic, olefinic, alkynic,
aromatic and carbonyl compounds) 2D NMR spectroscopy: H
1
H
1
COSY, H
1
C
13

COSY, NOESY, DEPT and INADEQUATE spectra.

UNIT III: MASS SPECTROSCOPY
Basic Principles Techniques of Ion Production E I, C I, FD, FAB, ESI MS, MALDI
M S Base peak molecular ion nitrogen rule metastable ion isotope ion
daughter ions McLafferty rearrangement RDA General rules for fragmentation
pattern Fragmentation pattern of simple compounds of hydrocarbons, alcohols,
amines, aldehyde,ketone, ether, ester, acids and phenols Detection of structure
through mass spectral fragmentation. One conjunction problem based on the above
spectroscopic techniques is compulsory under section c. Problems shall be based on
the reference books.

UNIT IV: ALKALOIDS AND ANTIBIOTICS
Alkaloids: Degradation studies HEM , Emde and Von Braun The structural
determination and synthesis of Quinine, Morphine, Cocaine, Strychnine and Reserpine
Biosynthesis of alkaloids.Antibioties: Structural elucidation of penicillin,
chloramphenicol and cephalosporin C

UNIT V: VITAMINS AND TERPENOIDS
Vitamins: structural determination of vitamins A
1
, B
1
, B
2
, B
6
, C, D and E. Terpenoids :
General methods to elucidate the structure of terpenes structural determination of
- pinene, Camphor, Zingiberene, Cadinene, a - Santonin, abietic acid and sqalene.
Bio synthesis of mono and di terpenoids.

285
REFERENCES
1. J. March, Advanced organic chemistry, Fourth Edition, John Wiley and sons, New
York, 2006.
2. R.T. Morrison and R.N. Boyd, Organic Chemistry, sixth Edition, Prentice Hall, 1994.
3. I.L. Finar, Organic Chemistry, volume 2, sixth Edition, Pearson Education Inc.,
Singapore, 2006.
4. Y.R. Sharma,Fundamentals of Organic spectroscopy.
5. P.S. Kalsi, Spectroscopy of organic spectroscopy, second Edition , New Age
International publishers Limited, 1995.
6. Jag Mohan, Organic Analytical Chemistry Theory and Practice, Narosa
PublishingHouse, 2003.
7. W.Kemp, Organic spectroscopy, Third Edition, Macmillan, 1994.
8. S.M. Silverstein, G.V.Bassler and T.C. Morril, Spectrometric Identification of
organiccompounds, sixth Edition, Wiley 2004.
9. D.H.Williams and Ian Fleming, Spectroscopic methods in organic
chemistry,fifthEdition, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 1988.
10. F.W. Wherli and T. Wirthilin, Interpretation of carbon 13 spectra, Heyson and
sons,London.
11. V.R. Dani, Organic spectroscopy, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 1995.
12. J.R. Dyer, Application of Absorption spectroscopy, prentice Hall, 1987.
13. Pavia, Lampmann, Kriz and Vyuyan, spectroscopy, cengage learning India
PrivateLtd., First Indian Reprint,2008.
14. D.H. William and R.D. Bower, Mass spectrometry principles and Applications,
I.Howe, Mc Graw Hill.
15. R.M. Silverstein and F.X.Webster, Spectrophotometric Identification of
OrganicCompounds John Wiley and Sons, Ine., Sixth Edition, 1997.
16. F.A. Carey and J.Sundberg,Advanced Organic chemistry part A and B,
PlenumPress, 2005.
17. Gurdeep Chatwal,Organic Chemistry of Natural products, Vol I and II,
HimalayaPublishing House, Bombay,1992.
18. O.P. Agarwal, Chemistry of Natural Products,Vol I and II, Goel Publishing
House,Meerut, 1984.
286
19. M. Mukerji, S.P. Singh, and R.P. Kapoor, Organic Chemistry, Vol I and II,
WileyEastern Ltd., 1985.
20. I.L. Finar, Organic Chemistry , Vol. I. ELBS fifth Edition,2001.
21. R.O.C. Normon, principles of organic synthesis Chapman and Hall 1994.
22. W. Carruthers, some modern methods & Organic synthesis Cambridge
UniversityPress.
23. E.L. Eliel, stereochemistry of carbon compounds Mc Craw Hill, 1999.
24. ORD and CD in chemistry and Bio chemistry Academic press.

INORGANIC CHEMISTRY -II
UNIT I: COORDINATION CHEMISTRY
Stability of complexes - stabilisation of unusual oxidation states- determination of
stability constants by potentiometric and spectrophotometric methods- factors affecting
stability- chelate and template effects. VB theory and CFT Splitting of d-orbitals under
different geometries CFSE evidence for CFSE structure of spinels factors
affecting CFSE spectrochemical series Jahn-Teller distortion M.O. theory of
bonding sigma and _-bonding in coordination compounds. Ligand substitution
reactions of square planar complexes- Trans effect and its theoriesuse of trans effect in
synthesis of complexes- Substitution reactions in octahedral complexesacid hydrolysis,
base hydrolysis and anation reactions- Electron transfer reactions - Inner sphere and
outer sphere processes- outer sphere process in photochemical reactions.

UNIT II: ORGANOMETALLIC CHEMISTRY - I
Introduction - History-EAN and its correlation to stability- Synthesis and structures of
metal carbonyls- carbonylate anions, carbonyl hydride complexes and metal nitrosyls-
Isolobal analogy- IR study of metal carbonyls- Synthesis, properties and structural
features of metal complexes with carbene, alkene, alkyne and arene. Hapticity-
Metallocenes- synthesis,properties and bonding in ferrocene - covalent versus ionic
bonding in beryllocene, clusters and catalysis, hydride and dihydrogen complexes,
fluxionality.

287
UNIT III: ORGANOMETALLIC CHEMISTRY - II

Oxidative addition and reductive elimination- insertion and elimination
reactionsnucleophilic and electrophilic attack of coordinating ligands- Catalysis by
organometallic compounds - Homogeneous catalysis- alkene hydrogenation- synthesis
gas and water-gas shift reaction- hydroformylation- carbonylation of alcohols and
oxygenation of olefins-Heterogeneous catalysis- Fischer-Tropsch process and Ziegler
Natta polymerization - Immobilized homogeneous catalysts.

UNIT IV: APPLICATION OF SPECTROSCOPY TO THE STUDY OF
INORGANICCOMPOUNDS - II
NMR SPECTROSCOPY: 31P, 19F and 15N - NMR - introduction - applications in
structural problems evaluation of rate constants monitoring the course of reaction
NMR of fluxional molecules NMR of paramagnetic molecules contact shifts and
shift reagents.ESR spectroscopy: Principles presentation of the spectrum
hyperfine splittingfactors affecting the magnitude of g-values zero- field splitting and
Kramers degeneracy anisotropy in the hyperfine coupling constant. Application of
ESR in the study of transition metal complexes. J-T distortion: studies of Cu(II)
complexes.

UNIT V: ELECTROANALYTICAL METHODS
Voltametry : Polarographic analysis - applications, quantitative determination,
determination of equilibrium constant for complex formation - organic polarography -
advanced voltametric techniques - rapid - scan techniques - pulse techniques - AC
techniques - stripping techniques - coulometry - classification - controlled current
coulometrycontrolled potential coulometry - advantage of coulometric methods -
amperometry -amperometric sensors - amperometric tritrations - chronomethods -
Chronopotentiometry -Chrono coulometry - cyclic voltametry.

REFERENCES
Principles, Structure and Reactivity, 4th Ed., Harper Collins College Publishers, 1993.
288
2. F. Albert Cotton, Geoffrey Wilkinson, Carlos A. ManIc and Manfred Bochman,

Advanced Inorganic Chemistry, Wiley lntersceince Publication, 6th Ed., 1999.
3. D. Bannerje, Coordination Chemistry, Tata McGraw Hill, 1993.
4. G.S. Manku, Theoretical Principles of Inorganic Chemistry Tata McGraw Hill, 12th
reprint 2004.
5. K.F. Purcell and J.C. Kotz, Advanced Inorganic Chemistry, Saunders Golder
Publishers.
6. B.E. Douglas, D.H. McDaniel and J.J. Alexander, Concepts and Models of
InorganicChemistry, John Wiley and Sons Ltd., 2nd Ed., 1983.
7. M.C. Day Jr and J. Selbin, Theoretical Inorganic Chemistry, 2nd Ed., East West
Press,2000.
9. D.F. Shriver, P.W. Atkins and C.H. Langford, Inorganic Chemistry, ELBS,
OxfordUniversity Press, 1994.
10. W.L. Jolly, Modern Inorganic Chemistry, McGraw Hill Company, 2nd Ed., 1991.
11. R.S. Drago, Physical Methods in Inorganic Chemistry, Saunders College Publishers.
12. E.A.V. Ebsworth, D.W.H. Rankin and S. Cradock, Structural Methods in
InorganicChemistry, ELBS, 1988.
13. D.A. Skoog, F. James Holler and J.A. Nieman, Principles of Instrumental
Analysis,Saunders, 1992.
14. H.H. Willard, L.L. Merritt and J.A. Dean, Instrumental Methods of Analysis,
CBSPublishers, 6th edition, 1986.
15. G.H. Jeffery et.aL, Vogels Textbook of. Quantitative Chemical Analysis, Revised5th
edition, ELBS, 1989.
16. R.A. Day and A.L. Underwood, QuantitativeAnalysis, Prentice Hall, 1999.

289
PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY II
UNIT I: QUANTUM MECHANICS I
Inadequacy of classical mechanics Planks quantum theory - Compton effect - wave
particle duality - uncertainty principle . Operators and their algebra , Eigen value and
Eigen functions. Quantum mechanical postulates, Schrodinger equations(Time
dependent and Time independent). Particle in a box (1D and 3D), Quantum mechanical
tunneling and transmission coefficient rigid rotor and harmonic oscillator.

UNIT II: QUANTUM MECHANICS II
The hydrogen atom radial distribution and spherical harmonics functions shapes of
atomic orbitals. Approximation methods: variation theorem, application of variation
method to hydrogen and helium atoms. Perturbation theory (First order): application to
helium atom. Pauli exclusion principle - Slater determinant and HF-SCF methods to He
atom. Born- Oppenheimer approximations: LCAO-MO and VB treatments of H2
molecule. Huckel theory: application to ethylene, butadiene and benzene. Calculation of
electron density and bond order.

UNIT III: CHEMICAL KINETICS
Collision theory of reaction rate steric factor Theory of absolute reaction rates
Thermodynamic treatment Unimolecular reactions Lindemann, Hinshelwood, RRK,
RRKM and Slater theories Chain reactions Study of kinetics of chain reactions like
H2-Br2 reaction, Decomposition of acetaldehyde and N2O4 Explosive reactions
Study of H2-O2 reaction Ionic reactions in solution Factors influencing the reaction
rate Salt effect
Influence of pressure Kinetic isotope effect.

UNIT- IV: CHEMICAL DYNAMICS
Study of fast reactions General features Reactions in flow system, continuous and
stopped flow Chemical relaxation methods, temperature and pressure jump methods
Shock tube techniques Flash photolysis Pulse radiolysis. Concept of Linear Free
Energy Relationship derivation of Hammett equationsignificance of substituent and
reaction constants Taft equation Thermodynamic implications of LFER.
290
UNIT- V: PHOTOCHEMISTRY AND RADIATION CHEMISTRY

Absorption of light by molecules Reaction paths of electronically excited molecules
Fluorescence and phosphorescence Jablonski diagram Physical properties of the
electronically excited molecules: Excited state dipole moments, Excited state pKa and
redox potentials Stern-Volmer equation and its application Eximers and Exiplus
Photosensitization Chemiluminescence. Radiation chemistry Sources of high energy
Radiolysis of water Dosimetry and G value Primary and secondary processes
Linear energy transfer The hydrated electron and its reaction

REFERENCES
1. D. A. McQuairrie: Quantum Chemistry, Oxford University press, Oxford,1982.
2. P. W Atkins:. Molecular Quantum Mechanics, Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1983.
3. R. K. Prasad: Quantum Chemistry through Problems and Solutions, New Age
International, 1997.
4. A.K. Chandra: Introduction to Quantum Chemistry, Tata McGraw Hill, 1994.
5. H. K. Moudgil: Text Book of Physical Chemistry, Eastern Economy Publ.Co.Ltd., New
Delhi,2010.
6. W. Levine: Quantum Chemistry, Prentice Hall, 1994.
7. Sen: Quantum Chemistry, Tata McGraw-Hall, 1992.
8. G. Aruldhas, Quantum Mechanics, 2nd Ed., PHI Learning, New Delhi, 2011.
9. K.J. Laidler, Chemical Kinetics, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2nd Edition, 18th
reprint1994.
10. K.J. Laidler, Theories of Chemical Reaction Rates, McGraw Hill, 1988.
11. F. Wilkinson, Chemical Kinetics and Reacton Mechanism, Van Nostrand Reinhold
Co.,New York, 1980.
12. G.L. Agarwal, Basic Chemical Kinetics, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 1996.
13. R.G. Forest and Pearson, Kinetics and Mechanism, Wiley, New York, 1961.
14. Moore and R.G. Pearson, Kinetics and Mechanism, 1981.
15. C. Capellos and B.H.J. Bielski, Kinetics Systems, Wiley Interscience, New York,
1972.
16. I. Amdur and G.G. Hammes, Chemical Kinetics, Principles and Selected
Topics,McGraw Hill, New York, 1968.
291
17. G.M. Harrus, Chemical Kinetics, D.C. Health and Co., 1966.
18. P.W. Atkins, Physical Chemistry, ELBS Ed., 1998.
19. P.L. Houston, Chemical Kinetics and reaction Dynamics, McGraw Hill,
InternationalEdition 2001.
20. J. Rajaram and J.C. Kuriacose, Kinetics and Mechanisms or Chemical
transformations,Macmillan India Ltd., 1st reprint 1998.
21. Ira Levine, Physical Chemistry, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 5th Edition 2004.
22. K.K. Rohatgi Mukherjee, Fundamentals of Photochemistry, New Age International
(P)Ltd., 1997.
23. Gordon Hughes, Radiation Chemistry, Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1973.
24. N.J. Turro, Molecular Photochemistry, Benjamin, 1965.
25. J.G. Calvertz and J.N. Pitts, Photochemistry, Wiley, New York, 1966.

LABORATORY COURSE
First year (Semester I & II)
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY PRACTICAL I
A. SEPARATION OF ORGANIC MIXTURE:
(i) Separation of two component mixture and determination of their physical constants.
(ii) Separation and analysis of at leasteight two component mixture. The students are
expected to determine the physical constants for both the components as well as their
derivatives.
(iii) Analysis may be performed in micro scale for both economic and eco-friendliness
B. LIST OF SINGLE STAGE PREPARATIONS :
(i) Preparation of Benzal acetophenone from Benzaldehyde.
(ii) Preparation of 1,2,3,4 Tetrahydro carbazole from cyclohexanone.
(iii) Preparation of Resacetophenone from Resorcinol.
(iv) Preparation of dinitro-diphenyl amine from Aniline.
(v) Preparation of benzoquinone from hydroquinone.
Note : Each student is expected to submit recrystallised samples of the derivatives and
recrystallised sample of the preparation during their regular practical for evaluation
during the practical examinations.
292
C. FOR CLASS WORK ONLY :

(i) Interpretation of IR and UV-VIS spectra of any three simple Organic Compounds.
(ii) Organic preparations using Alternative Green Procedure
(Any 4 preparations)
1. Acetylation of primary amine - Acetanilide from aniline
2. Base catalyzed aldol condensation (Synthesis of Dibenzalpropanone)
3. Halogen addition to C=C bond (bromination of trans-stilbene)
4. [4+2] Cycloaddition reaction (diels-alder reaction between furan and maleic acid)
5. Preparation of benzilic acid in solid state under solvent-free condition rearrangement
reaction (benzilbenzilic acid rearrangement)
6. Coenzyme catalyzed benzoin condensation (thiamine hydrochloride catalyzed
synthesis of benzoin)
7. Pechmann condensation for coumarin synthesis (clay catalyzed solid state synthesis
of 7-hydroxy-4-methylcoumarin)
8. Electrophilic aromatic substitution reaction (nitration of phenol)
N.B:- 1.Section C is course work only
2.It is the purpose of internal assessment only
REFERENCES
1.F.C.Mann and B.C.Saunders, Practical organic chemistry, Fourth edition, ELBS,1970
2.A.I. Vogel, A Text book of Practical organic chemistry.
3. A.I. Vogel, A Text book of Quantitative Organic Analysis,1989.
4. Raj K. Bansal,Laboratory Manual of Organic Chemistry,Second Edition,Wiley Eastern
Ltd., 1990
5.Moore, Dalrympk and Rodig, Experimental methods in organic chemistry, 3
rd
edition,
Saunders College publishing, The Oxford Press,1982

293
INORGANIC CHEMISTRY PRACTICAL - I

1. Qualitative analysis of inorganic mixture containing two familiar and two less familiar
cations Pb, Cu, Bi, Cd, Sb, Zn, Co, Ni, Mn, Ca, Ba, Sr, W, Tl, Te, Se, Mo, Ce, Th, Zr, V,
U, Ti and Li.
2. Complexometric titrations Estimation of Cu, Zn and Mg by EDTA titration in
presence of either Pb or Ba .
3. Photocolorimetric Estimation of Fe, Ni, Cr, Mn, Cu and NH4 +.
4. Separation and identification of a binary mixture of inorganic cations by
chromatography.
FOR CLASS WORK ONLY :
EDTA Titrations - estimation using alternate green principle (Any two only)
i. Estimation of Ca
2+
from the mixture of Ca& Ba
ii. Estimation of Cu
2+
from the mixture of Cu & Pb
iii. Estimation of Mg
2+
from the mixture of Mg & Ba
iv. Estimation of Zn
2+
from the mixture of Zn & Pb

N.B:-The ClassWork is for the purpose of internal assessment only
PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY PRACTICAL - I
A. DISTRIBUTION
1. Distribution of benzoic acid between benzene/toluene and water
B. CONDUCTIVITY
2. Determination of solubility product of a sparingly soluble salt
3. Determination of Ka by using Ostwald distribution method.
4. Titrations
(i) HCl + CH3COOH vs NaOH
(ii) NH4Cl + HCl vs NaOH
(iii) CH3COOH + CH3COONa vs NaOH
(iv) CH3COOH + CH3COONa vs HCl
C. KINETICS
5. Study of primary salt effect on K2S2O8
6. Kinetics of K2S2O8 and KI reaction
294
D. THERMOMETRY
7. Determination of solution enthalpy
(i) Oxalic acid water
(ii) Ammonium oxalate water
(iii) Naphthalene - toluene

SECOND YEAR
THIRD SEMESTER
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY - III
UNIT -I :ALIPHATIC NUCLEOPHILIC SUBSTITUTION AND ELIMINATION
REACTIONS:
Aliphatic nucleophilic substitution : Mechanism of S
N
1, S
N
2, S
N
i, S
N
1, S
N
2 and S
N
i
reactions- Effect of substrate, nucleophile, leaving group and solvent on the rate of
substitution- Ambient nucleophile- NGP- Mechanism of esterifications and ester
hydrolysis (B
AC
2 and A
AC
2 mechanisms only)Elimination reaction: E
1
, E
2
and E
1
CB
mechanisms- Factors influencing elimination reactions- Hofmann and Satyzeff rules-
Pyrolytic elimination- Chugaev and cope reactions.

UNIT -II:AROMATIC NUCLEOPHILIC SUBSTITUTION REACTION AND ADDITION
TO CARBON-CARBON MULTIPLE BONDS
Aromatic nucleophilic substitution reaction: Unimolecular, Bimolecular and Benzyne
mechanisms.Catalytic hydrogenation- Birch reduction-Dieckmann condensation-
Mannich reaction- Wittig reaction- Sharpless asymmetric epoxidation-addition of
hydrogen and hydrogen halides to carbon-carbon double bonds-Michael addition (1,2
and 1,4).

UNIT -III:REACTIVE INTERMEDIATES AND REARRANGEMENTS
Carbenes: Generation, stability, structure, reactions and stereochemistry of carbenes-
Wolff rearrangement of acyl carbenes and its synthetic applications.
295
Nitrenes: Generation, stability, reaction of nitrenes- Mechanism of rearranegements

through Nitrene intermediate: Schmidt, Hoffmann, Beckmann rearrangements.
Carbanion: Mechanism of rearrangements involving carbanion as intermediate:
Steven, Sommelet Hauser and Favorski rearrangements.
Arynes : Generation, Structure, Stability, reactions and trapping of arynes- cine
substitution.

UNIT -IV: ORGANIC PHOTOCHEMISTRY AND PERICYCLIC REACTIONS
Photosensitization- cis-trans isomerisation- photo oxidation and reductions- Norris type-I
and II reactions- Paterno-Buchi reaction- Barton reaction- Di- methane
rearrangement.Atomic and molecular orbitals-Woodward-Hoffmann rules, FMO and
correlation diagram approaches: Electrocyclic reaction- con and dis rotatory motions for
4n and 4n+2system (butadiene and 1,3,5-hexatriene)- Stereochemical course of electro
cyclic reaction in terms of conservation of orbital symmetry.
Cycloaddiation- suprafacial and antarafacial additions, [2+2] and [4+2] reactions
(ethylene and butadiene)- Sigmatropic rearrangements - [i,j] shift of C-H and C-C bonds
(1+3 and 1+5system)

UNIT -V: HETEROCYCLIC AND BIOMOLECULES
Synthesis and reactions of oxazole, imidazole, thiazole, coumarins benzopyrones and
anthocyanins-synthesis of flavones, flavonol and quercetin-Biosynthesis of flavonoids.
Pyranose and furanose forms of aldohexose and ketohexose-methods used for the
determination of ring size-A Detailed study on the structure of maltose, sucrose and
lactose- A brief study on starch and cellulose.Nucleoproteins and nucleic acid-chemistry
and Heredity- genetic code.

REFERENCES
1.J.March, Advanced organic chemistry, Fourth Edition, John Wiley and Sons,
Newyork, 2006.
2. Depuy, E.C.H. and Chapman, O.S., Molecular reactions and photochemistry ,
Prentice Hall, New York, 1988.
3.I.L. Finar, Organic Chemistry, volume 2, sixth Edition, Pearson Inc., Singapore, 2006.
296
4.Raj K. Bansal, Organic Reaction mechanisms, Tata Mc Graw Hill, Third Editon,
2007
5.Singh, J., and Singh, J., Photochemistry and Pericyclic reaction, New Age
International, New Delhi, 2004.
6.H.O. House, Modern synthetic Reaction,Second Edition , W.A. Benjamin, Inc.,
London, 1972
7.R.K. Mackie, M.M. Smith and R.A. Aitken,Guide Book to Organic Synthesis Second
Edition, Longman Seientific and Technical, Singapore, 1990.
8.Carrutherus , W., Some Modern Methods in Organic Syntheis, Third edition,
Cambridge University Press, New York, 1997.
9.F.A. Carey and J.Sundberg,Advanced Organic chemistry part A and B, Plenum
Press, 2005.
10.Michael B. Smith, Organic Synthesis, Mc Graw Hill international Edition , 1994.
11.P. Sykes, A Guide book to mechanism in organic chemistry, Orient Longman, 1989.
12.Gurdeep R. Chatwal, Reaction mechanism and Reagents in organic chemistry,
Himalaya publishing House, Bombay 1992.
13. R.T. Morrison and R.N. Boyd,Organic Chemistry sixth Edition, Prentice Hall,1994
14.R.O.C .Norman, Principles of organic synthesis- Chapman and hall, London.
15.De Mayo, Molecular rearrangements
Winston Inc., 1959.
17. F.A. Carey, Organic chemistry Tata Mc Graw Hill, Delhi, 5
th
edition 2005.
18.Stryer, L., Biochemistry, Fifth edition, W.H.Freeman and company, San Francisco,
2002.
19.Jain, J.L., Fundamentals of Biochemistry,Fourth edition, S.Chand & Company
Limited, New Delhi.2007

297
INORGANIC CHEMISTRY - III

UNIT I : NUCLEAR CHEMISTRY- I
Atomic nuclei : classification , composition and stability nuclear shell structure
nuclear reactions : types , Q-value , threshold energy , cross sections and excitation
functions nuclear reaction models : optical and compound nucleus models . Direct
nuclear reactions transfer reactions : stripping and pick-up high energy reactions :
neutron evaporation and spallation heavy ion reactions photonuclear reactions.
Nuclear fusion and stellar energy nuclear fission : mass and charge distribution of
fission products fission energy fission neutrons theory of nuclear fission
spontaneous fission .

UNIT II : NUCLEAR CHEMISTRY - II
Nuclear reactors : classification , components , reproduction factor and design
parameter fuel materials and their production. Breeder reactor : fast breeder test
reactor reprocessing of spent fuels : aqueous and non-aqueous processes disposal
of gaseous , liquids and solid radioactive wastes radiation hazards and protection
Indias nuclear reactors . Radio isotopes : preparation, application of radio isotopes in
elucidating reaction mechanisms and structural determinations . Analytical applications :
radio chromatography , neutron activation analysis , neutron absorptiometry and
radiometric titrations hot atom chemistry synthesis of transuraniens .

UNIT III : INORGANIC CHAINS , RINGS , CAGES AND CLUSTERS
Hetero catenation - silicates - classification and structure-property correlation .
Polyacids structures of isopoly and heteropoly anions - polymeric sulphur nitride -
borazines phosphazenes - phosphazene polymers - boranes and carboranes
structure and bonding in boranes. Metal-metal bonds and metal atom clusters -
carbonyl type - anionic and hydrido clusters- non- carbonyl type octahedral clusters
and triangular clusters .

298
UNIT-IV: APPLICATION OF SPECTROSCOPY TO THE STUDY OF INORGANIC

COMPOUNDS II
Application of IR and Raman spectra in the study of coordination compounds :
Application to metal carbonyls and nitrosyls geometrical and linkage isomerism
detection of inter and intramolecular hydrogen bonding stretching mode analysis of
metal carbonyls.
Mossbauer spectroscopy : Principle application of isomer shift , quadrupole
interactions and magnetic hyperfine splitting in the study of iron and tin compounds .

UNIT-V : BIOINORGANIC CHEMISTRY I
Essential and trace elements in biological system biological importance and toxicity
of elements such as Fe , Cu , Zn , Co , Mo , W , V , Mn , and Cr in biological system.
Metallo porphyrins chlorophyll photosynthetic electron transport sequence
biological electron carriers : iron-sulphur proteins , cytochromes and blue copper
proteins oxygen carriers: haemoglobin and myoglobin - Haemoglobin modelling :
synthetic oxygen carriers . Corrin ring system - vitamin B
12
, Fixation of nitrogen in
vitro and in vivo.

REFERENCES
1. Samuel Glasstone ,Source Book of Atomic Energy , East West Pvt.Ltd., 1969.
2. H.J.Arnikar ,Essentials of Nuclear Chemistry , Wiley Eastern Ltd., 4
th
Edition ,2000 .
3.G.Friedlander , J.W.Kennedy , E.S.Macies and Julian Malcolm , Nuclear and
Radiation Chemistry , A . Wiley Interscience publication ,1981.
4.James .E.Huheey , Ellen .A. Keiter and Richard .L. Keiter , Inorganic Chemistry :
Principles of Structure and Reactivity , 4
th
Edition , Harper Collins College Publishers ,
1993
5.F.Albert Cotton , Geoffrey Wilkinson , Carlos .A.Manic and Manfred Bochman ,
Advanced Inorganic Chemistry ,Wiley Interscience Publication , 6
th
edition , 1999 .
6.G.S.Manku , Theoretical Principles of Inorganic Chemistry , Tata McGraw Hill , 12
reprint 2004.
299
7.K.F.Purcell and J.C.Kotz ,Advanced Inorganic Chemistry , Saunders Golden

Publishers .
8.B.E.Douglas , D.H.McDaniel and J.J.Alexander , Concepts and Models of Inorganic
Chemistry , John Wiley and Sons Ltd . 2
nd
Edition , 1983.
9.J.D.Lee , Concise Inorganic Chemistry , Blackwell Science Ltd., 5
th
Edition, Reprint
2003.
10.M.C.Day Jr. And J.Selbin.,Theoretical Inorganic Chemistry , 2
nd
Edition , East West
Press , 2000.
11.R.S.Drago, Physical Methods in Inorganic Chemistry ,W.B.Saunders ,1977.
12.E.A.V.Ebsworth David ,W.H.Rankin Stephen Credock ,Structural Methods in
Inorganic Chemistry ,ELBS , IV 1988.
13.D.E.Fenton ,BioCoordination Chemistry , Oxford Science Publications ,1995.
14.I.Bertini, H.B.Gray ,S.J.Lippard and J.S.Valantine , Bioinorganic Chemistry , Viva
Books Pvt. Ltd., 1998.
PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY-III
UNIT-I:GROUP THEORY I :SYMMETRY PROPERTIES OF MOLECULES AND
GROUP THEORY:
Symmetry elements, symmetry operations and point groups, properties of group,
symmetry and dipole moment, symmetry and optical activity, symmetry operations as a
group, multiplication table.Classes of symmetry operations and matrix representations
of operations.Reducible and irreducible representations, orthogonality
theorem.Properties of irreducible representations. Constructions of character table for
point groups (C
2v,
C
3v,
C
2h,
C
4v
and D
2
). Explanations for the complete character table for
a point group.

UNIT- II: GROUP THEORY II :APPLICATION OF GROUP THEORY:
Symmetry selection rules for infrared, Raman and electronic Spectra.
Standard reduction formula.Determination of representations of vibrational modes in
non-linear molecules (H
2
0, NH
3
and Trans N
2
F
2
).Infrared and Raman activities of
normal modes of vibrations. Rule of mutual exclusion.
300
Electronic Spectra of Ethylene and formaldehyde molecules. Hybrid orbital in non-linear

molecules (CH
4
, XeF
4
, BF
3
,and PF
5
). Projection operators and symmetry adapted linear
combinations(SALC). Simplification of HMO calculations using group theory. Calculation
of delocalization of energy in 1,3-butadiene and cyclopropenyl systems.

UNIT - III :ELECTROCHEMISTRY
Electrolytic conductance-Debye - Huckel theory of inter-ionic attraction , Debye-Huckel-
Onsagar equation and its validity. Debye-Falkenhagen and Wein effects. Debye-Huckel
limiting law, its applications to concentrated solutions. Debye-Huckel Bronsted
equation.Quantitative and qualitative verification of DebyeHuckel limiting law.
Electrode-electrolyte interface, adsorption at electrified interface, electrical double layer,
electrocapillary phenomenon-Lipmann equation
UNIT - IV:- Polarization and over potential, Butler-Volmer equation for one step and
multistep electron transfer reactions, Tafel equation, significance of I
0
and transfer
coefficient, polarizable and non polarizable electrodes, mechanism of hydrogen and
oxygen evolution reactions. Corrosion and polarization of metals - Pourbaix diagrams,
Evans diagram, Fuel cells, electrode deposition-principle and applications
UNIT - V:-ADSORPTION AND SURFACE PHENOMENON:
Physisorption and chemisorption, adsorption and desorption, adsorption isotherms-
Langmuir and B. E. T. equation and significance in surface area determination, surface
films, adsorption from solution, Gibb's adsorption equation: derivation, significance.
Kinetics of unimolecular and bimolecular surface reactions. Application of photoelectron
spectroscopy, ESCA and Auger spectroscopy to the study of surfaces, Surface activity,
surface active agents and their classification, micellisation, critical micelle concentration
( cmc), thermodynamics of micellisation , factors affecting cmc, methods of
determination of cmc , use of surfactants in oil recovery.
REFFERENCE
3. Symmetry in chemistry by H. Jaffe and M .Orchin , Jhon willey.
301

7. Group theory by Gobinathan and Ramakrishnan.
9. Physical chemistry. by F. Daniels and A. Alberty.
10. An Introduction to Electrochemistry by S. Glasstone.
11. Modern Electrochemistry Vol. I & II by J. O. M. Bockris and A.K.N. Reddy .
12. Physical Chemistry by P. W. Atkins. ELBS.
13. Physical chemistry of surfaces: A. W. Adamson.
14. Theories of chemical reaction rates by A. J. K. laidler.
15. Text book of physical Chemistry by H.K. Moudgil.

FOURTH SEMESTER
INORGANIC CHEMISTRY- IV
UNIT I: APPLICATION OF SPECTROSCOPY TO THE STUDY OF INORGANIC
COMPOUNDS III
Electronic spectroscopy : L-S coupling and j-j coupling schemes , micro states ,
Hunds rule and term symbols . Selection rules for electronic transition and hole
formalism splitting of terms Orgel and Tanabe Sugano diagrams Evaluation of 10
Dq and B for octahedral d
2
and d
8
systems. Charge transfer spectra. Electronic spectra
of lanthanide and actinide complexes .
Photo electron spectroscopy : Koopmans theorem , PES XPES(ESCA) chemical
shifts in XPES application of ESCA to inorganic systems Auger electron
spectroscopy.
UNIT II : THERMOANALYTICAL AND SPECTROANALYTICAL METHODS
Theory and principles of thermogravimetric analysis , differential thermal analysis and
differential scanning colorimetrycharacteristic features of TGA and DTA curves-factors
affecting TGA and DTA curves- complementary nature of TGA and DTA

302
applications of thermal methods in analytical chemistry- thermometric titrations- the

study of minerals and polymers.
Principle and applications of colorimetry,spectrophotometry, nephelometry, turbidimetry
, fluorimetry and atomic absorption spectroscopy.
UNIT III : CHEMISTRY OF INORGANIC MATERIALS
Synthesis of inorganic materials high temperature reactions and experimental
methods precipitation, gel, solution and hydrothermal methods , synthesis in sealed
tubes and special atmospheres . Low temperature methods . Insertion compounds of
metal oxides Intercalation compounds of graphite and transition metal disulphides
.Zeolites : structures and properties pillared clays fullerenes and fullerides.
UNIT -IV : INORGANIC PHOTOCHEMISTRY
Properties of excited states of metal complexes charge transfer excitation
bimolecular deactivation(quenching) and energy transfer photochemical path ways :
oxidation-reduction, isomerisation and substitutional processes photochemistry of
Cr(III), Co(III), Rh(III) and Pt(II) complexes photophysical and photochemical
properties of ruthenium polypyridyls applications of inorganic photochemistry :
photochemical conversion and storage of solar energy inorganic photochemistry at
semi-conductor electrodes.

UNIT V : BIOINORGANIC CHEMISTRY II
Metalloenzymes enzymes in dioxygen management superoxide dismutase ,
peroxidases, catalases, oxidases and monooxygeneases zinc enzymes: carbonic
anhydrase , carboxypeptidase and alcohol dehydrogenase the structural role of zinc
trinuclear zinc constellations .
Chelate therapy - therapeutic chelating agents and their uses anti -cancer platinum
complexes and their interaction with nucleic acids , gold compounds and anti-arthritic
agents metal complexes as probes of nucleic acids.

303
REFERENCES
1.R.S. Drago , Physical Methods in Inorganic Chemistry , Saunders College
Publishers .
2.E.A.V.Ebsworth , D.W.H.Rankin and S.Cradock , Structural Methods in Inorganic
Chemistry ,ELBS ,1988 .
3.D.A.Skoog , F.J. Holler & T.A.Nieman , Principles of Instrumental Analysis , Saunders
1992
4.D.A.Skoog , D. M.West , F.J.Holler , S.R.Grouch , Fundamentals of Analytical
Chemistry, Thomson Asia Pvt.Ltd.,Eighth Edition , Third Reprint , 2005 .
5.H.H.Willard , L.L.Merritt and J.A.Dean , Instrumental Methods of Analysis , CBS
Publishers , 6
th
edition , 1986 .
6.Mark.T.Weller, Inorganic Materials Chemistry , Oxford Chemistry Primers , Oxford
Science Publications , Reprint 1996.
7.A.R.West ,Solid State Chemistry and its Application .John Wiley & Sons ,(Asia ) ,
1998.
8.D.M.Adam ,Inorganic Solids , John Wiley & Sons Ltd. London 1974.
9.A.F.Wells ,Oxford University Press , Structural Inorganic Chemistry , 1984.
10.G.H.Jeffery et.al ,Vogels Textbook of Quantitative Chemical Analysis , Revised 5
th

edition ,ELBS , 1989 .
11.James.E.Huheey , Ellen .A.Keiter and Richard .L.Keiter, Inorganic Chemistry :
Priciples of Structure and Reactivity , 4
th
Edition., Harper Collins College Publishers
,1993 .
12.F.Albert Cotton , Geoffrey Wilkinson , Carlos A.marilo and Manfred Bochman ,
Advanced Inorganic Chemistry , Wiley Interscience Publication ,6
th
Edition ., 1999 .
13.K.F.Purcell and J.C.Kotz , Advanced Inorganic Chemistry , Saunders Golden
Publishers .
Journal Chemical Education, Vol. 60, October 1983 issue.
14.A.W.Adamson and P.D. Fleischauer, Concepts of inorganic photochemistry, John
wiley and sons, New York, 1975.
15.D.E.Fenton , Bio-coordination Chemistry , Oxford Science Publications , 1995 .
16.I.Bertini ,H.B.Gray , S.J.Lippard and J.S.Valantine , Bioinorganic Chemistry ,Viva
Books Pvt.Ltd., 1998 .
304
GREEN CHEMISTRY-I
UNIT -I: PRINCIPLES AND CONCEPTS OF GREEN CHEMISTRY
Introduction - Sustainable Development and Green Chemistry- Atom Economy- Atom
Economic Reactions-Rearrangement Reactions-Addition Reactions-Atom Un-economic
Reactions-Substitution Reactions-Elimination Reactions- Wittig Reactions - Reducing
Toxicity-Measuring Toxicity

UNIT -II:WASTE: PRODUCTION, PROBLEMS AND PREVENTION
Introduction-Some Problems Caused by Waste-Sources of Waste from the Chemical
Industry-The Cost of Waste- Process Design for Waste Minimization-Minimizing Waste
from Existing Processes-On-site Waste Treatment-Physical Treatment-Chemical
Treatment-Biotreatment Plants- Design for Degradation -Degradation and Surfactants-
DDT-Polymers- Rules for Degradation-Polymer Recycling- Separation and Sorting-
Incineration-Mechanical Recycling-Chemical Recycling to Monomers

UNIT III:CATALYSIS AND GREEN CHEMISTRY
Introduction to Catalysis- Comparison of Catalyst Types -Heterogeneous Catalysts -
Basics of Heterogeneous Catalysis -Zeolites and the Bulk Chemical Industry -
Heterogeneous Catalysis in the Fine Chemical and Pharmaceutical Industries -Catalytic
Converters-- Homogeneous Catalysis -Transition Metal Catalysts with Phosphine
Ligands -Greener Lewis Acids -Asymmetric Catalysis-Phase Transfer Catalysis -Hazard
Reduction -C-C Bond Formation- Oxidation Using Hydrogen Peroxide-Biocatalysis
Photocatalysis

UNIT -IV:ORGANIC SOLVENTS: ENVIRONMENTALLY BENIGN SOLUTIONS
Organic Solvents and Volatile Organic Compounds-Solvent-free Systems- Supercritical
Fluids -Supercritical Carbon Dioxide- Supercritical Water-Water as a Reaction Solvent -
Water-based Coatings- Ionic Liquids- Ionic Liquids as Catalysts-Ionic Liquids as
Solvents- Fluorous Biphase Solvents

305
UNIT -V:SOLVENT EFFECTS ON THE POSITION OF HOMOGENEOUS-CHEMICAL

EQUILIBRIA: Solvent Effects on Acid/Base Equilibria- on Tautomeric Equilibria - on
Keto/Enol Equilibria - on Bronsted Acid/Base Equilibria- on Lewis Acid/Base Equilibria -
on Electron-Transfer Equilibria - on Host/Guest Complexation Equilibria
REACTIONS- Qualitative Theory of Solvent Effects on Reaction Rates-The Hughes
Ingold Rules-Solvent Effects on Dipolar Transition State Reactions - on Isopolar
Transition State Reactions- on Free-Radical Transition State Reactions - Limitations of
the HughesIngold Rules .

REFERENCE
1.Green chemistry- An Introductory Text Mike Lancaster-The Royal Society of
Chemistry,
Thomas Graham House, Science Park, Milton Road,Cambridge CB4 OWF, UK
2. Organic Reactions In Water U.Marcus Lind Strom- 2007 by Black Well Publishing
3. Solvent Free Organic Synthesis 2009- WILEY- VCH VERLAG GmbH & Co. KGaA,
Weinhein.
4. Green Chemistry Thoery & Practice F.T.Anastas & J.C.Warner, Oxford University
Press 1998
GREEN CHEMISTRY - II
UNIT- I: RENEWABLE RESOURCES
Biomass as a Renewable Resource -Energy-Fossil Fuels-Energy from Biomass- Solar
Power- Other Forms of Renewable Energy -Fuel Cells -Chemicals from Renewable
Feedstock's- Chemicals from Fatty Acids- Polymers from Renewable Resources -Some
Other Chemicals from Natural Resources -Alternative Economies -The Syngas
Economy -The Biorefinery

UNIT -II: EMERGING GREENER TECHNOLOGIES AND ALTERNATIVE ENERGY
SOURCES
Design for Energy Efficiency-Photochemical Reactions -Advantages of and Challenges
Faced by Photochemical process -Examples of Photochemical Reactions -Metal-
catalyzed Reactions in Water under MW Irradiation Addition Reaction-Isomerization
Reactions-Sonochemistry- Sonochemistry and Green Chemistry -Electrochemical
Synthesis- Examples of Electrochemical Synthesis

306
UNIT -III: MEASURING AND CONTROLLING ENVIRONMENTAL PERFORMANCE

The Importance of Measurement-Lactic Acid Production-Safer Gasoline-Introduction to
Life Cycle Assessment-Green Process Metrics-Environmental Management Systems-
environmental policy IS0 14001-The European Eco-management and Audit Scheme-
Eco-labels-Legislation-Integrated Pollution Prevention and Control

UNIT - IV: DESIGNING GREENER PROCESSES
Conventional Reactors- Batch Reactors- Continuous Reactors -Inherently Safer
Design- Minimization -Simplification -Substitution -Moderation -Limitation -Process
Intensification -Some PI Equipment -Examples of Intensified Processes-In-process
Monitoring - Near-infrared Spectroscopy

UNIT - V: INDUSTRIAL CASE STUDIES
A Brighter Shade of Green-Greening of Acetic Acid Manufacture-EPDM Rubbers-
Vitamin C-Leather Manufacture- Tanning-Fatliquoring-Dyeing to be Green -Some
Manufacturing and Products Improvements -Dye Application-Polyethene -Radical
Process-Ziegler-Natta Catalysis- Metallocene Catalysis -Eco-friendly Pesticides
Insecticides

REFERENCE
1.Green chemistry- An Introductory Text Mike Lancaster-The Royal Society of
Chemistry,
Thomas Graham House, Science Park, Milton Road, Cambridge CB4 OWF, UK
2. Green Chemistry Thoery & Practice F.T.Anastas & J.C.Warner, Oxford University
Press 1998.
3. Solvents and Solvent Effects in Organic Chemistry, Fourth Edition. Edited by
Christian Reichardt and Thomas Welton

307
LABORATORY COURSE
Second year (Semester III & IV)
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY PRACTICAL II
Estimations, two stage preparations and chromatographic techniques have been
included as the practical components.
Microscale preparations are recommended for the simple reason, they are both
economic-friendly and eco-friendly
A.List of Estimations
1.Ethylmethylketone
2.Glucose-Lane Eynon and method
3.Glucose-Bertrands method
4.Saponification value of an oil
5.Iodine value of an oil
6.Number of hydroxyl groups in a given compound
7. Purity of Glucose
B. List of preparations
1.Asprin from Methylsalicylate
2.p-Bromoaniline from Acetanilide
3.m-Nitrobenzene from Acetanilide
4.p- Nitroaniline from Acetanilide
5.Benzpinacolone from Benzophenone
6.Benzanilide from Benzophenone
7.s-Benzylisothiuroniumbenzoate from Thiourea
8.9,10-Dihydroanthracene-9,10-,-succinic anhydride from Succinic anhydride
9.Phthalimide from Phthalic acid
10.s-Tribromobenzene from Aniline
Students are expected to submit at the time of practical examination at least eight
recrystallised samples of the final products, for evaluation by the examiners
C.FOR CLASS WORK ONLY
Organic preparations using Alternative Green Procedure(Any 4 preparations)
1. Electrophilic aromatic substitution reaction (bromination of acetanilide)
2. Green photochemical reaction (photoreduction of benzophenone to benzopinacol)
308
3. Pinacol-pinacolone rearrangement reaction (preparation of benzopinacolone)

4.Rearrangement reaction (rearrangement of diazoaminobenzene to p-
aminoazobenzene)
5. Radical coupling reaction (preparation of 1, 1-bis-2-naphthol)
6. Green oxidation reaction (synthesis of adipic acid)
7. Trans-esterification reaction (synthesis of biodiesel)
8. Solvent-free reaction (Microwave-assisted ammonium formate-mediated
Knoevenagel reaction)
N.B:- 1.Section C is course work only
2.It is the purpose of internal assessment only
REFERENCES
1.F.C.Mann and B.C.Saunders, Practical organic chemistry, Fourth edition, ELBS,1970
2.A.I. Vogel, A Text book of Practical organic chemistry.
3. A.I. Vogel, A Text book of Quantitative Organic Analysis,1989.
4. Raj K. Bansal,Laboratory Manual of Organic Chemistry,Second Edition,Wiley Eastern
Ltd., 1990
5.Moore, Dalrympk and Rodig, Experimental methods in organic chemistry, 3
rd
edition,
Saunders College publishing, The Oxford Press,1982

INORGANIC CHEMISTRY PRACTICAL II
I . Quantitative estimation of a mixture containing two metal ions (Volumetric and
Gravimetric Estimations ).
1.Estimation of Cu
2+
and Ni
2+
ions.
2 . Estimation of Cu
2+
and Zn
2+
ions.
3 . Estimation of Fe
2+
and Cu
2+
ions .
4 . Estimation of Fe
2+
and Ni
2+
ions .
5. Estimation of Ca
2+
and Mg
2+
ions.
6. Estimation of Ca
2+
and Ba
2+
ions .
7. Analysis of ores and alloys (course work only )
Note: For examination , a mixture may be given from which one cation is to be
estimated volumetrically and the other gravimetrically .
II . Preparation of single stage inorganic complexes (a minimum of 10 complexes).
Note : Characterisation of any one metal complex by UV or IR spectral techniques
(course work only)

309
FOR CLASS WORK ONLY

Estimation of simple mixture of metal ions in solution (involving quantitative separation)
by volumetric and Gravimetric methods- using Alternative Green Procedure (Any Two)
I. Cu & Ca
II. Cu & Ni
III. Cu & Fe
IV. Cu & Zn
N.B:-The ClassWork is for the purpose of internal assessment only
PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY PRACTICAL II
I. ABSORPTION :
1. Adsorption of acetic acid/oxalic acid on activated charcoal verification of
Freundlich isotherm determination of unknown concentration.
II. POTENTIOMETRY :
2. Determination of formation constant of [Ag(NH
3
)
2
]
+
complex.
3. Determination of pH of buffer solutions using quinhydrone electrode.
4. Determination of dissociation constant of a weak acid.
5. Determination of solubility product of springly soluble salts by concentration
cell method and chemical cell method.
POTENTIOMETRIC TITRATION :
i) Redox
6. FAS Ce
4+

7. Fe
2+
- KMnO
4

8. KI - KMnO
4
ii) Precipitation
9. Kcl AgNO
3

10. Kcl + KI - AgNO
3
III. CHEMICAL KINETICS :
11. Kinetics of reaction between potassium perdisulphate and potassium iodide.
12. Kinetics of saponification of ethylacetate using NaOH by conductivity method.
N.B: All the class works are only for internal assessment purpose
310
APPENDIX- BA21
a0m+ma-+a +_,m++ no+o+++a, __6o0ao-:z
_a-_+o
M.A.TAMIL
a+,an, 6+++nn.. n+.__..a
(Revised syllabus for the Academic year 2013-2014)
zc:1-zc:| a +oa++-[ __o
(+o_t++_+++m n+.__..a)
:. _+a - | o+++a
n+.o+am a-+a aa 6_+.++a (n.+o -++nn.[aa.)

z. _+a - n.nno+++_a 0n++++oa
n+.to+a n.+oo aa _+m - n.nno+++a am to
++a.[ n.n,++o _ma+ _.+__,__ am to+
0++++qa.
1. _+a - n+_ o+++_a +o+++_a

,.+-+ a0m++,a - n+o+ n,++ __m __o __+ann_+a a,
a.[a
__a_.n+ __o ___
6_+aa-a+o __o _+,_ n_ a, a.[a (:cz n+.o+a)
|. _+a - :: ++nn+ o+++a

,oa+ __ - ,+a-++a+a
_a++ ++-.a, o++++-.a n__+a a.[a

311
_+o _a-__o+a+-[
__n_aa - o+++a
_+a. | o_ . 1
() _++[+a (n+.o a-)
:. +oo+++ +mm++ - (1)
z. +-+++++ oo+_ - (:c)
1. ++-._ 6am0+. - (z|)
|. 6aoa 0a- - (z)
. 0++o _+ - (11)
. _mm a+ - (1)
. +-_++-+oa - (z)
. +a_++_ - (v)
v. ++m+_a - (z)
:c. +__+ 6+++ - (vc)

() +ma-+++ - (n+.o a-)
:. +aa a+m - ()
z. +oo - ()
1. +_ n-nn+ - (:z)
|. n m - (:)
. _++a - (z)
. a_.++m - ()
. nmma+a - (v)
. o_a -aa - (1)
v. n..+0+ - (vz)
:c. a-6-++_ - (:c:)
312
() +n_+_oa (n+.o a-)

:. n. _m+_ - ()
z. +- amn,+ - (v)
1. ,__+_t - (z1)
|. -+++a - (zv)
. a++ amn,a - (1)
. 6n++++a m - (1v)
. 6++oo+a m - (:)
. _aa 6_+.[ - ()
v. 0n++_a - ()
:c. +a m - (v|)

(+) jo+_ (n+.o a-)
:. _a6aa - (1)
z. .mn.+m - ()
1. 6n++++m - (:|)
|. aa +a - (z:)
. 6n++,++m - (11)
. ++a 6_a - (1v)
. 6++oo+_.m - (|z)
. +_ +,_ - ()
v. . amn, - (|)
:c. _++_ naa - ()

313
o_ .
() _6 aa++a (_a, __n,+) (n+.o a-)
:. 6_+._++o - (z)
z. _a -+_a+ - (:1)
1. n-+nn[a++ - (1)
|. a+_a +aa_ - (1)
. +a_a 0a_m - (|)
. 6a+a___a - (z)
. o ++m - (c)
. _oa a+ 6++a_a- (:)
v. 6_+aa a - (1)
:c. _+a _+, m - (:c:)

() m6m (+ann,+++a) (n+.o a-)
:. n++_ _a - (|)
z. aaa +a+ - ()
1. a_a ++ - (:z)
|. a_ o ++_+m - (:)
. m6++oo+o m - (:)
. +_a a+m - (zz)
. 0n+ _+ - (1:)
. + am - (1)
v. oo++ 6++a - (1)
:c. + +++ - (1v)

314
() a0a+ +_+a-- (n+.o a-)

:. n_ + _ - (z)
z. n,.m - ()
1. _-.+ a,+_.m - (v)
|. _m_.m na+_ _an - (:)
. _+6++-+ - (zz)
. _nnoo+ - (1)
. 6+oaa a 0n+ - (z)
. q 0a++ - ()
v. _- _.+ - ()
:c. 6n+oo+++_+ - (:cc)
-----------

315

APPENDIX-BA22
MANONMANIAM SUNDARANAR UNIVERSITY , TIRUNELVELI-12

M.C.A Degree Course under CBCS
3years-Six Semesters-Course
For affiliated Colleges
Syllabus for V and VI Semester

V SEMESTER

1 Core .NET Programming 4 4
2 Core Data Warehousing & Mining 4 4
3 Core Computer Networks and Network
Management
4 4
4 Elective Elective-III 4 4
5 Elective Elective-IV 4 4
6 Lab .NET Programming Lab 5 3
7 Lab Mini Project 5 6
Total (5 Theory+2 practical =7 Courses) 30 29

LIST OF ELECTIVE PAPERS
CATEGORY B
(CHOOSE ANY TWO)

1. Software Agent.
2. Digital Image Processing.
3. Cloud Computing.
4. Web Services.
5. Soft Computing.

316
VI SEMESTER

SEMESTER V
CORE SUBJECT-1
.NET PROGRAMMING
Unit I

ASP.NET applications, ASP.NET file types Three ways to code
web forms ASP.Net configuration web form fundamentals : A simple page
applet Improving the currency converter A deeper Look at HTML control
classes The page Class.

Unit II

Web controls : Stepping up to web controls Web control classes
Auto post back and Web control events A simple web page applet Assessing
web controls.

Unit III

Validation and rich controls : The calendar control Formatting the
calendar Restricting Dates The AdRotator The advertisement file The
AdRotator class validation The validation controls The validation process
The validator class A simple validation example.

Unit IV

The data list : Data grid & repeater : Introducing Templates Using
Templates with the Data List Data Binding with Multiple Templates
Comparing the Template Controls Preparing your list for selection & Editing
Selecting Items Editing Items Paging & Sorting with the Data Grid.
1 Lab
Project Work
Viva-Vice
12
317

Unit V

Overview of ADO.NET Introducing ADO.NET and Data
Management Characteristics of ADO.NET The ADO.NET object model.
ADO.NET Data Access : SQL Basics The SQL select statement The SQL
update Statement The SQL Insert statement The SQL delete statement
Accessing, creating a connection Defining a select command updating data
Accessing Disconnected Data Selecting Multiple Tables Modifying
Disconnected Data Updating Disconnected Data.

Text & Reference Books

1. ASP.NET The complete reference Matthew Mac Donald Tata
McGraw Hill 2005.
2. Rescued by Active server pages & ASP.NET Rob Francis Thomson
Delmar Learning Edition 2005.

CORE SUBJECT-2
DATA WAREHOUSING & MINING

Unit I

Operational Data Stores Data Warehouses ODS and DW
Architecture DW Implementation Meta Data Data Cube: Introduction -
Implementation Operations - Data Mining: Introduction Process
Applications Techniques

Unit - II

Association Rules Mining Introduction The Apriori Algorithm
Direct Hashing and Pruning Mining Frequent Patterns without Candidate
Generation Classification: Introduction - Decision tree : The Induction Algorithm
Split Algorithms

318
Unit - III

Classification: Nave Bayes Method Accuracy Measures Other
Evaluation Criteria Clustering Introduction Feature set Types of Data -
distance measures - Partitional methods - Hierarchial methods

Unit - IV

Web Mining: Web Terminology and Characteristics Locality and
Hierarchy Web content Mining Web structure Mining Web usage Mining
Search Engines: Introduction Functionality Architecture Ranking of Web
Pages

Unit - V

Spatial Mining Introduction spatial data overview spatial data
Mining primitives - Generalization and specialization Spatial Rules Spatial
classification algorithm spatial clustering Algorithms

Books:

1. G. K. Gupta, Introduction to Data Mining with Case studies, PHI ,
2011
2. Margaret H. Dunham, Data Mining Introductory and Advanced Topies,
Pearson Education, 2003.
3. George M. Marakas, Modern Data Warehousing, Mining and
Visualization, Pearson Education , 2003.
4. Alex Berson and Stephen J .Smith, Data warehousing, Data Mining and
OLAP, McGraw Hill Book Company, 2001.

319
CORE SUBJECT-3
COMPUTER NETWORKS AND NETWORK MANAGEMENT

Unit I

Data Communications Networks Internet Protocols and
standards, Network models The Internet model. The physical Layer
Transmission media: Guided and Unguided Media.

Unit II

Circuit switching Time division and Space division switches and
their combinations Telephone network High speed digital access: DSL, Cable
Modems and SONET. Data Link Layer: Error Detection and Correction. Data Link
Layer Protocols: Stop and wait ARQ, Go back N ARQ and Selective repeat ARQ,
HDLC protocols.

Unit III

LAN Medium Access Techniques: Multiple Access: ALOHA, CSMA
and CSMA/CD technique, Controlled Access methods Canalization. Ethernet
LAN standard: Traditional Ethernet Fast Ethernet and Gigabit Ethernet. Virtual
Circuit Switching: Frame Relay Architecture ATM: Design goals Architecture
of ATM Layers and functions.

Unit IV

Network Layer functions: Internetworking Packet switched internet,
Addressing Classes of addresses sub netting and super netting. Routing
types classful and classless addressing. Network Layer Protocols: ARP, IPv4,
ICMP, IPv6 and ICMPv6.

Unit V

IP Network Management choosing to manage network choosing
a configuration method Management information base SNMP XML
CORBA Choosing a configuration protocol policy control
Network management Architecture Defining network management
Network management mechanisms Architecture considerations
320
Text Book

1. Data Communication & Networking written by Behrouz A. Forouzan, Third
Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Edition 2004
2. Network Management know it all Farrel et al Morgan Kaufmann
Publishers 2009
3. Data Mining Vikram Pudi, P.Radha Krishna Oxford.

Reference Books

1. Computer Networks, Tananbaum, Fifth Edition Pearson /PHI. 2004.
2. Data & Computer Communications, William Stalling PHI/ Pearson Edition
Asia, Sixth Edition, 2004
3. Computer Networking J anes F. Kurose, Kerth W. Ross Second Edition.
2003

ELECTIVE SUBJECT-1
SOFTWARE AGENT

Unit I
Introduction- Agents and the user experience How might people
interact with Agents Agents: From direct manipulation to delegates Interface
agents: Metaphors with character

Unit II
Designing agents as if people mattered Agents for information
sharing and coordination: A history and some reflections

Unit III
Agents that reduce work and information overload- Software agents
for cooperative learning M: An architecture of integrated agents

Unit IV
An overview of agent oriented programming An agent based
Framework for interoperability

321
Unit V
Agents for information gathering Communicative actions for
artificial agents mobile agents

Text:
Software agents J effrey M. Bradshaw PHI 2010

Reference Books

1. Bigus & Bigus, " Constructing Intelligent agents with J ava ", Wiley, 1997.
2. Bradshaw, " Software Agents ", MIT Press, 2000.
3. Russel, Norvig, "Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach", Second
Edition, Pearson Education, 2003.
4. Richard Murch, Tony J ohnson, "Intelligent Software Agents", Prentice Hall,
2000.
5. Gerhard Weiss, Multi Agent Systems A Modern Approach to Distributed
Artificial Intelligence, MIT Press, 2000.

ELECTIVE SUBJECT-2
DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING

Unit I

Introduction: What is Digital Image Processing? Fundamentals
Steps in Digital Image Processing Components of an Image Processing
System.

Digital Image Fundamentals: Light and the Electromagnetic
Spectrum Image Sensing and Acquisition Image Sampling and
Quantization(Basic Concepts in Sampling and Quantization - Representing
Digital Images - Spatial and Gray-level Resolution - Zooming and Shrinking
Digital Images) Some Basic Relationships between Pixels (Neighbors of a Pixel
- Adjacency, Connectivity, Regions and Boundaries Distance Measures).

322
Unit II

Image Enhancement in the Spatial Domain: Some Basic Gray level
Transformations (Image Negative Log Transformations Power-law
Transformations Piecewise-Linear Transformation Functions)- Histogram
Processing(Histogram Equalization- Histogram Matching)- Enhancement using
Arithmetic/ Logic operations (Image subtraction Image averaging) - Basics of
Spatial Filtering Smoothing Spatial Filters .

Unit III

Image enhancement in the frequency domain: Two Dimensional
DFT and its inverse Basics of filtering in the frequency domain - Lowpass
filters(Ideal, Butterworth) Sharpening frequency domain filters (Ideal,
Butterworth ).

Image Restoration: A model of the Image degradation / Restoration
process Spatial filtering (Mean filters Order statistics filters Adaptive filters).

Unit IV

Image Compression : Fundamentals (Coding Redundancy
Interpixel redundancy Psychovisual redundancy Fidelity criteria ) - Image
Compression Models (Source encoder and Decoder) Error free compression
(Variable length coding LZW coding) Lossy Compression(Transform coding)
- Image Compression Standards (Continuous tone still image , Video
Compression Standards) .
Unit V

Image Segmentation: Detection of discontinuities (Point, line, Edge
detections) Thresholding(Basic Global and Adaptive) - Region based
segmentation (Basic formulations Region growing Region splitting and
merging)

323
Reference Books

1. Digital Image Processing - Rafael C. Gonzalez and Richard E.Woods,
Pearson Education Limited 2004
2. Digital Image Processing and Analysis B. Chanda and D.Dutta
Majunder PHI Limited, 2004
3. Image Processing Analysis and Machine Vision - Milan Sonka , Vaclav
Hlavac and Roger Boyle, Vikas Publications 2005.
4. Digital Image Processing - Pratt Wiley Publications , 2004.

ELECTIVE SUBJECT-3
CLOUD COMPUTING

Unit I

Mainframe architecture Client Server architecture 3 tier
architectures with TP monitors Evolution of Cloud computing Cloud
computing basics Cloud computing SPI framework for Cloud computing
Traditional Software model Cloud services deliver model Cloud deployment
models Key Drivers to Adopting the cloud Impact of Cloud computing on
users Governance in the Cloud Barriers to Cloud computing Adoption in the
enterprise Dev 2.0 platforms Dev 2.0 in the cloud for enterprises.

Unit II

Cloud platforms Infrastructure as a service: Amazon EC2
Platform as a service Google App Engine Microsoft Azure Cloud computing
economics Is cloud infrastructure cheaper Economics of Private clouds
Software productivity in the cloud Public vs. Private clouds Cloud Technologies
Web services : Soap and Rest Soap versus Rest AJ AX : asynchronous rich
interfaces Mashups: user interface services Virtualization Technology
Virtual machine technology Virtualization application in enterprises Pitfalls of
virtualization.

324
Unit III

Cloud development Relational databases Clod file systems: GFS
and HDFS Big Table, HBase and Dynamo, cloud data stores : Data store and
simple DB Map Reduce and Extensions Parallel computing Map Reduce
model Parallel Efficiency of Map Reduce Enterprise batch processing using
MapReduce.

Unit IV

Dev2.0 platforms slaesforce.coms Force.com platform TCS
Instant Apps on Amazon cloud More Dev 2.0 platforms and related efforts
Advantages, applicability and limits of Dev2.0 anatomy of a large enterprise
Partners: People and Organizations Products Orders : Sales and Purchase
Execution : Tracking work Billing Accounting Enterprises processes, build
vs. buy and SaaS.

Unit V

Enterprise cloud computing Enterprise cloud computing ecosystem
Public cloud providers Cloud management platforms and tools Tools for
building private clouds Quick wins using public clouds Future of enterprise
cloud computing.

Text Book

1. Enterprise Cloud Computing Gautam Shroff, Cambridge University press
Edition 2010 (Unit I V).
2. Cloud Security and Privacy Tim Mather, Subra Kumaraswamy, Shahed
Latif, O' Reilly Edition 2009 (Unit I).

325
ELECTIVE SUBJECT-4
WEB SERVICES

Unit I

Introduction to web services Industry standards, Technologies and
Concepts underlying Web Services their support to Web Services, Applications
that consume Web Services.

Unit II

XML its choice for web services Network protocols to backend
databases Technologies SOAP, WSDL exchange of information between
applications in distributed environment Locating remote web services its
access and usage, UDDI specification and introduction.

Unit III

A brief outline of web services conversation static and interactive
aspects of system interface and its implementation, work flow Orchestration
and refinement, Transactions, Security issues the common attacks security
attacks facilitated within web services quality of services Architecting of
systems to meet users requirement with respect to latency, performance,
reliability, QOS metrics, Mobile and wireless services energy consumption,
network band with utilization, portals and services management.

Unit IV

Building real world enterprise applications using web services
sample source codes to develop web services steps necessary to build and
deploy web services and client applications to meet customer's requirement
Easier development, customization, maintenance, transactional requirements,
seamless porting to multiple devices and platforms.

326
Unit V

Development of web services and applications onto tomcat
application server and Axis SOAP server (both are freewares) Web services
platform as a set of enabling technologies for XML based distributed computing.

Reference Books

1. Sandeep Chatterjee, J ames Webber, "Developing Enterprise Web
Services : An Architects Guide", Prentic Hall, Nov. 2003.
2. Keith Ballinger, "NET web services "Architecture and Implementation with
.Net", Pearson Education, First Education Feb. 2003.
3. Ramesh Nagappan, Developing J ava Web Services: Architecting and
developing secure web services using J ava", J ohn Wiley and Sons, first
edition Feb. 2003.
4. Eric A marks and Mark J Werrell, "Executive Guide to Web Services", J ohn
Wiley and sons, March 2003.
5. Anne Thomas Manes, "Web Services : A managers Guide" Addison
Wesley, J une 2003.

ELECTIVE SUBJECT-5
SOFT COMPUTING

Unit I
Neural Network and Supervised Learning Network

Basic concepts of Neural networks Evolution of Neural Networks
Basic Models of Artificial neural network Terminologies of ANN Mc Culloch
Pitts Neuron Linear seperability Hebb Network Applications of Neural
Networks. Supervised learning network Introduction Perception Networks
Adaptive Linear Neuron Multiple Adaptive Linear Neurons Back propagation
Network Radial Basis function Network.

327
Unit II
Associative Memory Networks and Unsupervised Learning Networks

Associate memory networks Introduction Training algorithms for
pattern association Autoassociative Memory Network Bidirectional
Associative Memory Hopfield Networks. Unsupervised Learning networks
Introduction Fixed Weight Competitive Nets Kohonen Self Organized Maps
Learning Vector Quantization Adaptive Resonance Theory Network.

Unit III
Fuzzy Logic

Introduction to classical sets and Fuzzy sets Introduction
Classical sets Fuzzy sets. Classical Relation and Fuzzy Relations
Introduction Cartesian product of a relation Classical Relation Fuzzy
Relations. Membership Functions Introduction Features of Membership
functions Fuzzification Methods of Membership Value Assignments.
Defuzzification Introduction Lambada Cuts for Fuzzy Sets Lambada
Cuts for Fuzzy Relations Defuzzification Methods.

Unit IV
Genetic Algorithm

Fundamentals of Genetic Algorithms History Basic concepts
Creation of offspring's Working principle Encoding Fitness function
Reproduction. Genetic Modeling Inheritance Operators Cross Over
Inversion and Deletion Mutation Operator Bit wise Operators Bit-wise
Operators used in GA Generational Cycle Convergence of Genetic Algorithm
Differences and similarities between GA and Other Traditional Methods
Advances in Genetic Algorithm.

Unit V
Hybrid Systems and Applications of Soft Computing

Integration of Neural Networks, Fuzzy Logic and Genetic Algorithms
Hybrid Systems Neural Networks, Fuzzy logic and Genetic Algorithms
Hybrids Preview of the Hybrid systems to be discussed. Genetic Algorithm
328
based Back propagation networks GA based with determination. ANFIS
Adaptive Neuro Fuzzy Inference systems Introduction ANFIS Architecture
Hybrid learning algorithm. Coactive Neuro Fuzzy Modeling Introduction
Framework. Applications of Soft Computing Introduction A Fusion approach
of Multispectural Images with SAR Image for flood area analysis Optimization of
TSP using genetic algorithm approach Genetic Algorithm based Internet
Search Technique.

References
1. S.N. Sivanandam, S.N Deepa "Principles of Soft Computing", Wiley
India, 2007.
2. S. Rajesekaran and G.A.V. Pai, "Neural Networks, Fuzzy Logic and
Genetic Algorithms", PHI, 2004.
3. J .S.R. J ang, C.T. Sun and E. Mizutani, "Neuro Fuzzy and Soft
Computing", PHI, Pearson Education 2004.
4. S.N. Sivanandam, S.N. Deepa, "Introduction to Genetic Algorithms",
Springer, 2007.
5. Timothy J . Ross, "Fuzzy Logic with Engineering Application", McGraw Hill,
2000.
6. Davis E. Goldberg, "Genetic Algorithms : Search, Optimization and
Machine Learning" Addison Wesley, N.Y., 2003.

329

APPENDIX BA23
M.PHIL. PHYSICS
AFFILIATED COLLEGES
Choice Based Credit System ( CBCS )
( From the academic year 2013-2014 onwards )

6.2 Guidelines for Project / Dissertation Work :
The duration of the project / dissertation work commences from the beginning of
the second semester. The project work shall be based on preliminary research oriented
topics in the fields of theoretical or experimental Physics and the type of work may be of
analytical or design or a combination of all the above. The work has to be carried out
under the guidance of a faculty member of the Department as a project supervisor.
In case, if a student needs to use the facilities from other Universities /
Laboratories / Institutions / Industries outside the campus, he / she may seek for a due
permission from the Project supervisor and acknowledge the source of facilities utilized
by them. If a student needs to stay away from the campus for the purpose of the project
work for a period of more than one month, a special approval from the Principal of the
College through the Project Supervisor should be obtained and on return a certificate to
the above effect should be submitted to the Project Supervisor and to Principal of the
College. A copy of this certificate should be attached in a page after the certificate of the
Project Supervisor in the students thesis.
The students should prepare four copies of Project Thesis / Dissertation out of
which one may be held by the student and one should be handed over to the Project
Supervisor. Two copies of the same shall be submitted to the University, one being for
the Departmental / College Library and the other for evaluation by a duly appointed
external examiner from other University or Institution after which the same will be
retained in the University Library.

330
6.3 Format for Project Thesis or Dissertation :

The format of the Project Thesis or Dissertation to be submitted by the students
should have the following in the formats :
a) Format of the Title Page ( Annexure - III )
b) Format of Declaration by the Candidate ( Annexure - IV )
c) Format of the Certificate ( Annexure - V )
d) Acknowledgement
e) Format for Table of Contents ( Annexure - VI )
f) Format for Chapters I V ( Annexure - VII )
g) Format for References ( Annexure - VIII )
7.0 Scheme of Evaluation for the Project Work :
After completion of the project work, by the end of semester IV, each student should
prepare a draft thesis and make a pre - M. Phil. presentation in the Department that
may be open to all the Faculty members and research scholars for getting feedback and
comments, which may be suitably incorporated into the draft thesis under the advice of
the supervisor. Each student submit four copies of the Project Thesis or Dissertation as
mentioned earlier, on or before the date notified by the Department. The thesis will be
evaluated by the concerned Project Supervisor ( PS ) and by the duly appointed two
External Examiners ( E -1 & E - 2 ). A list of examines for for the project viva-voce
examination is given in Annexure I.
The marks for the Project work are awarded on the basis of three components,
viz., (1) Format of the Project Thesis or Dissertation as specified, (2) Evaluation based
on the contents of the Thesis or dissertation and (3) Performance of the student in the
Project the viva-voce examination. The components (1), (2) and (3) carry marks of
maximum as 10, 60 and 30 respectively. These marks for the components (1) and (2)
are awarded separately by the concerned PS and the duly appointed External
Examiner - 1 and the average of the same separately for both the above components
are considered. The evaluation report of the thesis from Examiner E - 1 along with the
marks both from the PS and Examiner -1 for components (1) and (2) for the project
work of each candidate is obtained. The students may be informed the date on which
they will undergo a viva-voce examination which shall be openly defended in the
presence of the concerned Project Supervisor, duly appointed Examiner E-2 and the
331
Head of the Department concerned. After the viva-voce examination, the marks for
component (3) from the concerned PS and Examiner - 2 for all the students are
obtained. The structure of the marks awarded for the project work is given in the table
below :
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Evaluation of Project Work ( Max. : 100 marks )
Thesis Format Thesis Contents Viva-voce Total
( Max.: 10 ) ( Max.: 60 ) ( Max.: 30 ) ( Max.: 100 )
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PS E 1 Mean PS E 1 Mean PS E 2* Mean Mean
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 10 10 60 60 60 30 30 30 100
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The passing minimum for the project work is 50 % in each of the above three
components. Candidates who do not obtain the required minimum marks for a pass
shall be required to appear in one of the following years along with the other batch of
the students, with a revised version of the Thesis or Dissertation, if required. The
guidelines regarding the minimum attendance, grading, distinction, ranking etc. are as
stipulated by the University.

Annexure II

6.1 Guidelines for approval to perform as a Project Supervisor :
( for Project or Dissertation work of the candidates of the M.Phil. ( Physics )
Degree Course in the Affiliated Colleges of the M.S. University, Tirunelveli -12 )
The Faculty member seeking recognition as a Project supervisor for the
candidates of M. Phil. Physics should be a Faculty member with Ph.D. Degree in
Physics. The number of M. Phil. project students per Project Supervisor may be
limited to a maximum of 2 students.

332
Annexure - III
6.3 (a) Format of Title Page :
Title of the Dissertation
Project Thesis / Dissertation submitted in partial fulfilment of the requirement for the
Degree of Master of Philosophy in PHYSICS
to the
Manonmaniam Sundaranar University
Tirunelveli 627 012
by
Student Name
Register Number

University Emblem
Department of Physics
College Name
Address

Month and Year
Annexure - IV
6.3 (b) Format of Declaration by the Candidate :
Name of the student :
Register No. :
DECLARATION
I hereby declare that the Dissertation entitled
_______________________________ has been submitted to the Manonmaniam
Sundaranar University for the award of the Degree of MASTER OF PHILOSOPHY is my
original work and that it has not formed the basis for the award of any Degree, Diploma /
Associateship or any other similar title so far, of any other University or Institution.

Signature of the Student
Signature of the Project Supervisor :
Signature of the Head of the Department :
333

Annexure - V
6.3 (c) Format of Certificate :
CERTIFICATE
This is to certify that the dissertation entitled
______________________________________________________________________
________ submitted in partial fulfilment of the requirement of the Degree of Master of
Philosophy in Physics to the <College Name>is a record of the bonafide research work
carried out by ____________________________________ under my supervision and
guidance and that no part of the project has been submitted for the award of any
Degree, Diploma, Fellowship or other similar titles or prizes and that the work has not
been published in part or full in any scientific or popular journals or magazines.

Date: Signature of Project Supervisor
Place:
Annexure - VI
6.3 (e) Format for Table of Contents :
The table should contain the subtitles in the format according to the nature of the
project topic studied as below :
Title of the Dissertation
Contents
Chapter No. Title Page No.
The thesis may contain chapters with titles such as Introduction, Review of
Literature, Specimen Preparation, Experimental Methods, Theoretical Models,
Computations / Simulations, Results, Data Analysis, Discussion, Conclusion, Summary,
References, Annexures, Appendices etc.

334

Annexure - VII
6.3 (f) Format for Chapters :
The text of the Thesis or Dissertation should be typed with the font type Times
New Roman with size 12 and with 1.5 line spacing. Tables and figures should be
presented within the text wherever necessary for results or discussion and their page
numbers may also be counted. The pager number may be typed at the right bottom of
each page. Default margins on the left, right, top and bottom of the page may be
provided as per the Microsoft Word.

Annexure - VIII
6.3 (g) Format for References :
All the references should be typed in a uniform format containing all the details in
the order such as :
All the Authors names , Title of the article , J ournal name, Volume number ( Issue
number ) Page numbers from to ( Year )

335

APPENDIX - BA24
MANONMANIAM SUNDARANAR UNIVERSITY,TIRUNELVELI-12
M.Sc. Software Engineering
(Integrated course)
5 Year-Ten Semesters
(CBCS-For Colleges)
Syllabus
(With Effect from 2012-13)
SCHEME OF EXAMINATIONS
I Semester
Part I
6 3
Part II
English
6 3
Theory: PROGRAMMING METHODOLOGY AND C
PROGRAMMING
Practical:C Programming Lab

6
4

4
4
Part III Allied Subject-I
Mathematics-I

6

5
Part IV

2

2
Total ( 6 Courses) 30 21

336

II Semester
Part I
6 3
Part II
English
6 3
Theory:Object Oriented Programming Using
C++
Practical:C++ Programming Lab

6
4

4
4
Part III Allied Subject-I
Mathematics-II

6

5
Part IV
Value Based Education

2

2
III Semester
Core Subjects
Computer Organization and Architecture
Data Structures and Algorithms
Data Structures and Algorithms Lab

6
6
6

5
5
4
Allied II
Applied Physics
6 4
Non Major Elective I
Skill based subject I
2
4(1 T+ 3 P)
2
2
337

IV Semester
Core Subjects
System Analysis and Design
Java Programming
Java Programming Lab

6
6
6

5
5
4
Allied II
Digital Electronics
6 4
Non Major Elective II
Skill based subject II
2
4(1 T+ 3 P)
2
2

V Semester
Core Subjects
Software Engineering
Operating System
Visual Basic
Resource Management Techniques
Part-IV
Skill-based Subject Common
Lab
Visual Basic Lab

5
5
5
5

4

6

5
5
5
5

4

4

338

VI Semester
Core Subjects
Computer Graphics and Multimedia
Computer Networks and Data
Communications
Relational Database Management System
Software Project Management
Lab
RDBMS Lab
Computer Graphics and Multimedia Lab

5
5
5
5

5
5

4
5
4
5

4
4

VII Semester
Core Subjects
Compiler Design
Design and Analysis of Algorithms
Advanced Java Programming
Elective-2(Choose any ONE)
Probability and Statistics / Managerial
Accounting / E-Commerce
Lab
Algorithm Lab Using C Language
Advanced Java Lab

5
5
5
5

5
5

4
4
4
5

4
4

339

VIII Semester
Core Subjects
Internet Programming
Object Oriented Systems Development using
UML
Embedded System
Multimedia Systems / Data Mining /
Web Technology
Lab
Internet Programming Lab
UML Lab

5
5
5
5

5
5

4
4
4
5

4
4
IX Semester
Core Subjects
Digital Image Processing
Network Security and Cryptography
Software Quality Assurance and Testing
Mobile Computing / Cloud Computing /
Artificial Neural Networks
Lab
Image Processing Lab
Mini Project

5
5
5
5

5
5

4
4
4
5

4
4
340

X Semester
Major Project 15
Total ( 1 Course) 15
Each theory course shall carry an internal assessment component
(External:Internal=75:25)
Each practical course shall carry an internal assessment component
(External:Internal=60:40)
Internal Assessment
For Theory Course
The Average of the best two tests from three compulsory Tests-15 Marks
Assignment - 4 Marks
Seminar - 6 Marks
Total - 25 Marks
For Practical Course
Completion of Program List within the stipulated time - 20 Marks
Record - 10 Marks
Model Test - 10 Marks
Total - 40 Marks
V SEMESTER (Core Subject)
SOFTWARE ENGINEERING
UNIT I
Introduction Software Engineering Discipline Evolution and Impact Programs Vs
Software Products Emergence of Software Engineering Changes in Software
Development Practices Computer Systems Engineering. Software Life Cycle Models:
Use of a Life Cycle Models Classical Waterfall Model Iterative Waterfall Model
Prototyping Model Evolutionary Model Spiral Model. Software Project Management:
Responsibilities of a Software Project Manager Project Planning Metrics for Project
Size Estimation Project Estimation Techniques Risk Management Software
Configuration Management.
341

UNIT II
Requirements Analysis and Specification: Requirements Gathering and Analysis
Software Requirements Specification (SRS) Formal System Development
Techniques; Software Design: Characteristics of a Good Software Design Cohesion
and Coupling Neat Arrangement Software Design Approaches.
UNIT III
Function-Oriented Software Design: Overview of SA/SD Methodology Structured
Analysis Data Flow Diagrams (DFDs) Structured Design - Detailed Design Design
Review. Object Modeling Using UML: Overview of Object-Oriented Concepts UML
UML Diagrams Use Case Model Class Diagrams Interaction Diagrams Activity
Diagrams State Chart Diagram.
UNIT IV
User Interface Design: Characteristics of a Good User Interface Basic Concepts
Types of User Interfaces Component-Based GUI Development; Coding and Testing:
Coding Testing UNIT Testing Black-Box Testing White-Box Testing Debugging
Integration Testing System Testing.
UNIT V
Statistical Testing Software Quality Software Quality Management System ISO
9000. Computer Aided Software Engineering: CASE Environment CASE support in
Software Life Cycle Characteristics of CASE Tools Architecture of a CASE
Environment. Software Maintenance: Characteristics of Software Maintenance
Software Reverse Engineering Software Maintenance Process Models Estimation of
Maintenance Cost; Software Reuse: Issues in any Reuse Program Reuse Approach.
TEXT BOOK:
Fundamentals of Software Engineering - RAJIB MALL, Prentice Hall of India Learning
Private Limited, 2008.
REFERENCE BOOK:
1. SOFTWARE ENGINEERING CONCEPTS, Richard Fairley, TMH.
2. OBJECT ORIENTED SOFTWARE ENGINEERING, Yogesh Singh,Ruchika
Makhotra, PHI Learning Private Limited
3. Software Engineering, Principles and Practices, Depak Jain, OXFORD University
Press

342

OPERATING SYSTEM
Unit I
Introduction: Operating System Mainframe Systems Desktop Systems
Multiprocessor Systems Distributed Systems Clustered Systems Real-time
Systems.
Operating System Structures: System Components Operating-System Services
System Calls System Programs Virtual Machines.
Unit II
Processes: Process Concept Process Scheduling Operations on Processes
Cooperating Processes Inter Process Communication.
CPU Scheduling: Basic Concepts Scheduling Criteria Scheduling Algorithms
Multiple Processor Scheduling Real time Scheduling Algorithm Evaluation.
Unit III
Process Synchronization: Background Critical Section Problem Semaphores
Classical Problems of Synchronization - Critical Regions Atomic Transactions.
Deadlocks: System Model Deadlock Characterization - Methods for Handling
Deadlocks Deadlock Prevention Deadlock Avoidance Deadlock Detection -
Recovery from Deadlock.
Unit IV
Memory Management: Background Swapping Contiguous Memory Allocation
Paging Segmentation Segmentation with Paging.
Virtual Memory: Background Demand Paging Page Replacement Allocation of
Frames.
Unit V
File-System Interface: File Concept Access Methods Directory Structure
File System Implementation: File System Structure Directory Implementation
Allocation Methods.
Mass Storage Structure: Disk Structure - Disk Scheduling.
343

TEXT BOOK:
Operating System Concepts Abraham Silberschartz , Peter Baer Galvin , and Greg
Gange.
Addison Wesley Publishing Company Sixth Edition.
REFERENCE BOOK:
1. Operating Systems: Internal and Design Principles Fifth Edition, William Stalling
,PHI Learning Private Limited.
2. Understanding Operating Systems: Ida M. Flynn, Ann MclverMcHoes.

RESOURCE MANAGEMENT TECHNIQUES
Unit I
Linear Programming Problem (LPP) - Mathematical Formulation of L.P.P- Simplex
Method - Maximization.
Unit II
Game Theory- Mixed stragies- saddle point- Dominance Property- Graphical method-
Method of solving 2xn game-Method of solving nx2 game- Application of L.P.P in Game
theory.
Replacement Problem- Individual replacement- Groups replacement- model I
Replacement of an item whose maintenance cost increases with time and money value
is not changed.
Unit III
Queuing Theory- Poisson Process - Model I (M|M|1): ( |FIFO) - Generalisation Model.
Unit IV
Inventory Control- Various Costs- Deterministic Model- Probabilistic or stochastic-
Model I-Model II- No shortage- Model III with shortage- Newspaper boy problem.
Unit V
Network Analysis- CPM- Determination of Critical path and Project Duration- PERT-
Time estimates- Variance for activities.
344

TEXT BOOK:
Operations Research, P. R. Vital and V. Malini, Margham Publications.
REFERENCE BOOK:
1. Operations Research Principles and Practice, Pradeep Prabhakar Pai, OXFORD
University Press.
2. Operations Research, R.Panneerselvam, PHI.

VISUAL BASIC
Unit I
Getting started with Visual Basic 6.0: Introduction to Visual Basic - Visual Basic 6.0
Programming Environment Working with Forms Developing an Application
Variables, Data types and Modules Procedures and Control Structures Arrays in
Visual Basic Additional Examples.
Working with Controls: Introduction Creating and using Controls Working with
Control Arrays Additional Examples.
Unit II
Menus, Mouse Events and Dialog Boxes: Introduction Mouse Events Dialog Boxes -
additional Examples.
Graphics, MDI, and Flex Grid: Introduction Graphics for Applications Multiple
Document Interface (MDI) Using the Flex Grid Control - Additional Examples.
Unit III
ODBC and Data Access Objects: Evolution of Computer Architectures Data Access
Options - Additional Examples.
ODBC using Data Access Objects and Remote Data Objects: Open Database
Connectivity (ODBC) Remote Data Objects Additional Examples.
Unit IV
Data Environment and Data Report: Introduction Data Environment Designer Data
Report - Additional Examples.
345

Object Linking and Embedding: Introduction - OLE Fundamentals Using OLE
Container Controls Using OLE Automation Objects - OLE Drag and Drop - Additional
Examples.
Objects and Classes: Introduction to Objects Working with Objects Classes and
Class Modules - Additional Examples.
Unit V
Built-In ActiveX Controls: Working with Built-In ActiveX Controls - Additional Examples.
Working with ActiveX Data Objects: An Overview of ADO and OLE DB ADO Object
Model - Additional Examples.
Files and File System Controls: Introduction File System Controls Accessing Files
Interface with Windows - Additional Examples.
Text Books:
Visual Basic 6.0 Programming Content Development Group Tata McGraw-Hill
Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi.
Reference Books:
1. VISUAL BASIC 6 in Record Time by Steve Brown, BPB Publications.
2. VISUAL BASIC 6 from the Ground UP GARY CORNELL Tata McGraw Hill.
VISUAL BASIC - PRACTICAL LIST
Programs should include but not limited to:
1. Design an Analog Clock.
2. Design a Desktop Calculator.
3. Design Mixing of Colors using basic Colors.
4. Create an application to format the text inside the text box.
5. Create an application using File controls and use two option buttons to show and
hide a picture in the Picture box.
6. Create an application to do Matrix Addition using Flex Grid control.
7. Create an Editor with File and Edit Menus using Menu Editor Tool.
8. Create a MDI Application with tile and cascade child forms.
9. Create an application to implement OLE Drag and Drop.
10. Create a mailing address database in access `and view the records using Data
Control.
11. Create a student database application using ADO.
12. Create a student database in Access and prepare a Report using Data Report
Control.
346

PART IV
Skill-based Subject Common

VI SEMESTER (Core Subject)
SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT
UNIT I
Introduction Importance of Software Project Management Project Software
Project Vs Other types of Project Contract Management and Technical Project
Management Activities covered by Software Project Management Plans, Methods
and Methodologies Categorizing Software Projects Setting Objectives Stake
holders Business Case Requirement specification Management control. Step
wise: An overview of Project Planning: Introduction Ten steps. Programme
management and project evaluation: Introduction Programme management
Managing the allocation of resources within programmes Strategic Programme
management Creating a Programme Aids to Programme management Benefits
Management Evaluation of Individual Projects Technical Assessment Cost Benefit
Analysis Cash Flow forecasting Cost Benefit Evaluation Techniques Risk
Evaluation.
UNIT II
Selection of an appropriate project approach: Introduction Choosing
Technologies Technical plan contents list Choice of process models Structure Vs
Speed of delivery The Waterfall model The V-Process Model The Spiral Model
Software Prototyping Other ways of categorizing prototypes Incremental Delivery
Dynamic Systems Development method Extreme Programming Managing iterative
processes Selecting the most appropriate process model.
Software Cost Estimation: Introduction Where are estimates done? Problems
with over and under estimates Basis for software estimating Software effort
estimation techniques Expert Judgement Estimating by analogy Albrecht function
point analysis Function points Mark II COSMIC Full function points A Procedure
code oriented approach COCOMO: a Parametric model
UNIT III
Activity Planning: An Introduction Objectives of Activity Planning When to
plan Project Schedules Projects & Activities Sequencing and scheduling activities
Network planning models Formulating a network model Adding the time dimension
347

The forward pass The backward pass Identifying the critical path Activity float
Shortening the project duration Identifying critical activities Activity on arrow
networks.
Risk Management: Introduction Risk Categories of Risk A framework for
dealing with this Risk Identification Risk Assessment Risk Planning Risk
Management Evaluating risks to the schedule Applying the PERT Technique Mote
Carlo simulation Critical Chain concepts.
Resource Allocation: Introduction The Nature of Resources Identifying
resource requirements Scheduling resources Creating Critical paths Counting the
cost Being specific Publishing the resource schedule Cost Schedule The
Scheduling Sequence.
UNIT IV
Monitoring and Control: Introduction Creating the framework Collecting the
data Visualizing Progress Cost Monitoring Earned Value Analysis Prioritizing
monitoring Getting the project back to target Change control.
Managing Contracts: Introduction ISO 12207 approach to the acquisition and
supply of software The supply process Type of contract Stages in Contract
placement Typical terms of a contract Contract Management Acceptance.
UNIT V
Managing people and Organizing terms: Introduction Understanding Behavior
Organizational Behavior: a background Selecting the right person for the job
Instruction in the best methods Motivation The Oldham-Hackman job characteristics
model Working in groups Working in groups Becoming a team Decision making
Leadership Organizational Structures Dispersed and Virtual team The influence
of culture Stress Health & Safety.
Software Quality: Introduction The place of Software quality in project planning
The importance of software quality Defining Software quality ISO 9126 Practical
Software Quality Measures Product Vs Process Software quality management
External Standards Techniques to help enhance software quality Quality Plans.
TEXT BOOK:
Software Project Management, Bob Hughes and mike Cotterell, Tata Mc Grawhill ,
Fourth edition, 2006.
REFERENCE BOOK:
Software Project Management, A Concise Study, S.A.Kelkar, PHI, 2007
348

COMPUTER GRAPHICS AND MULTIMEDIA
Unit I
Overview of Graphics System: Video Display Devices Input Devices - Hard Copy
Devices Graphics Software.
Output Primitives: Points and Lines Line drawing algorithms DDA algorithm-
Bresenhams line algorithm- Circle drawing algorithms: properties of circles Midpoint
circle algorithm Filled Area primitives.
Unit II
Attributes of Output Primitives: Line attributes Curve attributes Character attributes.
Two-Dimensional Geometric Transformation: Basic Transformations Matrix
Representations and homogenous co-ordinates Composite and other
Transformations.

Unit III
Two-Dimensional Viewing: The viewing pipeline, Viewing co-ordinate reference frame
Window to view port co-ordinate transformation Two-dimensional viewing function.
Clipping Operations: Point clipping Line clipping (only Cohen-Sutherland line clipping)
Polygon Clipping (only Sutherland-Hodgeman polygon clipping).
Unit IV
Interactive Input Methods: Input of graphical data Input functions Three dimensional
display methods.
Three Dimensional Viewing: Projections. Visible surface deduction methods: Back- face
deduction Depth buffer method.
Unit V
Multimedia Introduction: What is Multimedia? Hardware components of a Multimedia
system.
Multimedia Elements: Text and Graphics Sound Animation Video Issues and
trends in Multimedia.
349

TEXT BOOK:
1. Computer Graphics, Second Edition, Donald Hearn, M.Pauline Baker, Pearson
Publications
2. Multimedia in Action, James E. Shumman, Vikas Publishing House, Chapters 1 to 4
and 12.

REFERENCE BOOK:
1. Computer Graphics, Apurva Desai, Prentice Hall of India, 2012
2. Principles of Interactive Graphics, William M. Newman, Robert F.Sproull 1979,
McGraw Hill.
3. Desk top Multimedia Bible, Burger 1993, Addison Wesley.
4. Prabhat Andleigh, Kiran Thakrar, Multimedia System and Design, Prentice Hall of
India, 2000.

RELATIONAL DATA BASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
UNIT I
Introduction: Database - System applications-Purpose of Database Systems - View of
Data-Database languages -Relational Databases - Database Design - Data Storage
and Querying - Transaction Management - Database Architecture - Data Mining and
Information Retrieval-Specialty Databases - Database Users and Administrators
UNIT II
Introduction to the Relational Model and Introduction to SQL- Structure of Relational
Databases -Database Schema-Keys-Schema Diagrams-Relational Query Languages-
Relational Operations- Overview of the SQL Query Language -SQL Data Definition-
Basic Structure of SQL Queries
UNIT III
SQL operations and Intermediate SQL Additional Basic Operations-Set Operations-Null
values-Aggregate functions-Nested Subqueries-Join Expressions Views -
Transactions-Integrity Constraints - SQL Data Types and Schemas-Authorization

350

UNIT IV
E-R Model and Relational Database Design:E-R Model-Overview of the Design
Process-The Entity-Relationship model - Constraints - Removing Redundant Attributes
in Entity Sets-Entity Relationship Diagrams-Reduction to Relational Schemas-Entity-
Relationship Design Issues-Extended E-R Features
Features of Good Relational Designs-Atomic Domains and First Normal Form-
Decomposition Using Functional Dependencies-Functional -Decomposition using
Multivalued Dependencies-More Normal Forms
UNIT V
Implementation using Oracle:Creating Table-Modifying Table-Creating SEQUENCE-
creating Views-PL/SQL-triggers Stored procedures and Functions-packages-cursors
TEXT BOOK:
1. Database System Concepts Abraham Silberschalz, Henry F.Horth and
S.Sudarashan, McGraw-Hill International Sixth Edition.
2. Oracle8i Jose A.Ramalho BPB Publications

REFERENCE BOOK:
1. Database Management Systems, R.Panneerselvam, PHI Learning Private Limited
2.Database Management Systems, Ramakrishnan and Gehrke, Mc Graw Hill
Publications
COMPUTER NETWORKS AND DATA COMMUNICATIONS
Unit I
Basic model of Data Communication system Data Representation data
Transmission Modes of Data Transmission Digital Signal Encoding Unipolar and
Polar Line Codes Bipolar Line Codes Block Codes Frequency spectrum -
Transmission Channel Data Compression Data Communication.
Transmission Line Characteristics Linear Distortions Metallic Media Optical
Fibre Radio Media Baseband Transmission of Data Signals.

351

Unit II
Transmission Errors Coding for Detection and Correction of content Errors
Error Detection Methods Forward Error Correction Methods Reverse Error
Correction.
Topology of a Computer Network Elements of Meaningful Communication -
Transport-Oriented Functions Components of a Computer Network Architecture of a
Computer Network Layered Architecture of a Computer Network Open System
Interconnection Layered Architecture of the OSI Reference Model Functionality of
the Layered Architecture OSI Terminology Service Interface Data Transfer Modes
Supplementary Functions Other Layered Architectures.
Unit III
The Physical Layer Functions within the Physical Layer Relaying Function in
the Physical Layer Physical Interface Physical Layer Standards.
Need for Data Link Control Data Link Layer Frame Design Considerations
Flow Control Mechanism Data Link Error Control.
Binary Synchronous Communication Data Link Protocol -Transmission Frame
Protocol Operation.
Unit IV
Need for Local Area Networks Lan Topologies - Media Access Control
Layered Architecture of LAN IEEE Standards LLC Sublayer MAC Sublayer
Transmission Media for LANs.
Contention Access - Carrier Sense Multiple Access CSMA/CD Physical
Topology of Ethernet LAN Ethernet Repeater - Types of Ethernets 10 Mbps
Ethernets Fast Ethernet Flow Control Auto Negotiation Gigabit Ethernet
Unit V
Security Requirements Cryptography Algorithms Algorithms for Confidentiality -
Algorithms for Integrity Basic Authentication Mechanisms Mechanisms for Ensuring
Message Integrity Digital Signature Management of Public Keys Through Third
Parties Transport Layer Security IP Security Firewalls.
TEXT BOOK:
DATA COMMUNICATIONS AND COMPUTER NETWORKS PRAKASH C. GUPTA
PHI - 2011.
352

Reference Books:
1. Data Communications and Networking, Behrouz A Forouzan, 4
th
Edition,
McGraw Hill.
2. Computers Networks, Andrew S. Tanenbaum, 4
th
Edition, PHI.
3. Computer Networks, Brijendra Singh, Third Edition, PHI
4. Computer Networks, Bhushan Trivedi, OXFORD University Press
COMPUTER GRAPHICS AND MULTIMEDIA PRACTICAL LIST
1 Write a program to translate an image
2 Write a program to rotate an image
3 Write a program to scale an image
4 Write a program to draw a line using DDA Algorithm
5 Write a program to draw a line using Bresenhams Algorithm
6 Write a program to draw a circle using Bresenhams Algorithm
7 Write a program to titled or cascade a image according user option
8 Write a program to display an image as size of screen ,then reduces its size until
disappears
9 Write a program to drop a word by word of a sentence from top
10 Write a program to display a news headlines letter by letter
11 Write a program to display as many as balls at random positions
12 Write a program to display a bouncing ball and moving with sound effect
RDBMS PRACTICAL LIST
1. Create an employee database with tables department, employee details,
address, pay details and project details. Alter the tables and add constraints
relevant to the fields in the tables. Insert records into all the tables.
2. Create queries to retrieve relevant information from a table.
3. Create a table from the existing tables. Create views from the tables.
4. Develop queries to retrieve information from more than one table. Develop
summary queries to retrieve relevant information from the tables.
5. Create a partition table and query the records.
6. Create the table with abstract data type and query the records.
7. Write a PL/SQL program to print multiplication table
8. Write a PL/SQL program to check whether given string is palindrome or not
9. Write a PL/SQL program to print student details using Report
10. Create a procedure to calculate Electricity bill ( use cursor )
11. Write a PL/SQL program to perform updation using various triggers
12. Write a PL/SQL program to find factorial of numbers using function and
procedure.
353

VII SEMESTER (Core Subject)
COMPILER DESIGN
UNIT-I
Compiler - Phases of Compiler Compiler writing tools Lexical Analysis Role of
Lexical analyzer specification and reorganization of tokens -Finite Automata Regular
Expression From a Regular expression to an NFA , NFA to DFA Design of Lexical
Analyzer.
UNIT - II
Syntax Analyzer CFG Role of the Parser CFG Top Down Parsing Recursive
descent parsing, predictive Parsers Bottom up Parsing Shift reduce, operator
precedence parsers, LR Parsers.
UNIT -III
Syntax directed definition : Construction of Syntax trees Intermediate code generation
: Intermediate Languages Syntax trees, post fix form, Three address code Boolean
expressions Back Patching.
UNIT - IV
Symbol table contents of Symbol table Data Structures for Symbol table Runtime
storage Administration Implementation of Stack allocation scheme block structured
Languages Storage allocation in Fortran.
UNIT -V
Code Optimization and code generation principles sources of optimization loop
optimization DAG Representation of Basic blocks. Code generation problems in
code generation a simple code generator Register allocation and Assignment
Peephole optimization.
TEXT BOOKS :
1. Alfred V.Aho, Ravi Sethi, Jeffrey D.Ullman Compilers Principles, Techniques and
Tools,., Pearson Eduction, 2nd Edition , 2008
2. Alfred V.Aho and Jeffrey D.Ullman ,Principles of Compiler Design ,.
354

DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF ALGORITHMS
UNIT-I
Introduction - Algorithm - Specification - Performance Analysis
Elementary Data Structures Stacks and Queues - Trees Dictionaries-Priority
Queues
UNIT-II
Divide and Conquer General Method Binary Search Finding the maximum and
minimum Quick Sort Strassens matrix multiplication.
The Greedy Method - General Method - Knapsack Problem Job Sequencing with
deadlines Minimum-cost spanning Trees- Single-Source Shortest Paths
UNIT-III
Dynamic Programming General Method Multistage Graphs All pairs shortest
paths- Binary Search Tree. 0/1/Knapsack Reliability Design-Travelling Salesperson
Problem
Basic Traversal and Search Techniques Techniques for Binary Trees - Graphs -
Connected Components and Spanning Trees - Biconnected Components.
UNIT-IV
Backtracking - General Method - 8 Queens Problem - Graph Coloring-Hamiltonian
Cycles
Branch and Bound - Method - 0/1 Knapsack Problem
UNIT-V
NP-Hard and NP-Complete Problem - Basic Concepts - Cookes Theorem - NP-Hard
Problems - Clique Decision Problem - Job Shop Scheduling - Code generation with
Common Sub expressions - Approximation Algorithms - Introduction - Absolute
Approximations -Approximations

Text Book:
Ellis Horowitz, Sartaj Sahni and Sanguthevar Rajasekaran, Fundamentals of
Computer Algorithms, 2
nd
Edition,Universities Press(India) Private Ltd., 2008

355

Reference Books:
1. Sara Baase and Allen Van Gelde, Computer Algorithms, Introduction to Design and
Analysis, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education, Delhi, 2002.
2. Aho, Hoporoft and Ullman, The Design and Analysis of Computer Algorithm,
Pearson Education, Delhi, 2001.
3. Basu S.K.,Design Methods and Analysis of Algorithms, PHI, 2006.
4. Brassad and Bratley,Fundamentals of Algorithms, PHI, 1995.

Advanced Java Programming
UNIT I
Abstract Windows Toolkit (AWT)-I: Introduction-Events- Listeners-Event Handling
Methods- Interfaces, Controls such as Label, Button, Checkbox, Radiobutton, Choice,
List, Scrollbar-Layout Manager
Abstract Windows Toolkit (AWT)-II:Introduction-Windows and Frames-Menus-Dialogs-
MouseEvent and their listeners-Adapter classes-Inner classes-Anonymous Inner
classes
Swing:Introduction-JApplet-Icons-Jalbel-JButton-JTextField-JCheckbox-JRadioButton-
JMenu
UNIT II
RMI:Introduction-Remote Interface-java.rmi.Server package-Naming Class-
RMIException-Creating a simple RMI Client and Server application
JDBC: Java database connectivity, Types of JDBC drivers, Writing JDBC applications,
Types of statement objects( Statement, PreparedStatement and CallableStatement),
Types of resultset, Inserting and updating records,Using Transactions
UNIT III
Java Beans:
An Overview of JavaBeans:Background-Software Components-Properties,Events and
Methods-Introspection and Builder Tools-BDK-The Benefits of Java Components
356

Building Simple Beans:Your First Bean-Introspection and Naming convention-Difference
between a Bean and other class
UNIT IV
Java Servlets: Java Servlets and CGI Programming-A Simple Java Servlet-Anatomy of
a Java Servlet-Reading Data from a Client-Sending Data to a Client-Working with
Cookies-Tracking Sessions.
Java Server Pages:JSP-JSP tags-Tomcat-Request String-User Sessions-Cookies-
Session Objects
UNIT V
Server Side Component Architecture Introduction to J2EE Session Beans Entity
Beans Persistent Entity Beans Transactions.
Reference Books:-
1 Ed Roman, Mastering Enterprise Java Beans, John Wiley & Sons Inc., 1999.
2. Patrick Naughton, COMPLETE REFERENCE: JAVA2, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2003.
3.. Herbert Schildt, The Complete Reference, Seventh Edition, [TMH]
4..Joseph ONeil, JavaBeans Programming, TMH
5.Jim Keogh,The Complete Reference J2EE,TMH
6. C.Muthu, Programming with Java, Second Edition, VNI.

VII SEMESTER (Elective Subject)
MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING

UNIT - I
Accounting: Definition Objectives - Branches of Accounting - Accounting Concepts
and Conventions - Groups Interested in Accounting Information - Accounting Rules
Journal - Ledger - Trial Balance Preparation Final Accounts of Sole Trading
Concerns.

357

UNIT -II
Analysis and Interpretation of Financial Statements: Tools used - Comparative
Statement - Common Size Statement and Trend Percentage. Ratio Analysis: Meaning -
Advantages and Limitations - Classification of Ratios Solvency Profitability - Activity
and Capital Structure Ratios.
UNIT - III
Fund Flow Analysis: Concept of Funds - Fund Flow Statement - Uses and Limitation -
Preparation of Fund Flow Statement. Cash Flow Analysis: Computation of Cash from
operation and Preparation of Cash Flow Statement.
UNIT - IV
Rate o Budget and Budgetary Control: Meaning Advantages and limitations -
Classification of Budgets - Preparation of Production - Sales - Cash and Flexible
Budgets. Capital Budget: Meaning and Importance - Methods of Ranking Investment
Proposals - Pay-Back - Average f Return and Discounted Cash Flow Methods.
UNIT - V
Marginal Costing: Meaning - Advantages and Uses - Cost Volume - Profit Analysis -
Break-even Concept - Uses and Assumptions - Decisions Involving Alternative Choices.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Shukla M.C. & Grewal T.S., Advanced Accounts , 1991, S.Chand, (Unit I)
2. Dr.S.N.Maheswari, Principles of Management Accounting , Sultan Chand &
sons,2005.(Unit II to Unit V)

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. S.P.Jain & K.L.Narang, Advanced Accountancy Part-I , Kalyani, Publishers,1991.
2. Gupta R.L.& Radhasamy M., Advanced Accounts (Vol.II) , S.Chand, 1991.
3. R.K.Sharma & Shasi K.Gupta, Management Accounting Principles And Pratices ,
Kalyani publishers, 1992.
4. Man mohan & S.N.Goyal, Principles Of Management Accounting , Agra, Sahithya
Bhawan, 1987.
5. Hingorani N.L. & Ramanathan A.R., Management Accounting , S. Chand, Edn.2,
1982.
358

Probability and Statistics

Unit-1
Basics of statistics - Measures of central tendency - Measures of dispersion - Moments
- skewness and kurtosis-Probability-Addition and Multiplication Theorems-Conditional
Probabilities-Bayes Theorem-Mathematical Expectation.
Unit-2
Theoretical Distributions: Distribution function-Binomial, Poisson, Normal, Uniform and
Gamma Distributions-Basic Properties and application problems on these distributions
Unit-3
Concept of Sampling - Nature of distribution and sample means-Testing of Hypothesis-
Null hypothesis-Types of Errors-Levels of Significance-Confidence intervals-Theory of
Estimation-Properties of good estimator-Method of estimation.
Unit-4
Correlation - Rank correlation - Fitting of curves - Regression coefficients - Regression
lines-Forecasting through regression lines.
Unit-5
Time Series: Meaning and Importance-Trend-Seasonal variation-Cyclical variation-
Analysis of time series-Method of semi-averages-Method of moving averages-
Measurement of seasonal variations.
Reference Books:
1. Trivedi.K.S., Probability and Statistics with Reliability,Queuing and Computer Science
Applications, Prentice Hall of India.
2. S.K. Gupta and P.K.kappor,Mathematical Statistics,Chand & Co.

359

E-Commerce

UNIT-I INTRODUCTION
Networks and Commercial Transactions - Internet and Other Novelties - Electronic
Transactions Today - Commercial Transactions - Establishing Trust - Internet
Environment - Internet Advantage - World Wide Web.
UNIT-II SECURITY TECHNOLOGIES
Why Internet is Unsecure - Internet Security Holes - Cryptography : Objective - Codes
and Ciphers - Breaking Encryption Schemes - Data Encryption Standard - Trusted Key
Distribution and Verification - Cryptographic Applications - Encryption - Digital Signature
- Nonrepudiation and Message Integrity.
UNIT- III ELECTRONIC PAYMENT METHODS
Traditional Transactions : Updating - Offline and Online Transactions - Secure Web
Servers - Required Facilities - Digital Currencies and Payment Systems - Protocols for
the Public Transport - Security Protocols - SET - Credit Card Business Basics.
UNIT- IV ELECTRONIC COMMERCE PROVIDERS
Online Commerce Options - Functions and Features - Payment Systems : Electronic,
Digital and Virtual Internet Payment System - Account Setup and Costs - Virtual
Transaction Process - InfoHaus - Security Considerations CyberCash: Model -
Security - Customer Protection - Client Application - Selling through CyberCash.
UNIT-V ONLINE COMMERCE ENVIRONMENTS
Servers and Commercial Environments - Payment Methods - Server Market Orientation
- Netscape Commerce Server - Microsoft Internet Servers - Digital Currencies -
DigiCash - Using Ecash - Ecash Client Software and Implementation - Smart Cards -
The Chip - Electronic Data Interchange - Internet Strategies, Techniques and Tools.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Pete Loshin, Electronic Commerce, 4th Edition, Firewall media, An imprint of
Laxmi Publications Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2004.
2. Ravi Kalakota , Andrew B.Winston, E-Commerce Pearson Education, 2004.

360

REFERENCES
1. Jeffrey F.Rayport and Bernard J. Jaworski, Introduction to E-Commerce, 2nd
Edition, Tata Mc-Graw Hill Pvt., Ltd., 2003.
2 P.T. Joseph, E-Commerce A Managerial Perspective, PHI, 2003.
3. Greenstein, "Electronic Commerce", Tata Mc-Graw Hill Pvt., Ltd., 2000.

Algorithm Lab Using C LanguagePractical List
1. Write a program that implements Stacks and Queues
2.Write a program that implements Priority Queue
3.Write a program that implements Binary Search
4.Write a program that implements Quick Sort
5.Write a program that implements Strassens matrix multiplication
6.Write a program that implements Prims Algorithm
7.Write a program that implements Kruskals Algorithm
8. Write a program that implements All pair shortest path problem
9. Write a program that implements N-Queen Problem
10. Write a program that implements BFS
11. Write a program that implements DFS
12. Write a program that implements Travelling Salesperson Problem
13. Write a program that implements knapsack using greedy
361

Advanced Java PRACTICAL LIST
1. Write a java applet program using AWT-I components(Using EventHandling)
2. Write a java applet program using AWT-II components(Using EventHandling)
3. Write a java applet program using swing components(Using EventHandling)
4.. Write a program in Java to implement a Client/Server application using RMI.
5. Write a program in Java to implement JDBC connection process.
6. Write a program in Java to insert, update, delete, display records
7. Write a program in java servlet to create a form and validate a password.
8. Write a program in Java Servlet to create and display cookies
9. Write a program in JSP to create a form and validate a password.
10.Write a program in JSP to implement session handling.
11. Develop a simple Java Bean.
12. Develop a simple EJB bean

VIII SEMESTER (Core Subject)
Internet Programming
Unit-I
Introduction
Introduction to Internet, Web Client/Server Model, Components of .NET Framework,
Overview of IIS ,Web Forms, Common Language Runtime and Class Library, Managed
Components, Web Services, COM+ Component services.
Unit-II
Crash Course in VB.NET
Data Types, Arrays, Functions, Flow Control, Exception Handling, Constructors and
Destructors, Class Properties, Inheritance, Polymorphism, Interfaces, Implementing
polymorphism using Interfaces, Multithreaded Programming.

362

Unit-III
Essentials ASP.NET
History of ASP.NET, Introduction to ASP.NET, Working with web forms, Directory
structure in ASP.NET, ASP.NET Compilation Model, Code Behind Model, Working with
Web form controls, HTML Server Controls, Validation Controls, Validation Groups,
Calendar and Ad Rotator control.
Unit-IV
ASP.NET Intrinsic Objects
HTTPRequest Object, HTTPResponse Object, HTTPServerUtility Object,
HTTPApplicationState Object, HTTPSessionState Object, ObjectContext Object
Unit-V
Data Access with ADO.NET
What are Databases? Working with ADO.NET, Overview of ADO.NET Objects, Using
Basic SQL, Working with Connection Object, Command Object, DataAdapter Object,
DataSet Object, DataReader Object, DataTable Object, DataRow Object, DataColoumn
Object, DataRelation Object.

Reference Books:
1 Crouch Matt J, ASP.NET and VB.NET Web Programming, Addison Wesley 2002.
2. Mathew Mac Donald,ASP.NET Complete Reference , TMH 2005.
3 Steven Holzner ,Visual Basic Programming 2005 Black Book, Dreamtech Press.
4. J.Liberty, D.Hurwitz, Programming ASP.NET, Third Edition, OREILLY, 2006.
Object Oriented Systems Development using UML
UNIT-I
Structured approach to system construction: - An overview of object oriented systems
development & Life cycle Object basics-OOD Life cycle
UNIT-II
Various object oriented methodologies Introduction to UML

363

UNIT-III
Object oriented analysis Use cases- Object classification, Identifying object
relationships, attributes, methods
UNIT-IV
Object oriented design Design axioms Designing classes Access Layer-View
Layer
UNIT-V
Software Quality Assurance-System Usability and Measuring User satisfaction.
TEXT BOOK:
1. Ali Bahrami, Object Oriented Systems Development using UML, Tata McGraw-Hill
Education Private Limited, 2008
Reference Book:
1. Simon Bennett, Steve Mcrobble and Ray Farmer,Object-Oriented Systems Analysis
and Design using UML,Third Edition-McGraw-Hill Education Private limited,2006
Embedded System
UNIT-I
Introduction: Overview of dedicated and automated systems - their specific
requirements - robust design - environmental issues - temporal constraints -
technological constraints - software systems - product design cycle.
UNIT-II
Development of a System Specification: Evaluation - justification of the available levels
of system integration (custom chip design through turnkey - systems) - technological
choice.
UNIT-III
Software Issues: Development environment compilers - linkers - debuggers - emulators
- real time operating systems - kernels - Designing and implementing code for dedicated
systems.
UNIT-IV
Hardware Issues: Choice of processor - I/O - memory - speed integration - development
facilities - economics - DSP devices.
364

UNIT-V
Transducers: Sensors for measuring physical phenomena - output devices such as
power actuators - motors. Data transformation - signal conditioning - data conversion.
The impact of EMC regulations on design practice.
Text Book:
Heath S. Embedded Systems Design, Elsevier, 1997.
References:
1. Kirk Zurell - C Programming for Embedded Systems R & D Books - 2000
2. David. E, Simon, An embedded software primer, PHI/Pearson Education, 2001.
3. Michael Barr, Programming Embedded Systems in C and C++, Shroff Publishers &
Distributors Pvt.Ltd., Calcutta, 2001.
4. Raj Kamal, Embedded systems architecture, programming and design, TMG, 2007

VIII SEMESTER (Elective Subject)
DATA MINING
Unit-I
Introduction:Basic Data Mining Tasks-Data Mining Versus Knowledge Discovery in
Databases-Data Mining Issues-Data Mining Metrics-Social Implication of Data Mining-
Data Mining from a Database Perspective
Data Mining Techniques:A Statistical Perspective on Data Mining-Similarity Measures-
Decision Trees-Neural Networks-Genetic Algorithms
Unit-II
Classification:Introduction-Statistical-Based Algorithms-Distance-Based Algorithms-
Decision Tree-Based Algorithms-Neural Network-Based Algorithms-Rule-Based
Algorithms-Combining Techniques

365

Unit-III
Clustering:Introduction-Similarity and Distance Measures-Outliers-Hierarchical
Algorithms-Partitional Algorithms-Clustering Large Databases-Clustering with
Categorical Attributes
Unit-IV
Association Rules:Introduction-Large Itemsets-Basic Algorithms-Parallel and Distributed
Algorithms-Comparing Approaches-Incremental rules-Advanced Association Rule
Techniques-Measuring the Quality of Rules
Unit -V
Web Mining:Introduction-Web content Mining-Web Structure Mining-Web Usage Mining
Spatial Mining:Introduction-Spatial Data Overview-Spatial Data Mining Primitives-
Generalization and Specialization-Spatial rules-Spatial Classification Algorithms-Spatial
Clustering Algorithms
Text Book:
1. Marget H.Dunham,Data Mining Introductory and Advanced Concepts,Pearson
Education 2003
Reference Book:
1. Data Mining Concepts & Technologies, Jiawei Han, Micheline Kamber, Morgan
Kaufmann, Second Edition, 2005.

2. Data Mining, Vikram Pudi, P.Radha Krishna, OxfordUniversity Press, First Edition,
2009.

3. Data Warehousing Reema Thareja Oxford University Press 2009.
4. Insight into Data Mining Theory and Practice K.P. Soman, Shyam Diwakar, V.Ajay,
Prentice Hall of India 2008.

366

WEB TECHNOLOGY
Unit I
Introduction: What is the Internet-History of Internet-Internet Services and Accessibility-
Uses of the Internet-Protocols-Web concepts-The client/server model at the web-
Retrieving data from the web. Internet Protocols: Introduction Internet protocols-
transmission control protocols-User Datagram protocols - Host Names - Internet
applications and application protocols.
Unit II
HTML: Introduction-SGML-DTD-DTD Elements- attributes-outline of an HTML
document-Head section-Body section-HTML forms-Dynamic HTML: Introduction-
cascading style sheets-DHTML Document object model and collections-Event handling
- filters and transitions.
Unit III
Javascript: Introduction-language elements-objects of Javascript-other objects-Arrays.
VBScript: Introduction-embedding VBScript code in an HTML document-comments-
variables-operators-procedures-conditional statements-looping constructs-objects &
VBScripts-Cookies.
Unit IV
Introducing PHP & MYSQL: Features of PHP & MYSQL- Architecture- sample
application-using valuables, statements & operators: Embedding PHP in HTML-
statement & comments-storing values in variables-simple data types-various operators
to manipulate & compare variables-operator precedence.

367

Unit V
Conditional statement & loops: conditional statements-merging forms-Repeating actions
with loops: while(), do(), for() loop-break & continue.
Arrays & custom functions: Create Array-modify array element-processing array with
loops-Grouping form selections with arrays-using array functions.
TEXT BOOK:
1. Web Technology, N.P Gopalan, J.Akilandeswari, PHI,2009
2. How to do Everything with PHP & MYSQL, Vikram Vaswans, Tata MCGraw-Hill
2005.
REFERENCE BOOK:
Web Technology, S. Padma Priya, SCITECH Publications (India) Pvt. Ltd.
MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS
Unit-I
Defining the scope of multimedia, Hypertext and Collaborative research, Multimedia and
personalised computing, Multimedia on the map, Emerging applications, The challenges
The convergence of computers, Communications, and entertainment products The
technology trends, Multimedia appliances, Hybrid Devices, Designers perspective,
industry perspective of the future, Key challenges ahead, Technical, regulatory, Social
Architectures and issues for Distributed Multimedia systems Distributed Multimedia
systems, Synchronization, and QOS Architecture, The role of Standards, A frame work
for Multimedia systems.
Unit-II
Digital Audio Representation and processing: Uses of Audio in Computer Applications,
Psychoacoustics, Digital representation of sound, transmission of digital sound, Digital
Audio signal processing, Digital music making, Speech recognition and generation,
digital audio and the computers Video Technology:Raster Scanning Principles, Sensors
368

for TV Cameras, Colour Fundamentals, Colour Video,Video performance
Measurements, Analog video Artifacts, video equipments, World wide television
standards Digital Video and Image Compression Video compression techniques,
standardization of Algorithm, The JPEG Image Compression Standard, ITU-T
Recommendations, The EPEG Motion Video Compression Standard, DVI Technology
Unit-III
Operating System Support for Continuous Media Applications: Limitation of Work
station Operating system, New OS support, Experiments Using Real Time Mach
Middleware System Services Architecture:Goals of Multimedia System services,
Multimedia system services Architecture, Media stream protocol Multimedia Devices,
Presentation Services, and the User Interface:Client control of continuous multimedia,
Device control, Temporal coordination and composition, toolkits, hyper applications
Multimedia File systems and Information Models:The case for multimedia information
systems, The file system support for continuous Media,Data models for multimedia and
Hypermedia information, Content- based Retrieval of Unstructured Data Multimedia
presentation and Authoring: Design paradigms and User interface, barriers to wide
spread use, research trends
Unit-IV
Multimedia Services over the Public Networks: Requirements, Architecture, and
protocols, Net work services, applications Multimedia Interchange Quick time Movie File
Format, QMFI, MHEG (Multimedia and Hypermedia Information Encoding Expert
Group), Format Function and representation, Track model and Object model, Real Time
Interchange Multimedia conferencing Teleconferencing Systems, Requirements of
Multimedia Communications, Shared Application Architecture and embedded
Distributed objects, Multimedia Conferencing Architecture Multimedia Groupware :
Computer and Video fusion approach to open shared workspace
Unit-V
High Definition Television and desktop computing, Video versus Computing-Viewing
Conditions-Quality-HDTV,ATV,EDTV,IDTV-HDTV Standards Standardization Issues
HDTV standards, Knowledge based Multimedia systems, Anatomy of an Intelligent
Multimedia system
369

Text Book:

John F.Koegel Buford, Multimedia Systems, Pearson Education 2012

Reference Book:
1.Tay Vaughan,Multimedia Making it work,Fifth Edition,TMH 2003
2.Ralf Steinmetz and Klara Nahrstedt,Multimedia:Computing , Communication and
Application Pearson Education 2009
Internet Programming Practical List
1. Write a program to change the background color using RGB ()
2. Write a program to implement Currency Converter
3. Write a program to demonstrate Event Tracker
4. Write a program using file uploading control
5. Write a program to create a registration page using validation controls
6. Write a program using Session State and Application State variables
7. Write a program using QueryString and Cookies
8. Write a program using DataGrid and DataList controls
9. Write a program to search and store student data in MSAccess
10. Write a program to save customer information and generate electricity bill using
SQL Server
11. Write a program to demonstrate the use of Session.TimeOut

370

UML Practical List
(Use UML Tools)
1) Draw the Use Cases and define all the classes for Automatic Teller Machine
1) Draw the Use Cases and define all the classes for Employee Management System.
3) Draw the Use Cases and define all the classes for Library Management System.
4) Draw the Use Cases and define all the classes for Bus Reservation System.
5) Draw the Sequence and Collaboration diagrams for Automatic Teller Machine.
6) Draw the Sequence and Collaboration diagrams for Employee Management System.
7) Draw the Sequence and Collaboration diagrams for Library Management System.
8) Draw the Sequence and Collaboration diagrams for Bus Reservation System.
9) Draw the state Transition Diagrams and Class Diagrams for Automatic Teller
Machine.
10) Draw the state Transition Diagrams and Class Diagrams for Employee Management
System.
11) Draw the state Transition Diagrams and Class Diagrams for Library Management
System.
12) Draw the state Transition Diagrams and Class Diagrams for Bus Reservation
System.
13) Draw the Component Deployment Model for Automatic Teller Machine.
14) Draw the Component Deployment Model for Employee Management System.
15) Draw the Component Deployment Model for Library Management System.
16) Draw the Component Deployment Model for Bus Reservation System.

371

IX SEMESTER (Core Subject)
Digital Image Processing
Unit-I
Introduction :-Fundamentals-The MATLAB Desktop-Using Mat lab Editor /Debugger-
getting help-saving and Retrieving work session data-Digital Image Representation-
Image I/O and Display Classes and Image Types-M-Function Programming.
Intensity Transformation and Spatial Filtering: - Background-Intensity transformation-
histogram Processing and function Plotting-Spatial filtering-Image processing toolbox
standard spatial filters.
Unit-II
Filtering in Frequency Domain:-The 2-D Discrete Fourier transform-Computing and
Visualizing the 2-D DFT in MATLAB Filtering in the Frequency domain- Obtaining
frequency domain filters from spatial filters- Generating filters directly in the frequency
domain-sharpening frequency domain filters.
Image Restoration and Reconstruction:- A model of the image degradation / restoration
process- noise models- Restoration in the presence of noise only-Spatial filtering-
periodic noise reduction by frequency domain filtering- Modelling in degradation
function-Direct inverse filtering wiener filtering- Constrained least squares filtering
Iterative non-linear restoration using the lucy - Richardson algorithm- Blind
deconvolution - Geometric transformation and image registration.
Unit-III
Color image processing:- Colour image representation in matlab-converting to other
color spaces-The basics of color image processing-Color transformation-spatial filtering
of colour images-Working directly in a RGB vector space
Wavelets:-Background- The fast wavelet transform-working with wavelet decomposition
structures-the inverse wavelet transform-wavelets in image processing.
372

UNIT -IV
Image compression:-Background-coding redundancy-spatial redundancy-irrelevant
information-jpeg compression
Morphological image processor:-preliminaries-dialation and erosion-combining dialation
and erosion-labelling connected components morphological reconstruction-gray scale
morphology
UNIT-V
Image segmentation:- Image segmentation-point, line and edge detection-Line detection
using the hough transform-thresholding-region-based segmentation using the
watershed transform
Representation and description:-Background-Representation-Boundary descriptors-
regional descriptors using principal components for descriptors.
REFERENCE BOOKS :
1. Rafael C.Gonzalez, Richard E.Woods, Steven L.Eddins ,Image Processing Using
MATLAB,Second edition, Tata McGraw Hill Education Private Limited,New Delhi.
2.Anil.K.Jain, Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing, Prentice-Hall, 1989.
3.Chanda & Majumdar, Digital Image Processing and Analysis, Prentice Hall ,3rd Edition
4.S.Sridhar, Digital Image Processing,Oxford University Press 2011.

SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE AND TESTING

Unit I
Principles of Testing Software Development Life Cycle Models
Unit II
White Box Testing-Integration Testing-System and acceptance testing.
373

Unit III
Testing Fundamentals -2 & Specialized Testing: Performance Testing-Regression
testing-Testing of Object Oriented Systems-Usability and Accessibility Testing.
Unit IV
Test Planning, Management, Execution and Reporting.
Unit V
Software Test Automation-Test Metrics and Measurements

Text Book(s)
1. Software Testing -Srinivasan Desikan, Gopalaswamy Ramesh, Pearson Education
2006.
References
1. Introducing Software testing-Louis Tamres, Addison Wesley Publications, First
Edition.
2. Software testing, Ron Patten, SAMS Techmedia, Indian Edition 2001.
3. Software Quality-Producing Practical, Consistent Software-Mordechai Ben-
Menachem, Gary S Marliss, Thomson Learning, 2003.

Network Security and Cryptography
Unit I:
Introduction Security Goals Attacks Services and Mechanism Techniques
Traditional Symmetric-key Ciphers: Introduction Substitution Ciphers Transposition
Ciphers Stream and Block Ciphers
Unit II:
DES: Introduction DES Structure DES Analysis Multiple DES. AES:
Introduction Transformations Key Expansion Ciphers - Use of Modern Block
Ciphers use of Stream Ciphers

374

Unit III:
Asymmetric-key Cryptography: Introduction RSA cryptosystem RABIN
Cryptosystem
Message Integrity & Authentication: Message Integrity Message Authentication
Unit IV:
Digital Signature : Comparison process services attacks on digital signature
digital signature schemes - variations and applications
Entity authentication : Introduction passwords challenge response zero
knowledge biometrics
Unit V:
Key Management : Symmetric key distribution Kerberos Symmetric key
agreement Public key distribution
Security at the Transport layer : SSL Architecture four protocols SSL message
formats transport layer security
Reference Books:
1. Behrouz A Forouzan ,Cryptography & Network Security, TMH
2. William Stalings,Cryptography & Network Security ,PHI
3. Atul Kahate ,Cryptography & Network Security, TMH

IX SEMESTER (Elective Subject)
Artificial Neural Networks

UNIT - I
Brain Style Computing:Origins and Issues-Lessons from Neuroscience-Artificial
Neurons,Neural Networks and Architectures-Geomentry of Binary Threshold Neurons
and their Networks-
UNIT - II
Supervised Learning I:Perceptrons and LMS Supervised Learning II:Back propagation
and Beyond

375

UNIT - III
Neural Networks:A Statistical Pattern Recognition Perspective Focusing on
Generalization:Support Vector Machines and Radial Basis Function Networks
UNIT - IV
Dynamical Systems Review-Attractor Neural Networks
UNIT - V
Adaptive Resonance Theory- Towards the Self Organizing Feature Map.
TEXT BOOK:
Satish Kumar, Neural Networks-A Classical Approach, Tata McGraw Hill,2007
REFERENCE BOOK:
1.James A.Freeman and David M.Slapura, Neural Network Algorithms,Application
Programming Techniques,Addition Wesley Publishing Company 1991
2.S.N.Sivanandam,S,Sumathi and S.N.Deepa, Introduction to Neural Networks using
Mat Lab 2006.
Mobile Computing
UNIT - I
Introduction: Advantages of Digital Information - Introduction to Telephone Systems
Mobile communication: Need for Mobile Communication Requirements of Mobile
Communication History of Mobile Communication- Introduction to Cellular Mobile
Communication
UNIT - II
Mobile Communication Standards Mobility Management Frequency Management
Cordless Mobile Communication Systems- Mobile Computing: History of data networks
Classification of Mobile data networks - CDPD System
UNIT - III
Satellites in Mobile Communication: Satellite classification Global Satellite
Communication Changeover from one satellite to other Global Mobile
Communication Interferences in Cellular Mobile Communication- Important
Parameters of Mobile Communication System
376

UNIT - IV
Mobile Internet: Working of Mobile IP Wireless Network Security Wireless Local
Loop Architecture: Components in WLL Problems in WLL Modern Wireless Local
Loop Local Multipoint Distribution Service Wireless Application Protocol-WCDMA
Technology and Fibre Optic Microcellular Mobile Communication Ad hoc Network and
Bluetooth technology Intelligent Mobile Communication system Fourth Generation
Mobile Communication systems.
UNIT - V
Mobile Application Languages-XML and JAVA:Mobile Application Development- XML -
JAVA-Java 2 Micro Editions-Java Card Mobile Application Development Platforms:OS-
Windows Mobile and CE-Windows Phone 7-Android-Symbian
TEXT BOOK:
1. T.G. Palanivelu, R. Nakkeeran, Wireless and Mobile Communication, PHI Learning
Private Limited.2009
2. Raj Kamal, Mobile Computing,Second Edition,Oxford University Press-2012
REFERENCE BOOK:
1. Jochen Schiller, Mobile Communications, Second Edition, Pearson Education. 2007
2. William Stallings, Wireless Communication and Networks -Pearson Education Asia-
2002

CLOUD COMPUTING
UNIT I
INTRODUCTION Cloud Computing Introduction, From, Collaboration to cloud, Working
of cloud computing, pros and cons, benefits, developing cloud computing services,
Cloud service development, discovering cloud services.

377

UNIT II
CLOUD COMPUTING FOR EVERYONE Centralizing email communications, cloud
computing for community, collaborating on schedules, collaborating on group projects
and events, cloud computing for corporation, mapping schedulesm managing projects,
presenting on road.
UNIT III
USING CLOUD SERVICES Collaborating on calendars, Schedules and task
management, exploring on line scheduling and planning, collaborating on event
management, collaborating on contact management, collaborating on project
management, collaborating on word processing,spreadsheets, and databases.

UNIT IV
OUTSIDE THE CLOUD Evaluating web mail services, Evaluating instant messaging,
Evaluating web conference tools, creating groups on social networks, Evaluating on line
groupware, collaborating via blogs and wikis

UNIT V
STORING AND SHARING Understanding cloud storage, evaluating on line file storage,
exploring on line book marking services, exploring on line photo editing applications,
exploring photo sharing communities, controlling it with web based desktops.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Michael Miller, Cloud Computing, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2009
2.Anthony T.Velte,Toby J.Velte,Pobert Elsenpeter,Cloud Computing,TMH,2010
Image Processing Practical List
(Tools: Java/Mat Lab/VC++)
1. Read and display digital Images.
2. Image Arithmetic Operations
3. Image Logical Operations
4. Geometric transformation of Image
378

5. Histogram Equalization.
6. Non-linear Filtering.
7. Edge detection using Operators.
8. 2-D DFT and DCT.
9. Filtering in frequency domain.
10. Conversion between color spaces.
11. DWT of images.
12. Segmentation using watershed transform.

Mini Project
Students are to take up sample project development activities with the guidelines given
below:
Preparing a project - brief proposal including
Problem Identification
Developing a model for solving the problem
A statement of system / process specifications proposed to be developed (Data
Flow Diagram)
List of possible solutions including alternatives and constraints
Cost benefit analysis
Time line activities
A report highlighting the design finalization [based on functional requirements &
standards (if any)]
A presentation including the following
Implementation phase (Hardware / Software / both)
Testing & Validation of the developed system
Learning in the project
Consolidated report preparation
379

Semester - X
Major Project
The objective of the project is to enable the students to work in a project of latest
topic / research area / industrial applications. Each project student shall have a guide
who is a faculty member.
During this semester the students are expected to do literature survey, formulate
the problem and form a methodology of arriving at the solution of the problem. Also
during this semester, the students are expected to complete the project and submit a
full-fledged report comprising of the complete system developed along with
implementation and test results. The departmental committee shall examine the
students for 50 marks and the evaluation is based on continuous internal assessment
comprising of two reviews.
After two reviews internal 50 marks (is based on seminar (20 marks), demo (20
marks) and internal viva-voce (10 marks)) will be given by the guide. At the end of the
semester, a viva-voce examination will be conducted for 150 marks.
380
APPENDIX - BA25


B.A. Economics (CBCS)


The following changes have been incorporated in the syllabus for
B.A. Economics in Part-IV-Skilled Based Subject for IV & V semesters in
affiliated colleges for those who joined the course from the academic year
2012-2013.
1. Part IV- Skilled Based Subject Appendix AZ 34
IV Semester Tourism Management Page No. 386

2. Part IV Skilled Based Subject (common)
V Semester Personality Development

381
APPENDIX - BA26
MANONMANIAM SUNDARANAR UNIVERSITY- TIRUNELVELI-12
B.Sc Physical Education (CBCS)
Revised Scheme of Examinations
I Semester
Components Core/Allied Title Hours Credits
Part I Tamil 6 3
Part II English 6 3
Part III Core I Foundation of Physical
Education ( 1 Course)
4 4
Core II Theories of Yoga
(1 Course )
4 4
Core P I Gymnastics ( Carry over
Practical)
2 -
Allied I Anatomy and Physiology
(1 Course)
4 4
Allied PI Yoga ( Carry over
practical)
2 -
Part IV Environmental Studies
( 1 Course)
2 2
Total ( 6 Courses ) 30 20

II Semester
Part I Tamil 6 3
Part II English 6 3
Part III Core III Theories of Gymnastics
( 1 Course)
4 4
Core IV Statistics in Physical
Education ( 1 Course )
4 4
Core P I Gymnastics ( Carry over
Practical)
2 2
Allied II Health Education, Safety
Education and First aid
(1 Course)
4 4
Allied PI Yoga ( Carry over
practical)
2 2
Part IV Value Based Education
( 1 Course)
2 2
Total ( 6 Courses ) 30 24
382
III Semester
Part I Tamil ( 1 Course) 6 3
Part II English ( 1 Course) 6 3
Part III Core V Psychology and Sociology in
Physical Education
( 1 Course)
4 4
Core PII Intensive Teaching Practice
Practical
2 -
Allied III Computer Applications in
Physical Education ( Theory)
(1 Course)
4 4
Allied PII Computer Applications in
Physical Education ( Carry
over practical)
2 -
Part IV Skill Based
subject I Sports Medicine ( 1 Course)
4 4
Non Major
Elective
Theories of Yoga ( For other
than Physical Education )
( 1 Course)
2 2

IV Semester
Part I Tamil ( 1 Course) 6 3
Part II English ( 1 Course) 6 3
Part III Core VI Organisation and
Administration in Physical
Education ( 1 Course)
4 4
Core PII Intensive Teaching
Practice Practical
2 2
Allied IV Applied Kinesiology
(1 Course)
4 4
Allied PII Computer Applications in
Physical Education
( Carry over practical)
2 2
PART IV *** Skill Based
subject II
Bio Mechanics
( 1 Course)
4 4
Non Major
Elective
Principles and History of
Physical Education( For
other than Physical
Education ) ( 1 Course)
2 2
Part V Extension Activities
( NCC,NSS,YRS,YWF)
- 1

383
V Semester
Part III Core VII Theories of Games
( Basket Ball, Foot Ball,
Hockey, Cricket, Volley
Ball ) ( 1 Course)
4 4
Core VIII Theories of Track and
Field ( 1 Course)
4 4
Major Elective Sports Nutrition 5 5
Major Elective Exercise Physiology 5 5
Core practical
III
Major games ( Basket
Ball, Foot Ball, Hockey,
Cricket, Volley Ball )
Carry Over practical
3 -
Core practical
IV
Track and Field (Carry
Over practical )
3 -
Core practical
V
Physiotherapy (Carry
Over practical)
2 -
Part IV *** Skill Based
subject III
Personality
Development ( 1 Course)
4 4

VI Semester
Part III Core IX Test Measurement and
Evaluation ( 1 Course)
6 4
Core X Principles of Sports
Training ( 1 Course)
6 4
Core XI Sports Physiotherapy
( 1 Course)
5 4
Major Elective Sports J ournalism and
Mass Communication
5 5
Core practical
III
Major games ( Basket
Ball. Foot Ball, Hockey,
Cricket, Volley Ball )
( 1 Course)
3 4
Core practical
IV
Track and Field (Course1) 3 4
Core practical
V
Physiotherapy (Course 1) 2 4
Total Number of Courses : 40 ( 33 T +7 P )
Total Number of Hours : 180
Total Number of Credits : 140
384
APPENDIX - BA27


B.Sc. Costume Design and Fashion (CBCS)

(With effect from the academic year 2012-2013 on wards)

The following changes have been made in the skilled based subject
from V to IV semester in the syllabus for B.Sc. Costume Design and
Fashion (UG) in affiliated colleges for those who joined the course from the
academic year 2012-2013.
1) Part IV - Skilled Based Subject
IV Semester
- Appendix AZ61
a) Fashion photography Page No. 1238, 1239
b) Art portfolio

2) Part IV - Skilled Based Subject (Common)
V Semester

a) Effective Communication
b) Personality Development

Ug & PG Appendix Ba1 - Ba 27 Full Matter

Încărcat de

Informații document

Titlu original

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Ug & PG Appendix Ba1 - Ba 27 Full Matter

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

_sV Wz D

MANONMANIAM SUNDARANAR UNIVERSITY, TIRUNELVELI

MANONMANIAM SUNDARANAR UNIVERSITY, TIRUNELVELI

Total number of courses :34

V Semester Part III Core Subject

V Semester Part III Core Subject

Major Elective (1Course)(Any One)

3. A. Develop a purchase day book with your own data

Major Elective (1Course)(Any One)

Major Elective (1Course)(Any One)

Common skill based subjects(1Course)(Any One)

VI Semester Part III Core Subject

VI Semester Part III Core Subject

VI Semester Part III Core Subject

Major Elective (1Coure) (any one)

Major Elective (1Course) (Any One)

Major Elective(1Course)(Any One)

B.Com (C.S) Course SYLLABUS UNDER CBCS

Major Elective (1Course) (Any One)

2. Application of TALLY in Accounting

Application of TALLY in Accounting

Common skilled based subjects(1Course)(Any One)

7. The right of a company to have lien on shares is conferred by

15. (a) On what grounds can transfer of share be rejected?

BOOK FOR REFERENCE:

Rearing: Selection of site model house, Rearing appliances, Disinfection: Types of

Root knot nematode diseases of mulberry its occurrence Symptoms and

Demjanov and dienone-phenol rearrangements. Carbon to oxygen migration Baeyer

13. D. Nasipuri, Stereochemistry of organic compounds Principles and

13. D.K. Chakrabarthy, Solid State Chemistry, New Age International.

UNIT 4: STATISTICAL THERMODYNAMICS

Unit II: SPECTROSCOPIC TECHNIQUES

UNIT II: NMR SPECTROSCOPY

UNIT III: ORGANOMETALLIC CHEMISTRY - II

2. F. Albert Cotton, Geoffrey Wilkinson, Carlos A. ManIc and Manfred Bochman,

UNIT- V: PHOTOCHEMISTRY AND RADIATION CHEMISTRY

C. FOR CLASS WORK ONLY :

INORGANIC CHEMISTRY PRACTICAL - I

Nitrenes: Generation, stability, reaction of nitrenes- Mechanism of rearranegements

INORGANIC CHEMISTRY - III

UNIT-IV: APPLICATION OF SPECTROSCOPY TO THE STUDY OF INORGANIC

7.K.F.Purcell and J.C.Kotz ,Advanced Inorganic Chemistry , Saunders Golden

Electronic Spectra of Ethylene and formaldehyde molecules. Hybrid orbital in non-linear

5. Group theory and spectroscopy by K. Veera Reddy.

applications of thermal methods in analytical chemistry- thermometric titrations- the

UNIT -V:SOLVENT EFFECTS ON THE POSITION OF HOMOGENEOUS-CHEMICAL

UNIT -III: MEASURING AND CONTROLLING ENVIRONMENTAL PERFORMANCE

3. Pinacol-pinacolone rearrangement reaction (preparation of benzopinacolone)

FOR CLASS WORK ONLY

() +n_+_oa (n+.o a-)

() a0a+ +_+a-- (n+.o a-)

6.3 Format for Project Thesis or Dissertation :

S-ar putea să vă placă și